i\í .i N-n A
ANAL.YTICAÍ AND SYNTHETiSAU
i
u
1
m
t
Û
'
m
BGaRAIÏÏY AND YFiftSYIOI. 1
THË M
PüINrirAI, or' THE MECHANtCa' BOCIKTT SOUODI, NEW lORK.
i
■ ; ■
C I N ( • T N N A T I ;
|M. H. MOORE & CO., PUBLISHER^-
uo M.'.rs STiiEl^" . " ". TIURD AXD TOURTH.
NEW A'CtK LLCilK ÎÎ. I^EWMAIT.
^■/nf
A
/^1
Entered, Recording to Act of Congress, in the year 184G, by
MARK H. NEWMAN b JAMES N. McELLIGOTT,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the
Southern District of New York.
STERBOTYraS BY TUUKAS B. «HITS,
S16 WILLIAM STREET, NEW YORK.
PREFACE
TO THE FIRST EDITION. .
I SUBMIT, with the greatest deference, this volnme of Exercises to those
engaged in the business of education, content with little beyond a brief'
statement of the most important features of the plan of instruction pursued
therein.
The plan, then, requires each exercise to be written ;* and thus engages
the eye as well as the ear in the study of Orthography, while, at the same
time, it serves to improve the pupil in penmanship.
It renders necessary a due application of the Hules for Spelling ; and so
familiarizes the mind with those circumstances, under which, in the for¬
mation of derivative words, letters are so frequently omitted, inserted or
exchanged for others.
It obliges the student to compare words, variously related, one with
another ; teaching him, in this, the most eâèctual way, to mark and mind
those deUcate distinctions, both in sense and sound, upon which accuracy
and elegance in the written expression of thought, mainly depend.
It resolves derivatives, as also compounds, into their elements ; explains
the parts, both separately and in combination, and thus evolves their literal,
or primary meanings. Going beyond this, especially in relation to those
* Should any one prefer that course, the Exercises may all be conducted orally. To written
Exercises, however, I have never heard but one objection urged, aud that is, that they would
exhaust too much of the teacher's time in making corrections. This is a great mistake. If
written in a cisar and legible hand, as they always should be, experience wilt soon prove
this objection to be utterly groundless. But supposing additional time to be teguired, is
there not more than a fair equivalent for this in the additional advantage 1 •
tí
PREFACE.
derivatives tliat admit a number of prefixes, it points out the connection
between the primary and the other significations, and so trains the mind to
habits of accuracy in logical deduction.
It oflTers, as might thence be inferred, the best possible substitute for the
formal and regular study of the Classics ; since, while, in the text, nothing
is introduced that can embarrass either the teacher or the scholar, who is
acquainted with no other than the English language, it puts both in posses¬
sion of some of the chief advantages derivable fi-om the study of Greek
and Latin.
Finally, it leads to such inquiries into the meaning and application of
words of all classes, as cannot fail to make the pupil acquainted with many
facts and principles most useful to be known, yet seldom, if ever, acquired
m the ordinary course of academical instruction.
J. N. M.
New- YorJc, Feb., 1845.
NOTE TO TEACHERS
IN RESPECT TO THE PROPER MODE OF USING THIS BOOK.
As a natural consequence of the favor* everywhere shown to the
" Analytical Manual," by able and experienced instructors, the
present edition comes forth carefully revised and extensively improved.
Among other things, have been added, both in the text and in notes,
numerous observations and suggestions designed to facilitate the use
of the book in schools. These, at least, by the younger members of
the Profession, should be carefully read : which being done, every
thing, I think, of the nature of doubt and difficulty, as to the proper
mode of conducting the exercises in the recitation-room, will imme¬
diately disappear. Other means of illustration, ' additional, perhaps
preferable, will no doubt suggest themselves to many. To such I
have only to say, (using for that purpose the oft-quoted words of Hor¬
ace,) what to all may be said, respecting the entire work :—
Si quid novisti rectius ittis,
Candidus imperii; si mm, his utere meeum,
J. N. M.
New York, Nov., 1845.
* See Recoumendations at the end of the volume.
MANUAL
or
OKTHOGRAPHY AND DEFINITION.
• SECTION I.
INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS.
As all experience testifies that certainty and readiness in spelling,
is the result of frequent and long-continued practice in writing, or
otherwise actually forming words by their proper letters, every exer¬
cise in this book is arranged and designed to be written out, and pre¬
sented to the teacher for criticism and correction. If the paper or
slate be properly ruled according to the models ; if the words be
plainly and neatly written in regular columns ; if, in short, the per¬
formance be made an exercise in penmanship as well as in orthogra¬
phy, not only will the advantage be double to the learner, but the task
of the teacher in the way of examination and correction, will be com¬
paratively short, easy and agreeable. To the written, also, may be
added, with special benefit to the younger pupils, the ordinary oral ex¬
ercise ; while the Rules for Spelling, which apply with a frequency
and accuracy surprisingly great, will, if duly observed, lend most
important aid in the general design.
By far the more difficult and delicate task, however, is to expose
and properly impress the true import of words. To effect this, in re¬
lation to those that are radical, they are here presented in several
ooints of view : sometimes formally defined ; sometimes placed, for
»fie purposes of comparison and contrast, in juxtaposition with words
conveying the same or an opposite signification ; sometimes explained
m immediate connection with others alike, or nearly alike, in form and
sound, but altogether different in meaning.
The import of the radicals being known, it remains to ascertain
what variations of meaning are afforded by combining, prefixes and
suffixes with them in the formation of derivatives, and by uniting
words one with another in the production of compounds. For this
purpose, eiU, or nearly all, the prefixes and suffixes employed in Eng¬
lish, are carefully defined, and the force of each in combination il-
2
10
analttical manttal.
lustrated by a suitable example ; while the permanent compounds,
which are, for the most part, of classical origin, and confessedly hard
to be understood by the mere English scholar, are also resolved into
their elements and thus easily explained. All this is done with little,
or no reference, in the text, to other languages ; with which, indeed,
both teacher and pupil are here supposed to be wholly unacquainted.
SECTION n.
PRIMITIVE, OR RADICAL WORDS.
Those are properly primitive, or radical words, that have their ori¬
gin in no other words.* Their number is comparatively small.
They serve, however, as roots, from which circumstance they derive
their name, whence, by means of particles prefixed and suffixed, arise
an almost countless multitude of derivatives. Thus from the simple
form, act, we have acted, act?'ng, action, actor, actios, actioeiy, act-
ioiiy, actwaie, actwaied, acXiial ; so, re-act, co-act, enact, ooeract,
conn/eract, transact, exact. Again, in the words object, eanject, de¬
ject, eject, interject, 'project, reject, sul^'ect, we find the radical part,
ject, the same throughout.
Now, between these two radicals, act and ject, there is one point
of difference, which must be specially noted, since it forms the basis
of an important classification. It is this :—^the word, act, may be,
and often is, used by itself, as a separate and independent word, while
ject, the other radical, can never be thus separately employed, but
must always appear, as above, in union with some modifying particle.
Upon this difference, is founded the division, in this work, of radicals
into separable and inseparable. For the sake of distinction, the in¬
separable radicals, when set apart from their proper prefixes or suf¬
fixes in the following pages, are printed in Italics : when not thus
separated, the entire word is presented in the ordinary type.
SECTION III.
PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES.
The English language has a number of significant particles, which,
when combined with radicals, serve, as before intimated, to modify
« This is the strict and proper sense of the term. For the sake of convenience,
however, the word, radical, is not unfrequently used to designate any word, thai
will admit a prefix or suffix.
ANALTTICAI, HANTTAL.
Il
their import.. These particles are called prefixes and suffixes, and
derive their names, as is plain, from their position in respect to the
words with which they are found connected;—the prefixes being
joined to the beginning, and the suffixes added to the end of the radi¬
cal, Thus, in the words iefall, rewrite, d/elike, unwise, misname,
he, re, dis, un, mis, are prefixes ; each affecting, with a well-ascer¬
tained force, the word with which it is united ; while, in harmless,
powerful, suAly, and goodnes», appear the suffixes, less, fui, ly, and
ness, having each its own peculiar modifying effect.
It is, moreover, no uncommon thing to find a radical combined with,
and affected by, several prefixes or suffixes at once. To illustrate :—
the word equal, upon receiving the suffix, he, becomes equalize, and
means, to make equal ; add to this the particle ed, and we shall have
equalized, which signifies did make equal : where, be it observed, each
of the suffixes in the combination, that is, he, [to mofce,] and ed, [did,]
exerts upon the radical its own peculiar force. So, on the other hand,
in the word reconjoin, is furnished an example of a primitive word,
under the joint influence of two prefixes, re [again] and con [together,]
the signification of the word reconjoin being, to join together again.
Two or more particles thus cpmbined, form what may, for the sake of
convenience, be called a compound prefix or suffix.
SECTION rv.
DEFINITIONS.
The experienced necessity of embodying in some brief form of
words, those facts and principles that are frequently to be stated, sug¬
gests the propriety of placing here, in the shape of definitions to he
committed to memory hy the 'pupil, several things already explained or
mentioned in the preceding Sections.
I. '
A EADicAL WORD is One that derives its origin from no other word j
as, rove, rare, man.
II.
A SEPARABLE RADICAL is One that may be used without being united
with a prefix or suffix ; as, name, act, vnse.
III.
An inseparable radical is one that always appears in union with
a particle pjefixed or suffixed; as, dorm [to sleep'\ in the word dor-
mant : ject [to casi] in reject.
\
12 * analytical manual.
IV.
Pabtiçles, in the present application of the word, are those signifi.
cant letters or syllables, commonly called prefixes and suffixes, which
are united with words to modify their meaning.
V.
A PBEFix is a particle placed before a radical, and in union with it,
to vary or modify its signification ; as, misguide, conjoin.
VI.
A SUFFIX is a particle affixed to a radical, to vary or modify its sig¬
nification J as, fearless, thought/uZ.
VII.
A COMPOUND PKEFix OE SUFFIX is One composcd of two or more sim¬
ple ones ; as, reeonjoia, professionally.
VIII.
Dekivative woeds are those formed by the union of prefixes and
suffixes with radicals. '
IX.
Compound woeds are those composed of two or more simple ones ;
as, shipwreck, nevertheless.
SECTION V.
RULES TO BE OBSERVED IN FORMING DERIVATIVE WORDS BY
MEANS OF SUFFIXES.
In forming derivatives by means of sufiixes, the pupil will soon find,
that, in many instances, something more is required than merely to
write the parts together as one word. Thus, if we desire to affix the
particle ed to the word suffer, we have only to unite, without change,
the suffix with the radical ; as, suffered. If we take prefer, which
seems, in every respect, a case similar, the final letter, r, will be
doubled, as, preferred. Again : if we add a suffix, as, ed or ing, to
the word glory, we shall have, in the first case, to change the final y
into I, as, gloried ; while, in the second case, the y must remain un¬
changed, as, glorying. If, instead of glory, we had taken the word
employ, the final y would have undergone no change in either case ;
the proper forms being employed, employer.
These and other changes of like nature, the pupil will often have
to make, in preparing his exercises ; and, as they are not made at
random, but, for the most part, in strict accordance with known Rules,
the Rules are given below, in concise form, that they may be easily
analytical manual.
learned and applied. Readiness in their application, however, can
never be acquired by merely committing them to memory. They
should be fullv and repeatedly illustrated on the blaceboass, before
they are committed.
The mode of doing this, is very simple. Take, for instance, Rule
VI. under which comes the word prefer, which, as we have seen,
sometimes doubles its final letter on receiving a suffix.
Prefer-ed dCr Preferred
Here show him that all the conditions of the Rule meet. Prefer
has the accent on the last syllable—it ends with a single consonant
[r]—that consonant is preceded by a single vowel {e]—and, finally,
ihe suffix begins with a vowel [c]. He is now prepared to answer the
question : " Why in adding ed to suffer, which is a case apparently
like prefer, do you leave the final letter single, while in the latter in-
stance, it is doubled ?" Ans. " Because, in the word suffer, one con-
dilion of the Rule is wanting :—the accent being on the first, not on
the last syllable."
A little practice of this sort, repeated every day for awhile, varied
of course to suit circumstances, will soon render the meaning and ap¬
plication of all the Rules clear and easy. In this way, regular for¬
mations will be made familiar, analogies learned and exceptions
marked, which, though most important to be known, are seldom duly
observed.
The notes on the Rules, are designed to point out several excep¬
tions. They should, therefore, be as carefully learned as the Rules
themselves. If, however, in the following pages, any change or ex¬
ception is to be made in adding a suffix, which is not mentioned either
in the Rules, or the Notes of this Section, it will be specially noted,
where it occurs.
Rule I.
The final e of a radical word, is usually rejected, when the suffix
commences with a vowel ;* as, move-ing, moving ; sale-able, salable ;
please-ure, pleasure.
Rule II.
The final e of a radical word, is generally retained, when the suf¬
fix commences with a consonant ; as, hope-less, hopeless : move-ment,
movement.
• Observe, tíiat « final, when preceded by e or g, is not to be rejected before a
suffix beginning with a or o ¡ as, peace-able, peaceable, peaceably : courage-ous,
courageous, ceurageonsness.
Observe, again, that, when immediately preceded by e or o, it is to be retained
before the suiix ing; as, fee-ing, feeing, shoe-ing, shoeing. In a few cases, also,
it is rejected, where the suffix does not begin with a vowel ; as, due-ly, duly
tiue-th, truth, truly.
14 ANAliYTICAL MANUAL.
Ruls III.
Words ending in ate, drop the letters te before the suffix cy ; as,
private-cy, privacy.
Rulb IV.
Words ending ant or ent, lose the t upon receiving the suffix ce, or
cy ; as, verdant-cy, verdancy : eminent-ce, eminence.
Rule V,
The final consonant of a monosyllable, if preceded by a single
vowel, is doubled before a suffix beginning with a vowel ; as, bag-age,
: spot-ed, spotted.
Rule VI.
The final consonant of any word accented on the last syllable, if
preceded by a single vowel, is doubled before a suffix beginning with
a vowel J* as, debar-ed, debarred : occur-ence, occurrence.
Rule VII.
The final consonant, when not preceded by a single vowel, or when
the word is not accented on the last syllable, remains single upon the
addition of a suffix ; as, spoil-ing, spoiling : sufifer-ed, suffered.
Rule VIII.
The final i of a radical word, is omitted when the sufiix begins
with i J as, alkah'-ize, alkalize : dei-ism, deism.
, Rule IX.
The final y of a radical word, when preceded by a consonant, is>
generally changed into i, upon the addition of a suffix ;f as, happy«
ness, happiness : story-ed, storied.
Rule X.
The final y of a radical, when preceded by the letter t, is generally
rejected before a sufiix beginning with a or o ; as, purity-an, puritan :
felicity-ous, felicitous.
* Obsekvb that a condition, not expressed in the rule above, but always implied,
is, that the accent, in the derivative form, shall still continue on the final syllable of
the radical : thus, refer', by the Rule, gives, with ihle added, refer'rible ; but, in the
form referable, whore the accent falls back upon the first syllable of the radical, the
r remains single.
t OssEavE, that, in a few instances, the final y is changed into s, before eus and
its compounds; as, beauty-ous, beauteous, beauteously.
Observe, further, that, as y is often changed into i, so t is sometimes changed into
y. Thus, in adding the termination tng to such words as die, tie, lie, if the final e
be dropped according to Rule 1. we shall have the forms dt-tng, t>-tng, It-ing. To
prevent the doubling of t, in such eases, therefore, the i oi tite radical part dt, is
changed into y ; dying, tying, lying.
AKALTTICAI, MAN0AI..
15
Rule XL
The final y of a radical word, when preceded by a vowel, or wheù
the suifix liegins with i* remains unchanged ; as, buy-er, buyer ;
glory-ing, glory-ing : baby>^h, babyish.
Rule XII.
Words ending inf or fe, commonly change y into v, when a suffix
is added beginning with a vowel ; as, mischie/'-ous, mischievous :
wi/e.es, wives.
Rule XIII.
Words ending in er or or, often drop the e or o, before a suffix
commencing with a vowel ; as, victor-ix, victrix : wonder-ous, won¬
drous.
Rule XIV.
Words ending in le, preceded by a consonant, drop these letters
upon receiving the suffix ly : as, abZe-ly, ably ; idfe-ly, idly.
Rule XV-
Words ending in hie, before the suffixes ity and äies, take t between
die letters i and I ; as, able-ity, ability, abilities.
SECTION VI.
THE SIMPLE SUFFIXES.
The design of this Section is to exhibit the form and force of each
of the simple suffixes. To familiarize the eye with their forms, they
are printed in capitals ; while the words used to express their force,
that is, to define them, are made to appear in Italics. For the sake
of illustration, each, also, is combined with a radical, and the deriva¬
tive thus formed, explained by connecting the definition of the suffix
with that of the radical, or with the radical itself.
The definitions of the suffixes must be thoroughly committed to
memory. They will be found to apply, in most cases, with little or
no variation. Occasionally, however, slight changest of expression
* Observe, however, that, in some instances, where the suffix begins with i, the
final y of the radical is rejected ; as, eulogy-ist, eulogist : sympathy-izo, sympathize.
t Tbl», the form of expression most generally employed to define ize, the first
sofiSx explained in this Section, is, to make. But, though the predominant force of
this particle be everywhere the same, and though that force may, for the most part,
be well enough expressed by the phrase, to make, instances may bo found, in which
it will prove les^ suitable than some others that will very readily occur. Take tho
following examples:—
Idolize, to make, L e. to esteem or worship as an idoL
16
ANilLTTICAL MANITAL.
will be required to meet particular cases, which a very little practice
will enable any one to make with the greatest facility. In addition to
the examples given below, the teacher should collect and present, ibr
further illustration, as many more as may be convenient. If this sug-
gestion be duly acted upon, the mode of deñning by means of suffixes,
will soon become both easy and familiar.
Special attention should be directed to those suffixes, which having
very different uses, are for that reason made to appear in different
Exercises, and under a different classification. Thus ant and ent,
wjiich in Exercise 2 are classed with ing, as having the same general
signification, again appear in Exercise 4, along with that numerous list
of terminations that mean the person who. In this matter, the teacher
cannot be too particular.
Exekcise 1.
ize
tize
zk
1»e
se
ish
*r
IFT
Ell
ate
late
uatb
cate
icate
ite
ing
ant
ent
lent
to make; to give;
put upon or into.
put upon or into.
continuing to ; ing*
Civilize,
to make civil.
Stigmatize,
to put a stigma upon.
Glaze,
to furnish with, or put in.
Criticise,
glass,
to make criticisms.
to Cleanse,
to make clean.
Stablish,
to make stable.
Satisfy,
to make, or do sufficient.
Justify,
to make just.
Soften,
to make soft.
Breathe,
to make a breathing; to re.
spire.
Exercise 2.
Maturate,
to make ripe, or mature.
Amplíate,
to make ample.
Actuate,
to make, or cause to act.
to Implicate,
ta make, or put in fold, L e.
involve.
Duplicate, to make duple, or double.
Unite, to make one, i. e. to join to*
gether.
Watering, continuing to water.
Dormant, sleeping.
Pendent, - hanging.
Sufficient, sufficing, i. e. enough.
Dramatize, to make, i. e. to put into the form of a drama.
Pulverize, to make, i. e. to reduce to dust ^
Epistolize, to make, L e. to write epistles.
* The sufiix, ing, is placed above, as a definition of tiie terminations, ant and ent
which are, in general, its true equivalents. To define a word ending in either of
these suffixes, therefore, add ing to that word which expresses the sense of the rad¬
ical part. The examples above well illustrate this ; dorm, the radical part of dor.
mant, signifies, to sleep ; therefore, to define dormant, add ing to the word, sleep, and
you get sleeping, the proper defining term.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL»
17
EST
etii
es
S
ed
ate
ite
en
ed
ant
ent
ate
ite
ast
ist
ado
ard
on
oso
ar
art
lart
er
ee
eer
1er
or
ive
ner
ter
zen
dost
does
■ did
1
' one who ; a person.
Exercise 3.
Riinnest,
Waketh,.
Wishes,
Finds,
Preferred,
Suffered,
Globale,
made ; made of or like ; Erudite,
possessed of; ed.* Silken,
Renowned,
Exercise 4.
Servant,
President,
Collegiate,
Favorite,
Encomiast,
Botanist,
Desperado,
Dotard,
Glutton,
Virtuoso,
Exercise 5.
Beggar,
Adversary,
Incendiary,
Payer,
Payee,
Charioteer,
Cannonier,
Executor,
Executive,
Teamster, .
Exercise 6.
Partner,
Lawyer,
Citizen,
one who-; a person.
one who ; a person.
dost run.
does wake,
does wish,
does find,
did prefer,
did suffer.
made, or formed like a globe,
leameá.
made of silk,
possessed of renown.
one who serves.
one who presides.
one who is a member of a
college,
one who is favored,
one who praises, or extols,
one sldlled in botany,
a person who is desperate,
one who dotes,
one who eats to excess,
one skilled in the fine arts,
or in things curious or
antique.
one who lives by begging,
a person opposed, or hostile,
one who maliciously fires or
inflames,
one who pays,
one who receives pay.
one who drives a chariot,
one who manages a cannon,
one who executes a will,
i. e. its provisions,
one having power to exe¬
cute laws,
one who drives a team.
one who owns, or takes part.
one versed in law.
one who dwells in a city.
* Notice, that the participial termination ed, like ing, often forms the best defini¬
tion of its equivalents. This particle almost always conveys a passive sense ; that
is, it represents the person or thing to which the derivative word is applied, as being
or having been affected by that which the radical part signifies. Thus, odor, {scenf\
gives the form odorate, which is best defined, scented.
3
18
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
one who ; a person.
a female.
Artisan,
Veteran,
Grammarian,
Chieftain,
Lioness,
Sledatrix,
Heroine,
Virago,
Exercise 7.
Publicity,
V ariety,
Novelty,
Privacy,
Opulence,
the quality or state of be¬
ing; thethingxvhich. Justice,
or that which.* Quietude,
Plenitude,
Exactitude,
Meekness,
Restraint,
Truth,
Sanctimony,
Exercise 8.
Erection,
Ejectment,
Armament,
I
Impediment,
the act of; the thing
which,* or that which. Pressure,
Mixture,
Signature,
iture 1 Expenditure,
( ne skilled in an art, or trade,
one old in any service, spe¬
cially war.
one skilled in grammar,
one who is head, or leader,
a female of the lion kind,
a female who mediates,
a female who is brave,
a female with the sterner
qualities of a man.
the quality or state of be¬
ing public,
the quality of being various,
the quality of being novel,
the quality or state of being
private,
the quality or state of be¬
ing rich,
that which is just,
the state of being quiet,
the state of being full,
the quality or state of be¬
ing exact,
the quality of being meek,
that which restrains,
tjiat which is true,
the quality of being sacred.
the act of erecting,
the act of ejecting,
that which is armed, i. e.
a body of forces,
that which impedes, or hin¬
ders.
the act of pressing.
that which is mixed.
that which is signed, as
one's name,
that which is expended, or
laid out.
• Nearly all those suffixes which denote the quality or condition of a thing, dc,
also, frequently denote the thing itself. Thus, novelty, which expresses the <|ualit/
indicated by the epithet novel, may, also, signify, the thing which is novel. In lik®
manner, the suffixes which admit the definition, the act of, designate, also, the thing
which acts or is acted upon. Affirmation is an instance ; which means, either the
act of affirming, or that which is affirmed ; so improvement, which may signify, ei
ther the act of improving, or that which improves. The teacher will find it very
useful to exercise the pupil in malting this distinction.
analytical manual.
19
al
ade
f"f câ^oide,
i which or that which.
the act of refusing,
the act of discharging can¬
non.
Exercise 9.
al 1
Central,
eal
Corporeal,
lal
Dictatorial,
ual
Habitual,
ern
Southern,
urn
^ . , , . Taciturn,
pertaining^ belonging
lac
or relating to. Demoniac,
ïc
Patriotic,
tic
Dyspeptic,
atic
Emblematic,
etic
Dietetic,
Exercise 10.
id
Stupid,
an
Roman,
kan
ian
ink
ile
£TH
th
ar
art
lart
uary
ose
ous
ecus
idus
tjous
ceous
aceous
aneoüs
oneods
incus
« Marmorean,
Newtonian,
Crystaline,
... , , . Infantile,
pertainmg, helmging fortieth,
or relating to.
Tenth,
Columnar,
Missionary,
Stipendiary,
Sumptuary,
Exercise 11.
Verbose,
Mountainous,
Righteous,
Robustious,
Tempestuous,
fall of; abounding in ; Cetaceous,
having the nature, or
quality of. Lardaceous,
instantaneous,
• Erroneous,
Cementitious,
pertaining to the centre,
pertaining to the body,
pertaining to a Dictator,
pertaining to habit,
belonging to the South,
pertaining, or relating to si¬
lence,
pertaining to a demon,
pertaining to a patiiot.
pertaining, or relating to
Dyspepsy.
pertaining to an emblem,
pertaining to diet.
pertaining to stupidity,
pertaining to Rome,
pertaining to marble,
pertaining, or relating to
Newton,
pertaining to crystal,
belonging to an infant,
pertaining, or relating to
forty.
pertaining, or relating to ten.
pertaining to columns,
pertaining to a mission,
pertaining, or relating to a
stipend,
pertaining, or relating to ex¬
pense.
abounding in words,
abounding in mountains,
having the nature of right,
having power, or strength,
abounding in tempests,
having the nature of a
whale,
having the nature of lard,
having the quality of an in¬
stant, i. e. immediate,
having the nature of error,
having the quality of ce¬
ment.
20
ANALYTICAi MANUAl.
ruii ^ fuU of; abounding in ; Hopeful,
ÏT >. having the nature, or Clayey,
T J quality of. Juicy,
Exercise 12.
kin Lambkin,
iiNe Kingling,
üi.e Globule,
cule Animalcule,
cle Utile, small, minute. Tubercle,
iCLE slight, petty. Particle,
ocK Hillock,
KT Feveret,
let Ringlet,
aster Poetaster,
Exercise 13.
that may or can he ; fit Traceable,
or liable to ; capa- Responsible,
hie of. Tractile,
« «
Larklike,
^ resembling. Likewise,
? 7 . • TDorponfiC)
> producing, or causing.
Coinage,
the act of, or ike state of; Pupilage,
the allowance for ; Cartage,
a place where. Anchorage,
age*
ics
ism
less
ward
zr
£st
' the doctrine, art or sei- Ontics
> ence of. " '
Exercise 14.
ihatwhichis peculiar to, Hebraism,
i. e. an idiom ; a doc- Calvinism,
trine ; a state, or con- Savagism,
dition. ,
' without ; destitute of; Cashless,
[ not capable of being. Tameless,
toward; in the direc- Homeward,
tion.
"Wiser,
full of hope,
abounding in clay,
aboimding in, or
juice.
fidl of
more,
most.
"Wisest,
a little lamb,
a little, or petty king,
a little globe or ball,
a little, or minute animal,
a little tumor, or swelling,
a little, or minute portion,
a little hül.
a little, or slight fever,
a little ring, or curl,
a little, or petty poet.
that may be traced,
liable to answer,
capable of being drawn out.
in a rude manner,
resembling a lark,
in like manner,
producing torpor, oi numb¬
ness,
the act of coining,
the state of being a pupil,
the allowance for, or cost
of carting,
a place where a vessel may
anchor.
the science of vision.
a Hebrew idiom,
doctrines peculiar to Calvin,
the state, or condition of a
savage,
destitute of cash,
not capable of being tamed.
towards home.
more wise,
most wise.
* This particle sometimes, also, denotes an assemblage of things, considered as
unity. Thus, foliage, the leaves of a tree, (taken collectively ;)—^plumage, the fea*
fheis (collectively) of a fowl.
ANALTTICAL MANUAL,
21
end
cand
ish
some
> that which is, or ought, Reverend,
S tole; worthy to be. Multiplicand,
/ somewhat ; someiehat
\ a,: l,dmp.gu..
worthy to be revered,
that to be multiplied,
somewhat new.
belonging to Spain,
somewhat delightfdL
Exercise 15.
oom
ric
ate
hood,
ship,
age,
CY,
RT,
es,*
RY,
ART,
CRY,
ORT,
ive,
ORT,
ING,
ESCE,
oid,
Popedom,
Bishopric,
the state, rank, oMce of ;
the territory ^juds- Childhœd,
diction of. Township,
•' Peerage,
Captaincy,
Chieftainry,
more than one ; a plu- Boxes,
rality of. Boys,
Exekcise 16.
Gluttony,
the art, practice or bu- Bigotry,
siness of ; the place Statuary,
where. Cookery,
Armory,
■ I tending to ; having Preventive,
power or tendency Compulsory,
to. Amusing,
to grow, or become. Intumesce,
having theformof ; like. Spheroid,
the rank or office of Pope,
the jurisdiction of a bishop,
the territory of an Elector,
the state of being a chUd.
the territoty of a town,
the rank of'^a peer,
the rank of captain,
the rank c$ chieftain,
more than one box.
more than one boy.
the practice of a glutton,
the practice of a bigot,
the art of making statues,
the art of cooking,
a place where arms are kepU
tending to prevent,
having power to compel,
tending to amuse.
60 become swollen ; to swell,
having the form of a sphere.
• These are the regular plural terminations. In this work, the form es is adde^
with some exceptions, however, to those nouns that end in—
V or FE, if [See Rule XII.] / is to i calf-es, chives;
be changed into c ; as, f Jife-es, lives.
CH so/t ; as, bench-es, benches.
sh; as, bush-es,
88 ; as,
s; as.
o preceded by a consonant ; as.
hiss-es, hisses,
genius-es, geniuses,
hero-es, heroes.
fox.es, foxes,
duty-es, duties.
T preceded by a consonant; as,
t Those suffixes sometimes, also, denoto a body or collection of things, or individ¬
uals taken together ; as, perfumery, a collection of perfumes : directory, a body or
board of directors : yeomanry, the body of yeomen. The forms ry, ary, ery and
wy, are really compound: thus, rob, robber, robbery. In many cases, however,
they seem not such : thus, cook, cookery ; fool, foolery. This may be true of a few
•ther suffixes set down in the list above, as simple. <
MODEL OF A WRITTEN EXERCISE.—No. 1.
ty^(/e/ec/
»y^c/c/in^
^á>oc^^
^â>ocûJ
^adc(/
^aÂety
^¿U6
^äteii^
^â(a^
^^/uö^ec/
^^aic/
^eat(/ec¿
Ä/
^Oi'Áz^
^c¿/m^
^/¿nc/
^ûnc/Zy^
^one
^^one/^
^onec^
*
^âie^e^
^áio4en
^^<y4edi
^mn
^utne^
^a^ne(/
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
23
SECTION VII.
EASY EXERCISES IN THE USE OF SIMPLE SUFFIXES.
The exercises of this Section are to be written out according to the
model on the preceding page. When the teacher gives out an exercise
to be written, he should spend a few minutes in calling attention to each
radical word in it, and point out, or cause the pupil to point out, what
change, if any, according to the Rules for Spelling, it will undergo
upon receiving the suffixes to be added. Suppose, for example, the
Exercise to be No. 22. He may set out by remarking, that four of the
radicals, hinge, hire, ice, hoe, end each with the letter e. When, it may
be asked, is the final e of these words to be dropped 1 Before every
suffix that begins with a vowel. Is the final e of the word ice to be
dropped when you add the suffix y ? Yes ; because y in this situation
is not a consonant, but a vowel* Is the final e of the word hoe, to be
omitted before the suffix ing No ; because e final preceded by o,
is retained before this termination. In this way, proceed in relation
to each radical in the exercise.
At the time of recitation, the first thing is to examine the written
exercise, and point out its defects. Then let the pupil spell orally
each word, and define it by means of the suffix. To make him fa¬
miliar with the mode of defining, it may be useful, in addition to the
regular lesson, to take a number of easy radicals, and add to each the
same suffix, so as to impress upon his mind the uniformity of the pro¬
cess. Thus :—
Baked, did bake. Blindly, in a manner blind. Greenish, somewhat green.
Jumped, did jump. Sweetly, in a manner sweet. Clownish, somewhat like a
clown.
Moved, did move. Kindly, in a manner kind. Sluttish, somewhat like a
slut.
Talked, did talk. Nobly, in d manner noble. Slavish, somewhat like a
slave.
Exercise 17.
Add
ed
Bake
ed
Bald
ness
Beard
ed
Blind
ed
Black
ed
ing
i ble
Blood
y
less
ed
ing
ery
Blue
ish
ly
ness
ly
er
Blush
ed
less
y
less
s
Boil
er
ery
ing
ly
ness
Bone
y
less
ed
en
est
Burn
er
ed
ing
• The pupirtnust be made to understand clearly, when to and y are consonants,
Wïd when, vowels,
t See note to Rule I.
24
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exercise 18.
Broil ed ing er Bush es y ed
Brown ish er ness Bleach ery ing ed
Brush ed ing er Bleat ed ing est
Bud ed ing let Botch ed ing er
Cage ed ing s Cloud y ed less
Chain ed ing less Comb ed ing er
Exercise 19.
ing er Cook ery ed ing
ish ed Cough ed ing er
ed ing Cream y ed ing
ed s Dodge ed ing ery
ing er Doubt less ing er
ing er Drink able er ing
Exercise 20.
Deaf
en
ness
ly
Drown
ed
er
ing
Dine
ed
ing
est
Dream
y
less
er
Dust
y
er
ed
Fan
ed
ing
er
Eat
able
er
en
Few
ness
er
est
Eye
let
less
ed
Fire
ed
ing
less
Ebb
ing
ed
s
Flesh
y
ly
less
Exercise 21.
\
ed Fond ness ly est
less Fruit less ery ful
er Glass y like ze*
less God like ly less
es Gold en
s Grass y less ze*
Exercise 22.
Gray
ness
ish
er
Hinge
ed
ing
s
Green
ish
er
ness
Hire
ed
less
ing
Grow
ing
th
s
Hoe
ed
ing
s
Hair
y
less
s
Hook
ed
s
ing
Hand
y
ing
ed
Hour
ly '
s
Ice
y
ing
ed
Know
ing
able
s
Exercise 23.
Itch
ed
y
ing
Leak
age
y
ing
Ink
ed
y
ing
Land
ed
ing
s
Juice
y
ed
less
Like
ness
ly
ed
Keep
ing
er
est
Lock
ed
ing
et
Clap ed
Clay ey
Chirp er
Crust y
Croak ed
Dance ed
Face
less
ing
Frost
y
ed
Fry
ed
ing
Fin
y
ed
Flash
ed
y
Fledge
ed
ing
* Before adding tliis suffix, drop the as which terminate the rascal
analytical «anual.
Milk
y
Mouth
ful
Man
ly
Nail
er
Neat
er
Pay
able
Pump
ed
Pride
ed
Rain
ed
Roast
ed
Root
ed
Rot
en
Same
ness
Saw
ed
Seat
ed
See
ing
Send
ing
Shade
y
Shame
ful
Sin
less
Skate
ing
Skin
ed
Skip
ed
Slip
er
Snow
y
Sob
ed
Soot
Span
Speak
Sponge
Star
Stare
y
ed
er
y
y
ed
Sting ing
Strange ne^
Sauce y
Train able
ing
less
ful
ery
est
er
ing
ing
ing
ing
let
ing
ing
ing .
er ♦
er
ing
less
er
ed
Oil
Own
y
er
ed
ed
Exercise 24.
Exercise 25.
y
Read
er
er
Scald
ed
er
School
ing
ed
Scrape
er
Scratch
ed
yer
Scrub
ed
s
est
est
ed
ed
ful
Exercise 26.
Sheath
Shine
Shoe
Side
Silk
Soft
ed
y
less
wise
en
en
Exercise 27.
ed
ing
able
ed
less
ing
less
ly
ed
er
er
Exercise 28.
Spite
Splash
ing Sprain
er Strut
ed Sure
Swear
er
ful
ed
ed
ed
ly
ing
Exercise 29.
er
est
ing
ing
able
ing
ed
ing
ing
iiig
less
ing
ing
ing
y
er
mg
ing
ing
ing
ness
er
er
ing
ed
Pack
éd
er
et
ed
Paste
ed
ing
er
ness
Pave
ment
ed
er
ee
Red
en
ness
er
er
Rip
ed
ing
er
less
Rock
ed
ing
er
er
s
ed
ingly
er
y
er
ed
ed
s
est
er
ed
Smell
ing
er
s
ing
ing
y
Snap
ed
ish
er
er
Sneeze
ed
ing
s
ed
ing
Snore
er
ed
ing
like
less
Spill
ed
ing
est
ing
s
Spit
ing
er
s
ed
es
s
er
ty
Swing
Saint
ing
ess
s
ly
er
ship
Vouch
ed
ing
er
Vote
ed
ing
er
4
26
Use
Voice
analttical manual.
less
ing
ed
Vow
ed
less
ed
g
Waft
ed
ed
ing
er
Worth
les
Vamp ed ing er Worth less y
ing er
ing ur*
SECTION VIII.
THE COMPOUND SUFFIXES.»
It has been shown, (Section. 3), that two or more suffixes are fre¬
quently found in union with one radical, which is thus subjected to
the modifying influence of several particles at once. In this Section,
the examples are all of this kind. The first and second columns con¬
tain the suffixes each in its simple form. These being combined with
one another, according to the Rules for Spelling, give the compound
forms presented in the third column. In the fourth column, these
compound suffixes again appear united with suitable radicals. The
examples thus produced, are each so explained as to exhibit the mode
of defining ; each definition being merely a connected statement of the
meanings of the several parts taken togellier. That part of each
definition, which belongs to the suffix, is printed in Italics,
The questions and answers following will serve to give a hint as to
the manner, in which the exercise is to be conducted in the recitation
room. Take the first example in the present Section. What does izk
mean ? To make. What does ed mean ? Did. What, then, is the
meaning of the compound form, ized ? Did make. Can you define
civilized? Did make ciVú. Legalized? Did make \ego\. In uni¬
ting izE and ed, what letter was dropped ? The final e of ize. Why ?
The final e must be rejected, when the particle added begins with a
vowel.f
Exercise 30.
ize ed ized Civilized,
ize ing izing Legalizing,
ise er iser Criticiser,
ish ment ishment Abolishment,
ish . able ishable AbolislTable,
ify able ifiable Justifiable,
ify es ifies Falsifies,
did make civil.
continuing to make legal.
one who makes criticisms.
the act of making void.
that may he made void.
that may he made, i. e. proved
just.
does make false.
* In this Section, will be found most, though not all of the compound suffixes in
English. He, however, that understands those here illustrated, can have no diffi¬
culty whatever with the rest.
t See Rule I. It seems scarcely necessary to observe, that so far as the applica¬
tion of the Rules is concerned, it makes no différence, whether a suffix is to be added
to a radical or to another suffix.
ANALTTICAL MAinrAI»
27
er
ifier
Nullifier,
one who makes null, or void.
ify
est
iñest
Sanctifíest,
Exeecise
dost make sacred, or holy.
31.
ate*
ed
ated
Meliorated,
did make better.
ate
ion
ation
Arbitration,
Memorative,
the act of making a decision.
ate
ive
ative
tending to make one remember.
ate
or
ator.
Regulator,
one who makes regular.
ite
ing
iting
Uniting,
continuing to make one.
ite
er
iter
Uniter,
a person who makes one, i. e.
joins together.
en
ed
ened
Hastened,
did make haste.
en
ing
ening
Brightening,
continuing to make bright.
en
s
ens-
Pattens,
does make fat.
en
est
enest
Sharpenest,
Exercise
dost make sharp.
32.
ing
ly
ingly
Insultingly,
in a manner insulting.f
ing
ness
ingness
Pleasingness,
the quality or state of being
flesising.
ant
ly
antly
Incessantly,
in a manner vcaceosing.
ant
ness
antness
Pliantness,
the quality or state of being
yielding.
ent
ly
ently
Providently,
in a manner provident.
ent
ness
entness
Ardentness,
the quality or state of being
ardent, i, e. hot.
ant
cy
ancy
Radiancy,
the act q/"radiating, i. e. shoot¬
ing forth rays.
ant
cç
ance
Assurance,
the act of assuring.
ent
cy
ency
Tendency,
the act of tending, i. e. the
drift or direction.
ent
ce
ence
Obedience,
Exercise
the act of obeying.
33.
ate
cy
acy
Adequacy,
the state of being adequate.
i. e. made equal to.
* The particle ate, like several others of the same import, seems sometimes to add
little or nothing to the meaning of the radical ; or, at most, serves merely as the sign
of a verb. Thus, eradicate means simply, to root out ; where no such phrase, as,
to make, or to give, could well be used to define the termination. In such cases,
therefore, when another suffix is added, the latter only of course is to be defined :
thus, eradicated, did root out ; eradicative, tending to root out, &c.
This remark will, also, apply to other suffixes of a different signification,
t Here note that one of the suffixes, [ing], is assumed to be sufficiently plain
without definition. Had that part of the compound [ingly] been defined, the defini¬
tion would have been thus : in a manner continuing to insult. In what cases, the i
definition of each part of the compound suffix should be given, must of course be left
to the discrAion of the teacher. Çome prefer, in every instance, to define in both
ways ; thus. Insultingly, in a manner insultmg, or in a manner continuing to insult,
iiee, also, note upon ino, page 16.
28
ANALTTICAI.
MANUAL.
ate
ness
ateness
Illiterateness,
the quality or state of being
unlettered. '
ed
ness
edness
Guardedness,
the quality of being guarded.
ed
ly
edly
De.signedly,
in a manner designed.
en
ly
enly
Drunkenly,
in a manner drunken.
en
ness
enness
Drunkenness,
the state of being drunken.
ion
al
ional
Devotional,
■pertaining to devotion.
ion
ary
ionary
Revolutionary,
pertaining to a revolution.
ion
able
ionable
Qbjectionable,
liable to objection.
ion
eer
ioneer
Auctioneer,
one who sells goods at auction.
Exercise 34.
ment al
mental
Impedimental,
pertaining to that which im¬
Venturous,
pedes.
ure
ous
urous
having the nature of a ventare.
ure
able
urable
Pleasurable,
capable of giving pleasure.
or
ship
orship
Dictatorship,
the office of a Dictator.
zen
ship
zenship
Citizenship,
the rank of a citizen.
on
ous
onous
Gluttonous,
having the quality of one who
eats to excess.
ity
ate
itate
Facilitate,
to give or afford facility.
ity
es
ities
Rarities,
a plurality of things rare.
ity
ous
itous
Felicitous,
having the ■nature of felicity.
ty
ful
tiful
Beautiful,
full <f beauty.
Exercise 35.
cy
es
cies
Delicacies,
more than one delicacy.
th
y
thy
Wealthy,
abounding in wealtA.
monyous
monious
Acrimonious,
full of that which is acrid, or
pungent.
al
ly
ally
Musically,
in a música? ■manner.
al
ity
ality
Fatality,
the quality of being fata?.
io
al
ical*
Symbolical,
pertaining to a symbol.
atlc
al
atical
Problematical,
pertaining to, i. e. having the
■nature of, a problem.
id
ly
idly
Stupidly,
in a manner stupid.
id
ness
idness
Lucidness,
the quality of being lucid.
Exercise 36.
an
ize
anize
Americanize,
to render, or make American.
an
ism
anism
Republicanism,
the principles of a Republican.
ile
ize
ilize
Fertilize,
to make fertile.
ik
ity
ility
Servility,
the quality pertaining to a
slave.
• The simple forms, ic and al, each meety pertaining to. The form ical, there
fore, is a sort of euphonie combination, signifying no more than either of the parti
taken alone. See, in connection with thw, Note on ats, page S7.
ANALYTICAL UANVAL.
29
ar
ar
ar
ize
ly
ity
arize
arly
arity
Secularize,
Singularly,
Familiarity,
ose
ity
osity
Verbosity,
ous
ly
ously
Humorously,
ous
ness
ousness
Hazardousness,
to make secular.
in a manner singular.
the quality or state of^ being
familiar.
the quality of being full of
words.
in a manner 'partaking of hu-
mor.
the quality of being full of
hazard.
Exercise 37.
ful
ly
fully
Spitefully,
in a manner full of spite.
ful
ness
fulness
Guilefulness,
the quality of being full of
guile.
y
ly
iiy
Hardily,
in a ■manner hardy.
ly
ness
iness
Neighborliness,
the quality of being like a
neighbor.
y
er
ier
Needier,
more needy.
y
est
iest
Neediest,
most needy.
able
ness
ableness
Portableness,
the quality of being able ta be
carried.
able
ity
ability
Excitability,
the quality of being liable to
excitement.
able
ly
ably
Seasonably,
in a manner seasonable.
ible
ity
ibility
Credibility,
the quality of being cxeáible.
Exercise 38.
pertaining to a spheroid.
the state of being likely, or
probable.
in a ■manner tending to exclude.
the quality of being exclusive.
in a manner tending to pass
away, i. e. fleeting.
pertaining to a minute animal.
having the nature, or form of
a small sphere.
to form into small grains.
in a manner toithout mercy.
the quality, or state of being
■without guilt.
Exercise 39.
ish ly ishl]i Sluttishly, in a manner like a slut,
ish ness ishness Heathenishness, the quality of being heathenish.
some ness someness Irksomeness, the quality of being ixhsome.
oid
al
oidal
Spheroidal,
ly
hood
lihood
Likelihood,
ive
ly
ively
Exclusively,
ive
ness
iveness
Exclusiveness,
ory
ly
orily
Transitorily,
cule
ar
cular
Animalcular,
ule
ous
ulous
Globulous,
ule
ate
ulate
Granulate,'
Mercilessly,
less
ly
lessly
less
ness
lessness
Guiltlessness,
30
analytical
manuai..
some
ly
somely
Gladsomely,
in a manner somewhat glad.
esce
ent
escent
Rancescent,
continuing to grow, or become
rancid.
esce
ed
esced
Coalesced,
did grow together, or did be¬
come united.
esce
ing
escing
Coalescing,
continuing to grow together.
ifíc
ate
ificate
Certificate,
te make, or that which makes,
certain or sure.
Exercise 40.
ifiably * J ustifia bly,
ulating
ishingness
itedly
ionally
mentally
itanism
itoujsly
inoniousness
Acidulating,
Astonishingness,
Unitedly,
Conventionally,
Experimentally,
Puritanism,
Gratuitously,
Sanctimoniousness,
in a manner capable of being made, i. e.
proved, just.
continuing to make slightly acid.
the quality of being astonishing,
in a manner united,
in a manner pertaining to a convention.
in a manner pertaining to experiment,
the doctrines or principles of a Puritan,
in a manner greXnitous.
the quality of being full of Sanctiniony.
Exercise 41.
icalness Heroicalness, the quality of being heroic,
ilizing Fertilizing, continuing to make fertiie.
ulated Granulated, did form into small masses or grains,
escence Crudescence, the state of being crudesceni.
arliness Beggarliness, quality of being Uke a person who begs,
ativeness Concentrativeness, the quality of tending to concentrate,
icalness Tragicalness, the quality of being tragical.
tifulness Plentifulness, the quality or state of being pientiful.
ualized Spiritualized, did make spiritnaZ.
* In the last two exercises of this Section, the compouild suffix, in each case, con¬
sists of at least three simple ones. The compound forms only are given. Here let
the pupil exercise himself in separating these compound suffixes into their elements,
and in explaining their import both separately and in combination. Let him take,
for instance, the first one above, ipiably, and analyze it thus : irv, to make,—able,
that may be ; capable of being,—ly, in a manner. Then combine each with the
radical one after another, and define after this manner:—Justify, to make, i. e. to
prove to be, just ; Justifiable, capable of being made just ; Justifiably, in a manner
capable of being made just. Sometimes, it will be sufficient to give the definition of
but one or two of the simple suffixes in the compound, the remainder being plain
enough without being defined; thus, instead of defining the form Justifiably, in a
manner capable of being made just, we may say,—in a manner yaatijiable, or, in a
¡Setifiable manner.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
31
SECTION IX.
EXERCISES IN WHICH THE RADICALS ARE SYNONYMOUS.
If the student be familiar, as he should be, with the matters taught
in the preceding Sections, he may now enter, with profit and pleasure,
upon the study of what follows. His attention hereafter is to be spe¬
cially directed to the sense of the radicals ; since the radical sense,
modified indeed by the addition of suffixes, is that which pervades all
the derivative forms. To this end, therefore, are presented in this and
several succeeding Sections, a series of radicals with the proper suf¬
fixes to be added, arranged in parallel columns, in such manner as
to make them mutually explain, or define one another.
It must be kept in mind, however, throughout, that these words are
not here set down as exact synonymes. Their degrees of proximity
in meaning will be found to be very various : sometimes, indeed, so
near as to challenge the nicest discrimination, sometimes, perhaps, so
distant as to make the propriety of the classification itself doubtful.
The design of this, is to afford to every pupil suitable scope for the ex¬
ercise of his powers of discrimination ; and thus to impress upon the
mind the true import of each word by carefully comparing it with,
and distinguishing it from, others of like signification.
It will be found highly subservient, moreover, to the general design,
to exercise the pupil in distinguishing the parts of speech to which the
v/ords in the lesson, both radical and derivative, severally belong ; as
also, in composing sentences in which, they are made to appear prop¬
erly employed. This last is an exercise of the greatest utility. It is
capable of almost endless variation, and, when rightly conducted, not
only teaches the true meaning and application of individual words, but
also, seldom, if ever, fails to excite a deep and lively interest in the art
of composition.
From the following questions on the word art, which occurs in the
first exercise of this Section, may, perhaps, be derived some further
hints, or suggestions respecting the mode of conducting the recitation.
What is the first synonym of art, given in this lesson ? Trade.
When have these two words the same signification ? When they are
applied to a calling, or occupation. What is an artist ? One skilled
in an art. An artisan ? One skilled in an art. What difference,
then, if any, is there in meaning, or application between these words ?
The term artist is chiefly applied to a person skilled in any of the fine
arts ;* as a sculptor, an architect : artisan is applied to one skilled in
any of the useful or common arts ; as a carpenter, a blacksmith. The
* Here, as in numerous other cases, is afforded a fine opportunity for explanatory
observations. The scholar will listen with interest, while the teacher in showing the
true application of these kindred terms, lays before him the distinctive character and
objects of the two classes of arts, to which they severally refer.
32
anal,ytical manual.
former is sometimes styled a professor ; the latter is commonly called
a mechanic. Can you compose a sentence, in which one, or both of
these words shall appear rightly used ? Many who call themselves
artists, scarcely deserve to le called artisans.
Act ed ing or
Art ist isan s
Art ful fulness less
Bind ing er s
Blaze ed ing er
Beast ly liness ish
Bask ed ing s
Blunt ness ly er
Bold • ly ness er
Broad ly ness er
Exercise 42.
ion Do
Trade
lessly Guile
est Tie
s Flame
Exercise 43.
like Brute
Warm
est Dull
est Brave
est Wide
Exercise 44.
ing er est es
s
ful fulness less lessness
ing* ed s est
ed ing ingly est
al alize
ed ing
ness er
ly ness
ly ness
ality
th
est
ery
en
ally
s
ed
est
est
Bleak
ly
ness
er
est
Cold
ly ness
er
est
Calm
ness
ly
ed
ing
Still
ness est
ed
ing
s
Chew
er
ing
ing
ed
s
Champ
ed ing
er
Cease
ed
less
s
Pause
ed ing
ingly
er
Cramp
ed
ing
s
r»
Spasm
s
Cure
Chat
Charm
Charm
Charm
able ative
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ful less
Exercise 45.
er ed Heal th ed ing er
er s Talk ed ing er s
er s Spell ing s
ingly ingness Please ed ing ingness ingly
s Grace ful less s
Exercise 46.
Creep ing ingly er.
Chant ing ed s
Clinch ed ing
Daub ed ing
Damp en ened er
er
er
est
er
es
s
est
Sing
Moist
Exercise 47.
ed
er
est
ing
ingly
est
ing
s
est
ing
er
y
ening
ened
ure
Dumb ness ly
Dun ed ing
Ease y ' ily
er
est Mute ness ly est
s Urge ed ing ent ency
~ less ed lessness lessly
er
est
iness iest Rest
* See Note to Rule IX.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
33
Err ant atic able ed Stray ed ing er s
Earn ed ing er ful Gain ed ing er ful
Faint
Faint
Fat
Feel
Fix
ish ly
ed ing
ness en
ing er
Exercise 48.
ness y Weak ness ly
est s Swoon ed ing
ened ling Plump ness ly
ingly ings Touch ed ing
er
est
ed ation edness edly Set ing er s
est
s
er est
ingly ily
es.
Exercise 49.
Filth
y
iness
ier
iest
Dirt
y
ily
ier
iest
Ford
ed
ing
ing
able
s
Wade
ed
ing
ing
er
s
Flay
ed
er
s
Skin
ed
er
s
Float
ed
age
ing
er
Swim
ing
ingly
er
s
Furl
ed
ing
er
s
Roll
ed
ing
er
s
Great ness ly
Growl ed ing
Grieve ed ous
Gaunt ly ness
Hate ful fully
Hard
Exercise 50.
est Grand ness ly
ingly Snarl ed ■ ing
ously ousness Mourn ed ful
er est Lean ly ness er est
fulness ed Loathe somesomelysomeness ed
er
er
ee eeship
er ingly
fully fulness
en ness
Exercise 51.
ening Firm ed ness ly
est
Harm ful less lessly ing Hurt ful fully fulness ing
Haste y ening iness ily Speed y ing iness ily
Halt ed ing ingly er Limp ed ing ingly er
Halt ed ing s er Stop ed ing s er
Exercise 52.
High ness er est ly Tall ness er est
Joy ful ous ousness fully Bliss fúl fulness fully less
Just ice ly ify ness Right eously fully ness
Law ful fulnessless yer Rule s ed
Lunge s
Thrust ed ing
Exercise 53.
Lade ed ing en s
Leer ed ing ingly er
Lend ing er ^ able s
Lease ed ing able er
Limb less ed ing s
ing
er
er
s
Load ed ing
Squint ed ing
Loan ed ing
Rent ed ing
Branch iness less
5
er s
ingly s
est s
able age
y ed
84
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Live ed ing er
Mix ed ing er
Might y ily iness
Pale ness est ed
Patch ed ing er
Purge ed ation atory
Pelt ed ing er
Pure ness ly ity
Pure ly er est
Pester ous er ed
Exercise 54.
s Dwell er ing s
ture Blend ed ing er
ier Strengthen ened less
y Wan ness ly ed
ery Mend ed ing er
Exercise 55.
atorial Cleanse ed ing able es
s Beat en er s est
ify Chaste ness ly er
ness Clear ly er est
ing Plague ful y ily
est
s
ener
ish
able
ity
ness
ed
Exercise 56.
I
Plunge ed ing er es Dive
Plaint ful ive . ivenessless Moan
Quit ed er ing able Leave
Quench ed able less ing Slake
Raw ness ly ish est Crude
Exercise 57.
Thief
Wake
Wash
ing er est
ful fully ed
ing er est
ed ing est
ness ity ly
es
ing
es
es
est
Rogue ish ishly ishnessery
Rouse ed ing er es
Rinse ed ing er es
Rude ness ly er est
Room y iness ful
Short
Jy
ness
er
est
Sleek
ed
ing
ly
ness
Stint
ed
ing
er
s
Shift
ed
ing
er
ingly
Singe
ed
ing
es
est
Rough
Space
Exercise 58.
Brief ly
ish ishly ishnessery
ed ing ful fulness
ed ing er es
ness ly -er est
ious iouslys
ness
Smooth ed ing
Stunt ed ing
Scorch ed ing
er est
ly est
edness s
less able
ingly est
Exercise 59.
Streak
ed
ing
y
s Stripe
ed
ing
est
es
Speck
ed
ing
le
ling Dot
ed
ing
est
s
Shy
ly
ness
er
est Coy
ly
ness
ish
ishly
Sane
able ative
ity
ativeness Sound
ly
ness
er
est
Sharp
ness
en
ened
ening Keen
ness
er
est
Sharp
ness
ly
est
er Shrill
ness
ly
ed
est
Exercise 60.
Shout
ed
ing
er
s Yell
ed
ing
est
s
Sour
ly
ness
ish
est Tart
ly
ness
ish
est
Scant
ed
ness
y
ily Scrimp
ed
ing
est
s
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
36
Sip ed ing er est Sup, ed ing age er
Spoil ed ing er ful Rob ed ing er ery
Spoi' ed ing er est * Mar ed ing er est
Exercise 61.
Scowl ed ing ingly er Frown ed ing ingly er
Stab. ed ing ingly er Dirk ed ing est s
Size able ed ing es Bulk y iness ier iest
Sage ness ly er est Wise ly ling er dorn*
Tire ed ing some somely Jade ed ing est es
Exercise 62.
Turn ed ing er est Veer ed ing able est
. Wo ful fully fulnesses Grief ous ously less ance
Word y iness less ed /Verb ose osity al alize
Weep ing ingly er est Cry ed ing er es
Woo ed ing er ingly Court ed ing er ship
Exercise 63.
f
Wend ing est s Go ing est es er
Wink ed er ing ingly Blink ed ing ard est
Wag ish ishly ishnessery Droll ish ishly er ery
Will ed ing s Wish ed ing s
Wrest ed ing est s . Twist ed ing er est
Exercise 64.
Cite ed ing ation Quote ed ing ation
Cite ed ing s Summoned ing s
Dread ful ed ing s Awe ful* ed ing s
Dress ed ing y er Clothe ed ing ier est
Dash ed ing es est Strike ing er ingly ingness
Exercise 65.
Fly ing est er es Flit ed ing y iness
Flee ing est eth Run ing er est s
Flirt ed ing s ation Flaunt ed ing 'est s
Flush ed ing er ness Glow ed ing ingly s
Gaud y iness ily iest- Show y iness ily iest
Exercise 66.
Glide ed ing ingly er Flow ed ing ingly ingness
Guard edness less ship able Watch ed ful fully fulness
Guide ed ing ance able Lead ing er est s
Daint y ily iness ies Nice ty ly er est
Flap ed ing ♦r s Flop ed ing est s
* Upon adding this sufHx, drop the final e of the radical. See Note to Role I.
36
analyticai. maizal.
Exercise' 67.
Grope
ed
ing
er
s
Feel
ing
less
er est
s
Home
less
es
ly
liness
House
es ed
ing
Mount
ed
ing
iac
8
Rise
ing
en s
Demon
ess
ship
s
Devil
ish
ishnessship
s
Ooze
ed
ing
est
es
Flow
ed
ing est
8
Exercise 68.
Proud
ly
er
est
Vain
er
ness
fy
est
Chief
less
tain
tainry
s
Head
less
ship
ed
ing
Chief
dorn ess
tainship
Prince
dom
ess
ly
liness
Ample
itudeiate
ness
ify
Wide
ly
er
est
en
Adorn
ed
ing
er
S
Grace
ed
ing
s
less
Exercise 69.
Appal
ed
ment
ing
ingly
Fright
en
ened
ful
fully
Berate
ed
ing
er
est
Scold
ing
ed
ingly
er
Banquet ed
er
ing
est.
Feast
ful
ed
ing
er
Bestow
al
ment er
ed
Give
en
ing
er
est
Benign
ity
ant
ly
antly
Kind
ly
ness
er
est
Bridle
ed
ing
er
Column
s
ar
Caress
es
ed
ing
Certain
ty
ly
ness
Cluster
ed
ing
y
Career ed ing s
Ciamber ed ing est
Cower ing ed est
Cripple ing ed er
Chagrin ed ing est
Escort ed ing er
Frowardness ly
Favor ed ite itism
Fury ous ously es
Facete ious iouslyly
Grovel ing ed er
Garble ed er ing
Exercise 70.
est Curb ed ing
Pillar s ed
Fondle s ed
Sure ly ty
est Bunch ed es
Exercise 71.
est Course ed ing
s Climb ed er
s Crouch ing ed
est Maim ed ing
s Vex ationed
Exercise 72.
s Guard ed ing
Pert ness ly
able Aid ed er
ousness Rage ed ing
Gay ety ly
Exercise 73.
est Crawl er ed
es Cull ed er
er
est
ing er
tiship ness
y iness
er
ing
s
est
est es
edness er
atious er
ian less
er est
anee - less
ful ingly
ness some
ing
ing
est
s
ANALYTICAl, MANUAL.
37
Honor ed ing able s
Honest ly er est ty
Humanely ity ize ness
Glory ed ing ous es
Just ice ness ly • er
Kind ly ness er est
Invite ed ingly ingnesser
Infant cy ile ine ly
Lather ed ing er s
Leaven ed ing ous er
Limpid ness ly
Exercise 74.
Ask ed ing er est
Babe y yish ish ishly
Foam ingly y ed ing
Yeast y
Clear er ness ly est
Exercise 75.
Menace ed ing er s Threat en ful ening ener
Marry age ageableing ed Wed ed ing s
Merry ly er ness ment Blithe ly some ful ness
Mischief ous ously ousnesss Harm less ful ing fully
Money ed less er s Cash less ier ed ing
Exercise 76.
Measure ment ahle less er Mete ed ing er s
Nettle ed ing s
Obey ed er ing
Option al ally
Odor amentate ous
er Sting ing s less er
s Mind ing ed fui less
Choice ly less ness est
ousness Smell ed er ing s
Exercise 77.
Poet ry ess ized ics Bard
Purchase ed ing er able Buy
Pilot age ry ism ed Steer
Power ful less fully fulness Might
Prison er ment ed ing Jail
io
ish
ism s
ing
er
s
age
er
s ed
y
ily
iness les
or
s
Possess ive ion or
Parry ing ed es
Pensive ly ness
Respite ed ing s
Ready ly iness er
I
Real ize ity ly
Ransacked ing er
Robust ious ness
Exercise 78.
ory Hold
est Fend
Sad
est ing er
ing ed er
en ness ly
Pause ed ing er
est Prompt ness itude ly
Exercise 79.
izer True th* ly er
s Search ed ing er
Strong ly er est
s
ened
s
ed
est
es
thf
• 8«e Note to Rule I.
* CtaOR ^ding this çnffiz, » of the radical is changed into </ thus, strength.
38
ANALmCAI. HANITAL.
Rapid ly ness ity
Rugged ness ly est
Shelter ed ing s
Riddle ed mg er
Straggle ing ed er
Skittish ly ness
est Swift ly ness er
Rough ness ly er
Exercise 80.
Screen ed ing er
s Screen ed ing er
ingly Stroll er ing ed
Shy ness ly er
Exercise 81.
Survey or ed ing al View less ed ing
Tally ing ed es est Suit ed ing able
Tempest uous uously uousness Storm y iness ing
Torpid ity ness
Numb ness edness ed
Exercise 83l.
Tumble ed er
Tarry ed ing
Tardy ness ly
Trample ed ing
Tower y ed
Treasure y ing er
Utter ance er ed
Ulcer ate ated ous
Usurp er ation ed
Value ed ator able
Vapor ous ousness ed
Visage ed s
Valid ity ly ness
Vigil ance ancy ant
Wager ed ing er
Exercise 84*.
est
s
s
s
est
^ Scatter ed ing ingly ling Strew ed ing ment s
ing
s
est Run
er ing
est
8
esf
Dark
ly en
ness
some
Hlg
ingly
Reel
ed ing
.est
s
ness
ry
ism Wild
ness ly
er
est
ing
y
s Shade
ed ing
y
ines»
Exercise 82.
ing
er
s Calcule
ate ated
able
ation
er
er
ing
s
Fall
ing
en
er
s
es
est
Wait
ed
ing
er
s
er
est
Slow
ly
ness
er
est
er
es
Tread
er
ing
s
est
ing
s
Rise
ing
en
er
s
Hoard ed ing er
ing Speak er ing est
ed Sore ness ly er
ing Seize able ing er
less Worth y iness less
Exercise 85.
ish Mist y ily iness
Face ed ing less
Sound ness ly er
antly Watch ful fulness ed
a Bet ed ing s
s
eth
est
ure
ily
ful
ial
est
ing
or
ANALXTICAI, MANUAI..
39
Exercise 86.
Wanton ing ize ness ly
Welcome ed ly ness er
August ness
Awake en ened ener ening Rouse ing ed er
Asper ity ate ation ated Rough ness ly er
Lewd ly ness er
Greet ed ing er
Grand ly ness ity
est
s
iñc
s
est
Exercise 87.
Bfitter ed ing s y ^
Avow ed edly ing able
Filter ed ing est s
Kennel ed ing est s
Member ed ship s
Bruise ed ing er s
Own ed ing s
Strain able ed ing
Lodge ed able er
Limb ed less s
er
ment
Pasture able ed
Umpire age ship ed
Tamper ed ing s
Adroit ness ly er
Argue ed ing er
Exercise 88.
ing Graze er ier ed
ing Judge ment ship ed
est Tempt ation er ed
est Dextrous ness ly
ment* Reason ing ed er
ing
ing
ing
Barren ly ness er
Bury al ing
Furnish mented
Gormandize er
Handle ed ing
er
er
izer
est
Worshiped ing er
Machine ery ist s
Marvel ous ously ed
Mercy ful less fully
Vibrate ativeatory ed
Rebel ion ed ing
Shepherd ish ly ess <
Silvér ed y less
Liquid ity ness ate
Sacred ly pess er
Abet ed ing «ment
Exercise 89.
est Sterile ity ize ized izing
ed Inter ed
ing ' Equip age
ized Glutton ous
es Manage er
Exercise 90.
ful Adore ed
al Engine ery
ing Wonder ous
lessly Pity ful
ing Quiver ed
Exercise 91.
ment ing s
aged ment ed
ously ize ed
ing ment ed
ing er able
eer eering es
ously ed ing
less able ing
in? s est
B
s
ing
ation
est
Revolt ed
Pastor al
Argent ic
Fluid ity
Holy , ly
mg er s
ly ally ship
al ine ation
ness s
ness er est
Exercise 92.
or Aid
ed ing anee less
* UpoB adding ment, drc^ e final argue.
40
aüalytical ivunual.
Jolly ness ly ty est
Turgid ity ly ness
Noxious ly ness
Triumphed ant antly ing
er
Merry ness ly
Tumid ly ness
Noisome ly ness
Rejoice er ingly ing
ed
Exercise 93.
est Order ed ly
Array ed ing er
Array ed ing er
Edit ion or erial orship Eublish
Esteem ed er ing s Honor
Fathom ed ing able less Sound
Defray ed ing s ment Pay
Exercise 94.
Arrow y s Shaft
Aster oid* oidal ism al Star
Autumn al ity s , Fall
Anchor ed age able ing
ly
ing
est
ing
er
y
ing
er
es
ing
able
er
ing
less
s
ing
able
ment
s
y
less
ed
Argill aceous ous
Anger y ier est
Ballast ed ing s
Ballot ed ing atioi
Bishop ric like ly
Batten ed ing est
Betray ed ing er
Bevel ed ing er
Blazon ed ing ry
Barrel ed ing s
Bottle ed ing s
ing
Mobr
ed
age
ing
s
eering
Vendue
es
Exercise 95.
like
Spirit
ual
ually ualness uality
er
Shorten ed
ing
ly
er
s
est
Foolish
ness
es
Snare
ed
ing
er
s '
Clay
ey
ed
ish
ing
Exercise 96.
ily
Passion
ate
less
ately
atenesa
Steady
ed
ing
ness
er
s
Vote
ed
ing
er
s
ed
Prelate
ical
cy
ship
ist
s
Fat
en
eued
ness
est
Exercise 97.
ment Deceive ed ing er
ment Curve ed ing ity
er Publish ed ing er
Cask ed ing s
Vial ed ing s
est "
ation
ment
* Upon adding the suffixes oid, oidal, and ism, the e of the radical is not to ba
rejected.
t The final 2 is to be doubled upon adding the suffixes.
AMALVTICAL HAiniAL.
41
Exercise 98.
Better ness ing ment ed Improve ed ing ment able
Beauty ful fy less ous* Grace ful fully less ed.
Cancel ate ation ed' ing Annul ed ing ment est
Carbon ic ize ous ization Charcoal
Careen ed ing s Incline ed ing ation able
Exercise 99.
Cater ed er ess y
Cement ed ation atory ing
Cycle oid oidal s
Coquet ish ry ed ing
Critic al ally ise ism
Provide ed ing ent
Unite ed ing ive
Circle ed ing et
Jilt ed ing 8
Judge ment ing ed
er
er
er
ship
Exercise 100.
Captain cy ship s
Deny er est es
Deny al ing ed
Despair ed ingly ful
Devout less lessnessly ness
Diet ed ing ary
Dispatched ing ful
Duel ist er ing
Eclipse ed ing s
Envy ous ously ed
ry
Chief tain
ess less
dom
al
Gainsay er
ing s
ablè
Refuse al
ed er
able
er
Despond ed
ency ent
ingly
ness
Pious ly
Exercise 101.
etio
Food ful
less
er
Send ing
er est
s
ed
Combat ed
ing ant
ity ly
able
Obscure ed
ation
able
Grudge ing
ingly ed
er
Exercise 102.
Essencefial ially iality iate Substancef ialially iate ive
Essence ed ing s Perfume ed ing er ry .
Fellow ed ly ship s Mate ■ ed less ing s
Freckle ed ing s Spot ed y less edness
Frizzle ed ing er Curl ed y iness ingly
Exercise 103.
er
s
Search
ed
ing
ingly
s
ing
es
Carry
ed
age
ing
less
er
ately
s
Luck
y
ily
ily
ingly
er ^
Grope
ed
ing
er
es
er
s
Reap
ed
ing
er
s
* See Note to Rule IX.
t When the suffizee are added, e of the radical is changed into t.
42
amaltticaii manual.
Exxbuise 104.
Gibbous ly ness osity»
Heinous ly ness
Herald ed ry ship
Index ical icallyes
Invoice ed ing s
Murder ed ous ing
Musket eer s
Mountain eer ous et
Neighbor ing less ly
Pirate ical cy ed
Convex ity
ed
edly
ly
Odious ly
ness
io Proclaim ed
ing
ics
ation
er
Gnomon ical
ic
Schedule ed
ing
s
Exercise 105.
er Kill ed
ing
er
s
Gun er
ery
ing
3
ousness Hill ock
y
ed
ing
hood Vicine ity
al
age
ically Robber y
s
Exercise 106.
s
s
s
s
ICS
Paddle ed ing er
Puzzle ed ingly er
Stumble ed ing er
License ed ing er
Magnet ic ize ism
Martyr dom ed ize
Minor ationity
Mortgage ed ing ee
Postil ed ing er
Pustule ate ated ous
Ransom ed ing er
Rivet ed ing s
Royal ly ist ty ism
Scafibld ed ing age s
Senate or orial orship s
able
edness
Row ed ing er
Perplex ed ing ity
Trip ed ing er
Allow ed ing ance able
Loadstonef es
Exercise 107.
mg
er
s
s
Witness ed ing es
Less en ened ening
Pledge ed ing ee er
Comment ed ing ' s
Pimple ed s
ator
Exercise 108.
Redeem ed er able ableness
Clinch ed ing er
Regal ly ity
Stage ing s
Council or s
Exercise 109.
Sermon ize izing izer s
Suffrage ator es ant
Supple ness er est
Signal ize izii^ ized s
Varnish ed ing er es
Discourse ed ing ive s
Vote ed ing er s
Pliant ness cy
Beacon ed ing age s
Gloss ed ing y iness
* Before affixing ofity, remove the tennination out, from gibbons,
t More correctly, loaeHone.
akalytical manvaih
43
SECTION X.
SYNONYMOUS RADICALS CONTINUED
Exercise 111.
Bring ing er s Bear ing er s
Goad ing ed s Prick ed ing er
Form s ed ing Shape less ed ing
Flow ed ing ingly Glide ed ing er
Cleave ed ing er Split ing a er
Class ed ing es
Deed s less
Hear ing est er
Jolt ed ing s
Case ed ing b
Lean ed ing s
. Lean ness er est
Haise ed ing er
Band ed ing er
' Soil ed less iness
Pledge ed ■ ing ee
Slack en ly ness
Stay ed* ing s
Tooth less ed ing
Skip ed ing er
Fleet ness er est
Fold ed ing er
Rule ed ing er
Cede ed ing es
Fog y iness ily
"Whoop ed ing s
Dig iug er 8
Exercise 112.
Rank ed ing s
Act s ing or
Hark en eninged
Jar ed ing est
Box . ed ing es
Exercise 113.
Bend ing ed er
Thin ness er est
Lift ed ing er
Crew s "
Stain ed ing 8
Exercise 114.
Plight ed ing er
Loose en ly ness
Bide ed ing er
Fang less ed s
Leap ed ing er
Exercise 115.
Quick ness ly est
Plait ed ing er
•Sway ed ing s
Yield ed ing s
Haze y ed ing
Exercise 116.
Shout ed ing s
Delve ed ing s
Fetch ed ing es
Spur ed ing s
Mode ify ified iñable
Stream ed ing let
Rend ing s er
Grade ed ing atdon
Feat 8
List en eningener
Shake ing en er
Sheath ed ing less
Stoop ed ing ingly
Poor ness er est
Hoist ed ing er
Gang 8
Dirt y ying ied
Pawn ed ing ee
Lax ative ly ity
Dwell ed in6 s
Tusk ed y s
Jump ed mg er
Swifb nessly er
Wrap ed ing er
Reign ed ing er
Grant ed ing est
Mist y 8 iness
Bawl ed ing er
Grub ed ing er
* The radicals^iay, lay, pay, say, instead of receiving ed regularly, [See Rule
XI.], change the final y into i, and also reject the e of the sumz ; thus, stay-ed,
staid, laid, paid, said.
44
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Trâl ed ing est "Work ed ing er
Toil ed ing some. Plod ed ing er
Cease ed ing es Stop ed ing er
Exercise 116.
Want ing ed less Lack ing ed s Need
Err ed able atic Miss ed ing es Fail
Bend ing let able Curve ed ing ature Crook
Bend ing er s Lean ed ing s Stoop
Bend ing s er Nod ing ed er Bow
Track less ed ing
Pinch ed ing er
Blame ed able less
Hurt ing ed fol
Fear ful ing less
Boon 8
Boon
Shoot ing s er
Shoot ing s er
Shoot ing 8
Sound ly ness est
Sound ed ing er
Cringe ed ing er
Bathe ed ing est
Odd ity ly est
Sneak ed ing ingly
Scene es eiy
Stretch ed ing er
Seek ing er est
Mount ed ing er
Mount ed ingly er
Twirl ed ing est
Exercise 117.
Path less ed ing
Squeeze ed ing er
Chide ed ing er
Harm ing ed less
Dread ful ing less
Exercise 118.
Gift 8
Gay ety er ly
Tmrow ing 8 er
Dart ing 8 er
Bud ing s let
Exercise 119.
Sane ity ness ative
Chime ed ing es
Crouch ed ing es
Lave ed ing est
Droll nessish' ery
Exercise 120.
Exercise 121.
Skulk ed ing er
View ed ing less
Strain ed ing er
Search ing er est
Climb ed ing s
Exercise 122.
Rise en ing er
Querl ed ing est
Task ed ing 8
Drudge ed ing eiy
Quit ed ing ingly
ing ed y
ed ing ure
ed ing edly
ed ing 8
ing ed 8
Way leas s
Press ed ure ing
Scold ed ing er
Wound ing ed less
Awe ful ing fulnesa
Grant s
Blithe ly ness some
Cast ing s er
Fly ing es er
Sprout ing 8
Whole ness some somely
Ring er ing s
F awn ed ing ingly
Wash ed ing est
Queer ness ly est
Meek ly er est
Slam ed ing er
Bung ed ing s
Snug er est ness
Thick ness er est
Lurk ed ing 8
Sight 8
Rack ed ing er
Hunt ing er est
Scale ed ing s
Soar ed ing est
Whirl ed ing est
Bland ish ishmentness
Close ed ing s
Close ed ing s
Close ly er est
Close fy er est
Mild ly ness est
Shut er ing s
Stop ed ing er
Near ly er est
Dense er est ity
ANALYTICAL HANUÀL.
45
Scream ed ing er Screech ed ing es Shriek ed ing s
Swine ish ismyishness Hog ish ishlyishnessPig like s ish
Blow ing ed s
Blow s
%
Sprig 8 y ing
Bite ing er esb
Jerk ed ing er
Stamp ed ingi er
Stow ed ing er
Skin s y less
Skin ed ing er
Term ed ing s
Forge ed ing er
Forge er ed ing
Fence ed ing less
Fend ed ing er
Craze ed ednessy
Call ed ing er
Crowd ed ing er
Mark s
Mark s
Mark 8
Mark s
Mark s
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
Puff ing ed s
Stroke s
Exercise 123.
Spray s
Gnaw ing ed er
Pull ed ing er
Beat en er ing
Place ed ing est
Exercise 124.
Pelt 8 ry
Peel ed ing er
Call ed ing er
Mint ed age er
Feign er ed ing
Exercise 125.
Hedge ed ing er
Ward ed ing er
Break able ing age
Pick ed ing er
Throng ed ing s
Pant ing ed s
Lick s ing ed
Twig s y en
Knab ing ed er
Twitch ed ing er
Strike ing er est
Pack ed ing er
FeU s
Rind s ' ed ing
Name ed ing less
Coin ed , ing age
Frame er ed ing
Wall ed ing er
Guard ed less able
;ack ed ing er
ean ed ing er
Press ed ing es
Exercise 126.
Print 8
Trace s
Sign 8
Brand s
Aim s
less
able ed
Stamp 8
Track s
ificant Note s
ing Stigma s
Butt 8
ed ing
less ed
edly er
tize rizihg
Node ous ose , ule
Coarse ly ness est
Dye ed ing* er
Staff es
Staff es
Spot 8 less y
Spot s
Spill s ed ing
Tend s ed ency
Tend s ed ¿ng
Exercise 127.
Knot ed y iness
Rough ly en ness
. T^ge ed ing ent
Stay s ing er
Stick a
Exercise 128.
m
Stain s less ed
Place 8 • ed ing
Shed s ed ing
Stretch es ed ing
Watch es ed ing
Knob ed y iness
Rude ly ness est
Stain ed ing er
Prop s ed ing
Crutch es ed ing
Speck 8
Site s
Pour s
Aim 8
Guard s
ed le
ed uate
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
• This suffix is to be added to dye without change ; thus, dyeing.
46
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exeecise 129.
Cost
Crime
Fate
Flag
Frank
Gap
Gap
Gap
Gape
Gape
ly liness less Price
iol less es
ing ed al
est ed ing
est ness ly
Vice
Lot
Droop
Free
ed ing less Charge ed able less
ions iously iate Sin ful less er
ing ed ery Doom ful ed age
s ed ing Pine es ed ing
est dorn ly Plain est ness ly
Exercise 130.
ed ing 3
ing ed er
Breach
Cleft
Crack
Yawn
Stare
ed ing 8
er ed ing
Exercise 131.
Feather y less ed Plume osityless s
Heap ly ed y Pile ing ed s
Joke ingly ose* oseness Jest ingly ed er
Just ly ness er Bight ly ness ful
Soft est ness ly Mild ly ness est
Chasm
Chink
Chap
Open
Gaze
Crest
Exercise 132.
Speak est iñg er
Stand er ed ing
Thin ed ness ly
Loose ' ¿y ness en
^pite
Say
Stop
Slight
s ing est
ing ed er
ly ness est
Sport
Fair
Meek
TeU
Best
Slim
Vague est ly ness Lax
ed ful fully Grudge ed ing ingly Pique
Exercise 133.
Game
Steer
Wind
Wind
Wind
some somely ed Sport
ed ing less Guide
ing est s Tum
ing est s Soimd
8 y iness Air
ive ively ed Play
ed ing es Hehn
ed ing er Veer
ed ing s Blow
less y iness Breeze
Exercise 134.
Arise ing s en
Belease ment ed ing
Nimble ness er est
Foreign ness er
Accrue ed ing s
Acquit ance al ed
Agile ity ness
Ahen ation age ism
Alledge ' ed ing able Aver ment ed ing
Exercise 135.
August ation Narrow nessly er Strait
Annoy anceed ing Molest ation ed er Vex
Antique ity ness ate Ancient ly ness Old
ed ing 8
er ed ing
less ed ing
es ed ing
ively ed ive
ly ness est
est ly ness
est ing er
er ing ed
ly ness est
ity ness ly
ed ing ant
ful fully ed
ed ing s
ed ing s
ing er s
es y lesa
Spring ing s
Clear ed ing er
Brisk ness ly est
Strange ness ly est
.Say ing s est
en ness ly
ation atious ed
ness er est
* Upon adding ose and oseness, change h of the radical into e ; thus, jocose.
analttical manital.
47
Appease mentive ed Qoiet nde ed ism Calm «essly ed
Arrest ationmenting Hinder anee ling er Stop ageing ed
Exercise 136.
Assault ing able er .Attack ing ed s Strike
Assuage ment er ing Soften ed ing er Ease
Alarm ed ist ingly Startle ed ing es Fright
Believe er ingly able Credit or ed able Trust
Bellow ed ing s Clamor ousouslyousness Boar
BuSbon ery ish ism
Bungle er ingly ed
Balance ing er ed
Bundle ed ing s
Bluster ous er ing
Brandish ment er ed
Banter ed ing er
Censure ed able ably
Vulgar ity ly ism
Vulgar ity ly ness
Exercise 137.
Mimic ry ed ing Wag
Cobble er ing ed Botch
Líbrate ed ory ion Poise
Fardel ed ing s Pack
Swagger ed er ingly Boast
\
Exercise 138.
Flourish ingly ed er Shake
Rally ed ing es Tatmt
Rebuke ed ing er Blame
Common nessly est Mean
Obscene ity ness ly Low
Exercise 139.
ing er ingly
ed ing er
eneden ening
er ee ed
ing er ed
ish ery ishly
ed ihg er
ed ing es
age ed ing
fm ingly ed
mg er s
ed ingly er
ed less ful
ness ly est
ness er est
Caprice ious iousness iously Humor ous ist some Whim sical sically sicalness
Causey s Levee s Bank
Carol ed ing s Warble ed er ing Sing
Cerule an ous ific Azure ed ing es Blue
Combine ation ed ing Unite ed ing ion Join
Exercise 140.
Comfort able ably er Solace
Compass ed ing es Limit
t Couple ed ment able Unite
Covet ous able ousness Desire
Cynic al alnessally Surly
ing ious ed Cheer
ed less arian Reach
ed edly ing Link
ous ed able Wish
ness er est Cross
Exercise 141.
Canon ical ist ically Statute
Chuckle ed ing es Giggle
Cully ism ed ing Cozen
Decent cy ly ness Proper
ally ory able Law
ed ing es Laugh
age ed er Cheat
ly ness Fit
Demean s ed ing Behavo- s ed ing Act
8 ed ing
er ing ingly
ish nessly
er ing ery
ful less ed
ed ing es
ed ing s
ful fuñy er
ness er ly
ful fully yer
ed able ingly
ery ed ing
ness ly est
ion ed ing
Exercise 142.
I^spot ic ically^m Tyran* ical ess ous King domly less
* The final n here, is to be doubled before each of the euifixes.
48
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Destine aliened y Ordain s er ed Fate alnessed ally
Devast alienate aled Ravage ed ing er Waste ed ing ness
Dwindle ed ing es Minish ed ing er Shrink ing age er
Drizzle ed ing es Mizzle ed ing es Mist ed y iness
ëxercisk 143.
Dabble er ed ing Meddle someed er Dip
Drabble ed ing es Draggle ed ing es Trail
Even ness ly er Level ness ing er Flat
Entice' mentinglyer Decoy ,ed ing s Tempt
Emblem alio ize atist Symbol ize icdization Sign
Exercise 144.
Fancy ful ed ing Notion al ally ality Whim
Fetter ing ed less Shackle ed ing es Gyve
ness Fluent cy ly ce Pert
ation Stupe ed inj; s Bathe
ed ing er
ed ing s
ness ly en
ed ation ingly
al^ ify ificant
sical sically ling
ed ing es
ness ly est
ed ing s
ed ance er
Flippant cy ly
Foment ed s
Foment ed ing er Abet ed ing or Aid
Exercise 145.
Foster age ling ed Nourish mented ing Nurse ing er ery
Fatigue ed ing es Weary ed some ness Tire ed some ing
Flotirish ingly ed ing Prosper ed ous ously Thrive ing ingly es
Ferine ness er est Savage nessly ism Wild nessly est
Glory ous fy ously Renown ed edly less Fame ous ously less
Exercise 146.
Gallant ry ly ness Valiant ly ness ce Brave ly er est
Gossip • ed ing s Tattle ed ing er Blab ed ing er
Handsomely ness er Pretty ly ness er Neat ness er est
Huddle ed ing er Jumble ed ing ment Crowd ed ing s
Hobble ed ing er Herple ed ing es Limp ' ed ing ingly
Exercise 147.
Humile ity iate iation Humble ness er ed Low linessly lily
Harbí» less ous age Haven er s Port s
Ignite ing ion ed Kindle ing ed er Light ing ed s
Inveigh ed ing er Censure able ed ing Rail ery ed er
Jingle ed ing er Rattle ed ing er Clink ing ed s
Exercise 148.
Jocund ity ly ness Merry mently er Gay ety er est
Lament ableationing Regret ed M ing Mourn ing ed ful
Labor less ing ious Travail ed ing s ToU Some ed someness
Languishing ed ment Wither ed ing ednessPine ed ing es
Legend ary ed ing Story ed ing es Tale ful ed ing
Exercise 149.
Languid nessly Feeble ness er est Weak nessly er
ANALTtlCAl. manttal.
49
Method ical ist kally Manner ism ist s Mode
Margin al ally ated Border ing ed er Edge
Mature ity ly er Mellow ness er est Ripe
Master ly ed ship Govern or ed able Rule
Exercise 150.
Macule ate ated ation Speckle ed ing es Spot
Maraud ing er ed Plunder ing er ed Rob
Narrate ed ion or Rehearse al ed ing Tell
Nidor ous osity Savor y inessless Scent
Notice able ed ing Regard ed ing less Heed
ish ishly ishness
ed ing wise
ness ly er
er ed ing
ed less ing
ing er ery
ing er s
ful less ed
ed fol less
Exercise 151.
Open ness ly .
Opaque ness ly
Parcel ed ing
Presage ful mented Token ed ing s
Petty nessly est Paltry ness er est
Candid ly ness Fair
Obscure ity ly ness Dark
Portion ed er kt Part
Sign
Small
ness ly est
ness en some
^ ed itionner
ily ificateiñed
I er est
Exercise 152.
Poignant cy ly
Power ful less s
Quibble ed ing er
Acute ness ly est Sharp ness ly er
Vigor ous ously ed Strength en ened ening
Cavil ing ingness ous Carp ed ing er
Question able er less Query* ist ed ing Ask ed ing er
Quadrate ed ing s Tally ed ing es Square ed ing s
Exercise 153.
Rancor ous ously ousness Malice ions iously iousness Hate
Relent less ed ing
Revel ed ing s
Ramble ing er ed
Rifle ed ing er
Rancid
Silly
Sally
Serene
Squalid
nessly
nessly
ed
ly - .
ness est ly
Ity
er
ing es
ity ness
Soften ed ing er Yield
Carouse al ed ing Feast
Wander ed ing er Roam
Pilfer ing er ed Filch
Exercise 154.
Fetid ness ly Rank
Simple er ness est Weak
Issue ed ing es Rush
Tranquil ity ness ize Calm
Sordid ness ly Foul
ful ed ing
ed ableness ingly
ful er ing
ing er ed
ed ing ingly
nessly le
ness er est
ed ing es
ness er ly
nessly est
Squandered ing er
Stable ness ish ity
Succor less ed
Silent ce ly
mg
ness
Shudder ed ing s
Exercise 155.
Lavish ed ly ment Waste ful fully ed
Steady nessly er Firm nessly est
Relieve able ing er Help ful less lessly
Tacit ly ness urn Still ness est ed
Tremble ed ing er Quake ed ing er
* See Note to Rule XL
7
50
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exercise 156.
Sander ed ing s Sever anceed el Part ed ^ ition
Strangle ed ing er Throttle ed ing es Choke ed ing er
Second ed aryarinessFollow ed ing er 'Aid ed er less
Tardy ly er ness Tedious ly ness Slow ly ness est
Tender ed ing s Offer ed S' ing Bid, kg er s
Exercise 157.
Tumult nous ously er Bustle ed ing er Stir ed ing er
Torture ing ingly ous Torment ing ed or Rack ed kg er
Tympan ize izedizing Tabor et ed er Drum ed ing er
Umbrate ation ic ed Shadow y ed kg Shade y messed
Vary able ous ed Alter able ation ed Change able kg er
Exercise 158.
4
Viper ous ine ously Serpent ine ize ized Snake
Verdant cy ly ness Virent Green
Villain* y ous ously Rascal ly ity s Knave
Vacant cy Empty nessly est Void
Anokt ment ing ed Anele ed ing es Oil
Exercise 159.
Cumber-f ous some anee Retard ment ation ed Clog
Settle ed mg ment Stablish ed ing es Fix
Waver mg ingness er Totter mg ed y Reel
Subtile ity ize ness Cunning ly ness Sly
Squandered ing er Bangle ed mg es Waste
y ed mg
ish ly nes
ish ishlyerj
able anee nes
ed ing y
y inessed
ed ing ation
mg ed er
ness ly est
ed mg ful
Exercise 160.
Higgle ed ing er Chaffer
Total ly ity riess Entire
Merit ed orious mg Desert
Plunder ed ing er Pillage
Shelter less mg ed Cover
Îr er ed Hawk
y ness ty AVhole
less lessly ful DueJ
ed mg er Spoil
ele ed ing Shield
ed mg er
ly ness some
ly ful ness
ful ed er
ed mg er
Exercise 161.
Furrow ed ing s Chamfer ed ing s Groove
Challenge ed ing able Defy ed anee atory Dare
City zen zenship es Burgh er ership Town
Clamor ous ously ing Noise v ily less Sound
Limit ed less able End less lessly kg Close
Exercise 162.
Trifle ed ing er Fool ed ing ery Toy
Dandy ism es Coxcomb ly ry s Fop
ed ing er
ed kg kgly
ish less ship
ed ing 8
ed kg ime
ed kg ish
ish ishlyery
* Upon the addition of the suffixes, the i in the final syllable of villainy is to b*
omitted.
t See Rule XIII. } See Note to Rule I
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
51
Carry
Cover
Cover
ed er age Lug
ed ing er Mask
ed ing ' age Bear
ed ing ery ^ Hide
ed ing er Spread ing er s Coat
Parade ed ing er
Parade ed ing es
Qualmy* ish is&iess
Sully ed ing es
Soften ed ing er
Exercise 163.
Pomp ous ouslys Show
Muster ed ing s Collect
Queasy inessiest ^
Slur ed ing s Soil
Soothe ed ing ingly Calm
#
Exercise 164.
ing er s
ing er s
ed ing s ^
y ily iness
ed ing ion
Angerf y ily iest Spleen y ful less Spite
Naked nessly est Nude ity ationest Bare
Poison ed ous ously Venom ous ouslyousness Bane
Stigma tize tic tical Brand ed ing er Mark
Salute ed ationatory Welcome ed ly ness Greet
Exercise 165.
Journey ed • ing s Circuit ed ins ous Tour
Damage ed ing able Scath ed ful less Harm
Rival ry ship ed Strive ing er ingly Vie
Desire ed ous able Yearn ed ing s Long
Desire ing es est Request ed ing s Ask
ed ing inesS
ed ing ness
ed fill fully
ness ly ed
fill fiuly fulness
èd ing er
ed ing er
ist s
ed less lessly
ed ing es
ed ing ingly
ing est ed
Exercise 166.
Ponder ed ing ingly Miise ed ing ful Think
Battle s ed ing War s ing ed Fight
Buckler s Target ed eer s '
Cushion ed ing et Pillow ed ing s
Bramble y ed Brier y s
mg er s
s ing er.
Shield ed ing s
Bolster ed ing s
Thom y less s
Roar ed ing s
Seem ed ing ingly
Guess ed ing es
Rewai'd ed ing s
Convent ual s
Exercise 167.
Thunder ed ous er Rattle ed ing es
Appear ed ance ing Look ed ing s
Augur ed ous y Token ed" ing s
Bounty es fui fiilly Premium s
Cloister al ess ed Abbey s
, Exercise 168.
Index es ically Token ed ing s Sign ify ified ification
Country es Nation s al ahze State s
Province ial iated ialism Canton al ed ment District ed ing s
Quarry ed ing es Cavern ed ous ulousPit s '
Couple ed ing mjnt Brace es Pair ed ing s
* Upon adding the suffixes to quabny, drop the final y. t See Rule XIII.
82
AtiAíYTKAl. XAîiVAL.
Exercise 169.
Canker ed ing oas Cancer ate ons ation Ulcer
Warrior like ess s Soldier ly ship y Hero
Bidet s Pony es Horse
Filly es Foal s Colt
Bludgeon s Club s ed Stick
Exercise 170.
Dudgeon s îlagger s
Dingle s V alley s
Sturdy er ly ness Robust
Curtan ed ing s Dock
Dingy er ness ly Dark
8 Dirk
s Dale
ly ness ions Finn
ed ing 8 Clip
er ly ness Dun
Exercise 171.
Swarthy er ness est Tawny er est Dusky
Famish ed ing ment Perish ed ing able Starve
Mingle ed ing er Blend ed ing s Mix
Meager nessly est Thin. ness er est Lean
Fusil s eer Musket s eer
Gun
Coder
Mangel
Title«
Title
Tittle
Exercise 172.
ate onsoaaneai
leal ism ine
B
B
b
b
s
er ly ness
ed ing er
ish er est
ness er est
ed ing atioB
ed ing es
ness er est
s er ery
S
cd er ing Chest
8
ed
ing
Box
es
ed
8
Crib
8
StaU
8
ed
ar
arity ary Name
8
ed
less
Style
S
ed
8
Claim
S
ed
ant
Right
S
M
s
lota
8
1
Jot
8
SECTION XL
Bound
Curl
Grasp
Drag
Wet
Dip
Dike
Scum
SYNONYMOUS RADICALS CONTINUED.
Exercise 173.
ed ing Bounce ed ing Frisk ed ing Spring ing est
ed er Crisp ed est Crape ed ing Crimp ed er
ing ed Clasp ing er Seize ed ing Snatch ed ing
ed ing Draw ing er Pull ed ing Haul ed er
ed ness Soak ed ing Drench ed ing Steep ed ^
Exercise 174.
ed ing Duck ed ing Merge ed ing Plunge ed ing
es ed Ditch es ed Trench es ed Moat s ed
ed er Froth y inessFoam- ed ing Spume ous escence
■ •* Upon adding the suffixes, the letter u must be inserted before the I of the radk
cal ; thus, titide-ar, titular.
-araï.ttical manvain
53
SnA ed less Stain ed ing Blot ed îng Blot ed mg
Flog ed iqg Prub ing er Whip ed er Lash ed ing
Exercise 175.
Melt ed ing Thaw ed ing Smelt ed ing Fnse ed ible
Gribe ed ing Jeer ed ing Fleer ed ing Scoff ed er '
Gull ery ibility Dupe ed ing Trick eiy ed Cheat ed ing
Fling ing est Cast er ing Throw ing er Hurl " ed ing
Big est er Large nessest Vast nessly Huge ly ness
Budge ed ing Stir
Smash'' ed ing Break '
Turf y iness Sod
Twine ed ing Twist
Low ~
Mirth ful ftdly Glee
Bit a Piece
Bit Whit
Wile y s Snare
Wile y , 8 Trick
Exercise 176.
ed ing Move
ing er Rend
ed y Clod
ed est Wind
ly er Mean
Exercise 177.
ful some Sport
8 Part
Jot
ed îng Trap
s ery Craft
Exercise 178.
ed able Start ed ing
ing er Burst ing er
y iness Glebe y ous
ing s Wreathe ed ing
ly ness Vile ify ly
ful ive Fun y iest
8 Morsel s '
Iota
8 ed Gin s ed
y iness Guile ful less
Brini less fnl Rim ed s Edge less s Verge 8
Mole 8 cule Mound s ed Pile ed ing Heap s ed
Draw er ing Drag er ed Haul s ed Tow ed age
Aim 8 less End s Drift s Scope s
Aim ed ing Point ed ing Level ed ing IKrect ed ing
Mash ed es Smash
Smite er ing Strike
Try al ed Test
Dcmce cry ify Dolt
Cleave ing er Split
F^ ed ing Fit
Wmce ed ing Shrink
Cram ed ing Cloy
Beach ed y Coitst
Cant ed mg Toss
Neat
Brigr
ly est Ifice
ra ing Bruise
Exercise 179.
ed es Quash ed es Crush ed ing ^
ing er Knock ing er Hit ing est
ed ing Sift ed er Probe ed ing
ish ishly Drone ish ishlyMope ' ish ishnesa
ing er Wedge ed ing Rive en ing
Exercise 180.
ed ing Fadge ing est Suit ed able
ing age Flinch ed ing Blench ed ing,
ed less Gorge ed ing Glut on onous
ed er Shore less es Strand ed ing '
ed er Thrust ed ing Throw ing est
Exercise 181.
ety er Spruce nessly Trim • ly nesa
ed ing Beat en ing Pound ra ing
54
4nalyticai. haitijaih
/
Piy ed inff Spy
Boast fill in^yBrag
Drill ed ing Bore
ed al Peep ing er • Peer ed ing
art ed Vaunt ed inglyCrow ed ing
ed er Thrill ing ed Pierce ed or
Exercise 183.
Put
ing
s Place
ed
ing
Lay
ing
s
Set
ing
s
Stale
ness est Trite
ly
ness
Flat
ly
«st
DuU
nesi
;est
ed
Row
»
Rank
8
ed
Line
8
Füe
s
Wage
ed
er Bet
ing
or
Stake
ed
ing
less
Lay
Pall
ing
s
ing
Cloy
less
ment Glut
ed
ing
Sate
ed
ed
Exercise 183.
Fast '
er
est Fleet
er
ness
Quick
er
ly
Swift
er
ness
Fas|:
en
ened Firm
ness er
Tight
en
ed
Strang
er
est
Rise
en
ing Mount
ed
ing
ing
Climb
ed
er
Scale
ed
ing
Moan
ful
fuUy Mourn
ed
Groan
ed
er
Wail
ed
ing
Breeze
y
inessGust
y
s
Blast
8
Gale
es
ed
ilame ed- less Flash
Ground ed ing Rest
Sphere ical cid Orb
Look ed er See
Nap ed ing Sleep
Exercise 184.
ed y Flare ed ing Glare
ed ing Found ed ing Build
y ed Globe ule ular Ball
ing est View ed ing Eye
y ily Doze
Exercise 185.
Gall ed ing Chafe ed ing Rub
ed ing
ing er
ing ed
ed ing
ed ing Drowse y inesa
ed en
Road
Quail
Moor
8 Route
ed ing Sink
ish y Marsh
es
Path
Shrin]
Fen
ed
ing
Fret
ing
est
Twist
s
less
Course
ing
est
Droop
y
s
Bog
Exercise 186.
Care ed less Heed ed less Reck ing less Mind ing ful
Clown ish ishly Lout ishly ishness Churl ishlyishness Boor ishly ishness
Urge ent ed Press ed ing Force ed fill Drive en ing
Game some somely Sport ful less Play ful fully Fun y ily
Beat en ing IhTib ed ing Pelt ed ing Baste ed ing
Exercise 187.
•
Plot ed ing Plan ed ing Brew ed ing Scheme ed er
Clan ish ship Race es Tribe es ing Horde es
Acrid nessly Acerb ity Pungent cy ly Sharp nessly
Assess ed ment Tax ed ation Excise ed able Toll ed er
Custom s able Tribute s ary Duty able es Impost s
Exercise 188.
Blemish ed ing Tarnish ed ing SuUy ed ing Mar ed jhtg
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
55
Billo\<r a y Breaker a " Surge y less Wave y less
Burden someous Charge a ed Weight s y Load ed s
Burden s ed Cargo es Freight s ed Lading
Cavern ous ulons Grotto s Cave s ed Den s
Exercise 189.
Morose ly ness Surly er ness Sullen nessly Sour
Austere ity ly Rigid ly ness Severe ly ity Stem ness est
Crabbed ly ness Harsh ly ness Grum ly Gruff nessly
Novel ty ism Recent ly cy Modem ize ism New ness est
Novel 8 ist Romances er Fable s ed Tale s ful
Exercise 190.
Border s ed Margin s al Brink s Edge
Babble er ing Jabber ed ing Gabble ed er Prate
Barter ed ing TraflBck ing able Bargain ed ing Trade
Custom" ary able Habit ual uallyPractice er ing Wont
Caress ed ing Fondle ing ed Daily anceed Toy
Combat able ant
Demon ess iac
Eager nessly
Espy el er
Flabby ness est
Figure atedal
Flavor less ous
Flatter er ing
Glitter ed ing
■Gmmble er ed
Harass ed ing
Imbue ed ing
Jeopard y ize
Joggle cd ing
Loiter ing er
ed
er
ed
ing ful
ingly
ing.
Exercise 191.
Stmggle ed ing Scuffle ed ing Fight
Devil ish ize Fiend ish s Imp
Ardent cy ly Sanguine ly ness Warm
Descry ing ed Behold ing er See
Flaccid ity ness Limber ness est Soft
Exercise 192.
Ifriage s ry Model ed ing Form
Savor y iness Relish abléed Zest
Wheedle ed ing Cajole er ery Coax
Glisten ed ing Sparkle ed ing Shine
Murmur ous ation Mutter ed ing Growl
Exercise 193.
Harry ed ing Torment or ing Tease
Tincture ed ing Color ' ed er Tinge
Hazard ous ed Peril ous ed Risk
Jostle ed ing Justle ed ing Shake
Linger ing er Saunter er ing Lag
ing er
ed ing
th ly
ing er
en ness
ed less
ed ing
ing ed
pg y
mg mgly
mg er
ed ing
ed ing
ing er
ard ed
Exercise 194.
Court ed ing Cringe ing ed Gloze er ed Fawn ing ed
Miser ly Niggard ish liness Sordid ly ness Mean ly est
Secret ly ist Covert ly ure Privy ty ly Hid en enly
Secret ly ness Occult ed ation Cryptic al ally Dark ly er
Placid ity ness Gentle ness er Quiet ude ly Mild ness er
•
Exercise 193.
Phantoms Spectre s Spirit s Ghost ly lineas
56 ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Baldrick s Girdle a er Belt • ed ing Zone ar* less ed
Ruin 008 oosly Frustrate ed ion Defeat ing ed Baffle ed ing
Sober ly est Sedate nessly Solemn ity ize Demure ly ness
Belief Tenet s Dogma tic tical Doctrine id ally
Belief e able Credit ed ing - Faith ful less Trust y iness
Exercise 196.
Pagan ism ize Heathen ish ism Gentile ism ish Ethnic ism al
Jangle ed er Wrangle ing er Bicker ment ing Quarrel ed some
Lampoon ery er Libel ous ant Satire ist ize Sarcasms
Hamper ed ing Hopple ed ing Tranomeled ing Fetter ed ing
Vanquish able ing Conquer able ess Subdue meat ing Defeat ing ed
Exercise 197.
Civil ity ly Polite nessly Urbane ity ize Genteel ly ness
Pattern dng ed Copy ist ed Sample ed ing Model ed er
Spirit ed less Courage ous ously Valor ous ouäy Prowess ed
Cockle ed ing Pucker ed ing Wrinkle ed es Shrivel ed ing
Parson age like Priest ly hood Chaplain cy ship Rector ship y
SECTION XII.
EXERCISES IN WHICH THE RADICALS ARE OPPOSITES.
Hitherto the endeavor has been to explain the radicals by compar¬
ing them with words of like signification. We are now to seek the
same end, by means directly the reverse. The utility of this course
will immediately appear, if we reflect that not unfrequently the surest
and speediest way to reach the precise import of a word, is to com¬
pare it with one, that is known to convey the opposite signification ;
and, further, that, for the purposes of vivid illustration, a thorough ac-
quaintance with this class of words, is, perhaps, indispensable. The
words here presented as opposites, however, are not in every case pre^
dsely such. A most useful and instructive exercise, indeed, would be,
to endeavor to find out those particulars in which the contrast, in any
given case, is not complete»
Exercise 198.
Age ed edly Youth ful fulness fully hood
Old er est ish ness Young er est ish ster
Old er est en , ness New ly ness est er
Black en ened er est White en ened ness est
Buy er ing^ est s Sell ing est s er
* Upon adding ar to zone, double tbe n j thus, zonnar.
"iJÏALYTICAI. MANUAl.
57
Exercise 199.
Fresh ness ly er est Stale
Fresh ness en est ened Sait
Quick en ened eneth ener Dead
Quick ly ness er est Slow
Live ed ing er eth Die
er est ness ly
ed ing ish less
en ened ness ish
ly ness er est
ed ing es est
Exercise 200.
Dry ness ed ing est Wet ing ness ish est
East ern ward wardlyerly West ern erly ward wardly
North emly erly ward ern South ern erly ernly ward
Freeze ing est es
Friend ly liness ship
Thaw ed ing s est
Foe hood like es
Exercise 201.
ful fully ous ously Grief ous ously ing ousnesa
ed ing able er Hate ed ing er ful
est Haste en ened y ily
s Mend ed ing er est
est Hot ly ness er est
Exercise 202.
Joy
Love
Lag ed ing ard
Break ing er est
Cold ly ness er
Cool ed ing er ness Warm ed ing th ly
Cry ed ing er s Laugh ed ing able er
Curse ed ediy ednessing Bless ed edly ednessing
Dark en ened ness est Light en en^ less ing
Bloom ed ing ingly est Fade ed ing ingness y
Exercise 203.
True* ly th er est False
Feast ed ing er ful Fast
Mild ness ly er est Fierce
Frown ed ing ingly est Smile
Girl hood ish like ishly Boy
r,
Exercise 204.
ly ity ify ification
ed ing est s
ness ly er est
ed ing ingly est
hood ish ishly ishness
Go
er
ing
ing
est
es
Come
ing
er
est
es
Work
ed
er
est
Play
ed
ing
ful
fully
Rieh
ly
ness
er
est
Poor
ly
ness
er
est
Fraise
ed
ing
less
er
Blame
ed
able
less
lessly
Rise
en
ing^
est
es
Fall
en
ing
est
8
• See Note to Riüe L
8
68
ANALTTICAI, MANUAL.
Exercise 205.
est
est
Bold
Slow
Back
Tame ed ing less ness
Right ly ed
ness ly er
ly ness er
ful
Coy
Fast
î Front
Wild
ish
ly
ness
est
er
est
ed
ing
s
est
ness
ly
er
est
ly
ed
ness
ful
Exercise 206.
Soft en ened ening ly Hard en eningness est
Soon er est Late ly er est ness
Teach er ing est ' ableness Learn er ed ing edly
, Thick en ened ly ness Thin ed ing ly ness
Rough en ly ness est Smooth ed ing ly ness
Exercise 207.
Peace
less
fully
fulness able
War
ed
ing
ibr
ioress
Give
en
er
est
es
Take
en
er
est
es
Seek
er
ing
est
s
Shun
ed
ing
er
est
Tight
en
ened
ness
est
Loose
en
ened
ly
ness
Large
ly
ness
er
est
Small
er
est
ness
ish
Exercise 208.
Coax
ed
ing
ingly
er
Drive
en
ing
er
es
Lean
ly
ness
er
est
Fat
en
ened
ness
est
Save
ed
ing
iness
er
est
Waste
ed
ing
ful
fulness
Gloom
y
ier
iest
Cheer
ful
ed
less
lessly
Sparse
ness
ly
er
est
Dense
ly
ity
er
est
Want
less ed
ing
s
Plenty
ful
fully
ous
ousness
Gain
Win
Find
Sweet
Sweet
Clean
Cheap
Sink
Grave
Bind
Bond
Quiet
Exercise 209.
ed ing er est Lose
ing er ingly est Lose
ing er est s Lose
en ly ness est Sour
er ened ening ness Bitter
er est ly liness Dirty
en er
Exercise 210.
ly est Dear
ing er est s Swim
ly ity er est Gay
ing er est ery Loose
age ed ing s Free
ly ude ness est Noisy
ing er able est
ing er able est
ing er able est
ed ness ly est
ly ness er est
er est ly
ly ness er est
ing er s est
ety ly er est
en ening ened est
dorn ly ness est
ly
ANALTTICAI. HANCAI..
59
High
Great
Fair
Long
Exercise 211.
ly
ness
er
est
Low
ly
ness
er
est
er
est
ly
ness
Small
er
est
ness
ish
ly
ness
er
est
Foul
ness
ly
er
est
er
est
th*
thy*
Short
er
est
ness
ly
ly
th*
er
est
Weak
ly
ness
er
est
Coarse
Gaunt
Sleep
Sharp
Sharp
Sane
Wise
Meet
Van
Pale
Exercise 212.
est Fine er est ly
ness Plump er est ly
ness
ness
ly ness er
er est ly
ing y iness ily Wake ing ful fulness fully
ness er est ened Dull ness er est ed
ness er en ening Blunt ness er ed ing
ity er est
ly er est
ing s
ness er
est
Exercise 213.
ish
Mad ness er est
Foolish ly ness
Part ing p ed
Rear ward
Ruddy ness er est
ly
Ease ed ing s
Shame ed. ing ful
Narrow ly ness er
Exercise 214.
y Distress ed ing es ful
less Honor ed ing able ably
est Wide er est ly en
Unite ed edly edness ing Divide edly ing er able
Combine ed ation ing er Sever ed ing anee al
Exercise 215.
Former ly Latter
Ague s ish ishnessishly Fever
Brother ly less hood like Sister
Idle ness y est er Busy
Single ness y ed
ing ilouble
Exercise 216.
ly
et
ish
ishly
ishness
ly
like
hood
s
ly
ed
ness
est
ed
ness
er
y
Tidy ness ly
less
liness
Mother
hoodless
ly
like
able
er
Scatter
ed edly
ing
s
er
er
es
Smother
ed ing
ly
ness
Private
ness ly
cy
oies
er
est
Sloven
ly liness
* Upon receiving this termination, a of the radical is chansed into e { as, length.
60
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exercise 217.
Wmter s ed ing ly Summer s
Modern ize ized ist ism Ancient ly ness s
Punish ed ing ment able Reward ^ ing able ful
Flatter y ingly ing er Slander ously oua ing ed
Supine ness ity ly Agile ness ity
Exercise 218.
Borrow
ed
ing
er
s
Lend
ing
er s
Cruel
ty
ly
ing
er
est
Kind
ly
ness er
est
Humble
ed
ness
er
Exalt
ed
ednessation
er
Even
ness
ly
er
est
Odd
ly
ness est
er
EvU
ly
ness
Good
ness
ly liness
les:
Exercise 219.
Feeble y ness er est Strong ly er est
Follow ed ing er s Lead ing er s
Heaven ly liness ward ize Hell ish ishly ishnessy
Heavy inessly er est Light en ened er est
Lofty ly ness er est Low nessly er. est
Pleasure able ably ful
Modest y ly
Noble ness ly ity
Sorrow ful ed ing
Woman ish hood ly
Exercise 220.
ist Pain
Bold
est Mean
less Joy
ishly Man
Exercise 221.
ful fully ed
ness ly est er
ly ness er est
less lessness ful ous
ly liness ful ■ fully
Virtue ous ously less ousnessVice ious iouslyiate iated
Overt ure ly Covert ure less ly
Often er est ness • Seldom ness
Frugal ity ally Lavish ly ed ment ness
Advance ed ing ment ive Retreat ed ing er s
Exercise 222.
Sacred ness ly
Lament able ed
Profane
ity
ness
er
est Handy
ly
ness
er
est
ize
izing Barren
ly
ness
er
est
ing
er 'J Rejoice
ed
ing
ingly
er
er
est Ugly
ness
i er
est
Exercise 223.
er
est Rapid
ity
ness
ly
eöt
^ ANALYTICAL MANITAL. 61
bottom ed ing les
Early
ed ing less
B
Top
ed ing
less
s
ness er est
Late
nessly
er
est
ness ly ed
ing
Full
ness ly
er
est
ness est
Stiff
ly ness
er
est
Exercise 324.
Plenty fill ous ously fully Scarce ly ness ity est
Shallow ly ness er est Deep ly er est
Tender ling ly ness est Tough ly ness er est
Begin er ing s End less ing ed lessly
Malign ant ancy antly ly Benign ant antly ity ly
Exerciu: 225.
putrid ly ness ity Sound ness ly er est
Augment able ation ative er Lessen ed ing s
Agree ed ing able*ableness'''Difi'er ent ing ed ently
Despair ful ing ed er Hope ful less lessly ed
Mountain ous et s ousness Valley s
SECTION xin.
RADICALS ALIKE OR NEARLY ALIKE IN SOUND, BUT DIFFER.
ENT IN FORM AND MEANING.
, The object of this Section is to familiarize the mind with those dif¬
ferences in orthography and signification, by which many words,
nearly or exactly the same in sound, are distinguished from each
other. Here will be seen the utility of written exercises. The dis¬
tinctions to be noted, are such as address themselves to the eye, and
not to the ear ; hence the importance of employing that organ chiefly
. in learning them.
To impress upon the mind the differences of signification between
words of this class, the plan, already recommended, of composing sen-
tencesf embracing the words defined in the lesson, is by far the most
efficient. As the form of the written exercise will be somewhat dif¬
ferent from that thus far employed,—some of the radicals being ex¬
plained by formal definitions, others by terms synonymous which are
expanded by suffixes,—a model is given on the page following, that
the mode of preparing the written part of the lesson, may imhiediately
appear.
* Upon adding this suffix, the final e of agree is not to be rejected,
t The sentences in this Section, however, should always be in writing.
MODEL OF A WRITTEN EXERCISE.—No. 2.
ty^íZ6c¿
ty€¿z¿n^
<^(o6¿zec¿
%y^zzea9^
ty^zeazo
^z/itaza^
t^zzceze
t^va^
%y€tfaÁc¿
ty^va^nß^
í/^a¿éá
ty€va¿¿^
^/^va¿^c¿
ty^vacÄnß
ty^vac^^^
j!fuiô me ttea^e ; to eentt£ate
One ivße laßetib ¡ to inßevit.
0"ßii£ leß/ieß/ vcfjuuni unjuitd.
9°ile Co/^t o^ aa attn^.
y
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
63
Exercise 226.
Air
Heir
Arrear
Arriere
Avale
Avail
Bail
Bale
Bait
Bate
Bare
Bear
less ed
dorn ed
s age
ed
ed
ed
ed
ed
ed
ly
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ness
er
Beach
es
y
Beech
es
en
Beat
s
er
Beet
s
Beau
X*
ish
Bow
s
Bight
s
Bite
s
ing
Blight
ed
ing
Blite
Bloat
ed
ing
Blote
ed
ing
Boar
s
ish
Bore
s
ed
Bole
ary
Boll
s
ed
Bowl
s
ed
Break
s
ing
Brake
s
y
Cede
s
ed
Seed
s
ed
The fluid wé breathe ¡ to ventilate.
One who inherits ; to inherit.
That which remains unpaid.
The last body of an army.
Depress ed ing es
Profit ed ing able
Exercise 227.
able To set free on security.
To make up in a bale or pack.
ing
ing
8
able
Lure
Lessen
Naked
Support
Exercise 228.
ed
ed
ly
ing
ing
ing
ness
er
ing
ing
Shore s
A forest tree.
Strike s er
An eatable root.
A man of dress.
An instrument for shooting arrows.
Exercise 229.
A small bay ; also, one coil of a cable.
er To seize vxith the teeth.
s Blast ed ing s
A genus of plants.
s Swell ed ing s
s To dry and smoke.
Exercise 230.
A male swine.
ing Perforate s ed ing
A kind of earth ; the body of a tree.
ing A pod or capsule ; to form a pod.
ing . A wooden ball ¡ to roll ; a basin.
er To sever by force.
Fern ; a tool for dressing flax.
Exercise 231.
ing Yield
ing To produce or to shed seed ; to sow.
* By adding x, the filural is formed ; and the word is then pronounced, as if
written, leaus.
64
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Ceil ed
Seal ed
Seel ed
ing
ing
ing
s
s
s
Cere
ed
ing
ated
Sear,
ed
ing
s
Seer
s
Sere*
Chagrin
ed
ing
s
Shagreen
Choirf
s
Quire
s
Cite
s
ed
ation
Sight
s
ed
less
Site
s
ed
uate
Climb
s
ed
ing
Clime
8
Coarse
ness
ly
er
Course
ing
s
ed
erij;
Creak
ed
ing
Creek
s
y
Dane
s
ish
Deign
s
ed
ing
Demean
s
ed
ing
Demesne^ s
Dew
s
y
ing
Due
s
ly
ty
Die
ed
ing
s
Dye
ed
ingll
s
Fain
Fane
s
Feign
s
ed
ing
To cover or line the top of a room.
To fasten with a seal y an animal.
To close the eyes.
Exebcise 232.
To cover loith wax.
Burn ed ing s
Prophet etio etical s
Withered ness
Vex ed ing es
A kind of leather made of the skin of a
fsh.
Exercise 233.
A hand of singers. ^
Twenty four sheets of paper.
Summon ' s
The sense of seeing a view.
A position.
Âscend s ed ing
Region s
1
Exercise 234. ~
Not fine or soft ; rude ; gross.
Career ing , ed
To make a harsh grating sound.
A small inlet, stream, or hay.
A native of Denmark.
Condescend s ed
Exercise 233.
Behave s ed
Patrimony es al
Moisture ; to wet with dew.
Owed ; a deht or claim.
Expire ed ing
Color ed ing
Exercise 236.
Gladly
Temple s
Pretend s ed
ing
ing
ing
• Commonly written «ear.
Î The form courser is tisually applied to a swift horse.
§ Also written demain.
t Also written qmre.
fl See Note, page 45.
ANALYTICAL MANTTAL.
05
Faint
ness
er
est
Feint
s
Fair
ly
er
est
Fare
ed
ing
s
Feud
s
Feed*
al
ality
ary
Flea
s
Flee
s
ing
Freeze
ing
s
Friezef
like
ed
Gage
8
ed
ing
Guage
s
ed
ing
Gait
s
ed
Gate
s
ed
Gibe
s
ed
ing
Gybe
s
ed
ing
Glair
ing
ed
y
Glare
ing
ed
ingl;
Gear:]:,
s
Gore
y
Grate
ed
s
Great
er
est
ly
Grease
y
ier
iest
Greece
ian
ism
ise
Hail
y
ed
ing
Hale
er
est
Hair
s
y
iest
Hare
s
Heal
s ed
Heel
s ed
Hear
ing, er
Here
ing
Feeble ness er est
A false show ; a mock assault.
Handsome ly er est
Togo; also,foo^; price of conveyance.
Exercise 237.
Quarrel s
Fief¡ right to land on condition of service.
An insect.
Run s ing er
To congeal with cold.
Coarse cloth ; a term in architecture.
Exercise 238.
Pledge s ed ing
Measure s ed ing
Carriage ; manner of walking.
A kind of door.
Sneer s ed ing
To shift a loom sail.
Exercise 239.
The white of an egg ; to smear with the
white of an egg.
T To shine with dazzling light.
A piece of cloth, wedge-shaped, put in to-
widen a garment.
Clotted Hood.
A range of bars.
Large er est ly
Exercise 240.
Soft fat.
Name of a country.
Drops of frozen rain ; to pour doum hail.
Healthy er est ness
A small filament issuing from the skin.
An animal.
Exercise 241.
Cure s ed ing
A part of the foot ; to heel as a shoe.
To perceive by the ear.
In this place.
' jGenerally written feui
t Sometimes,/rize.
9
t More frequently, gore
66
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Hew
s
er
ing
Cut
s
er
ing
Hue
8
Color
s
8
Exercise 242.
Hie
ed
ing
S
Hasten
ed
ing
s
High
er
ly
ness
Lofty
er
ly
ness
Hoard
s
ed
ing
Amass
es
ed
ing
Horde
s
Tribe
s
Hole
y
s
A cavity.
or hollow.
Whole
ly*
Total
ly
ity
ness
Knave s
Nave s
Knead s
Need s
Kneel s
Neal s
ery
ed
ed
ed
ed
ish
ing
ing
ing
ing
Exercise 243.
Ä dishonest "person.
The middle part of a "wheel ; the huh.
To work dough ; to intermix ly working.
Want s ed ing
To fall or rest on the knee.
To temper ly heat.
Knight
Night
Know
No wise
Leach es ed
Leech es •
ly
ly
ing
Exercise 244.
ed A title of honor ; to create a knight.
ed The time of darkness ; darkness.
able Understand s ing able
Not any ; a word of denial.
ing To wash, as ashes, by percolation,
A bloodsucker.
Leaf
Lief
Leak
Leek
Lean
Lien
Leave
Lieve
Lie
Lye
Liar
Lyre
age less
s ed
s
er est
ing
ar
ic
Exercise 245.
let Part of a plant.
Willingly.
age To let any fluid in or out ; to ooze.
A sort of onion.
ness Gaunt er est i
A legal claim.
Exercise 246.
Quit s ing ed
Willingly
ed An untruth ; to tell a lie ; to rest.
TFaier drained through ashes.
One who lies.
ical A musical instrument.
* Upon adding this suffix, e final of whole is to be omitted.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exercise 247.
Loan
s
ed
Lone
ly
liness
Mail
s
ed
Male
s
Main
ly
Maine
Mane
s
Maize
Maze
s
y
Mead
s
Mede
s
ian
Meed
s
Mean
ness
er
Mesne
Mien
Meat
Meet
Mete
Mewl
Mule
Might
Mite
s
s
s
s
y
y
ing
ing
ed
ish
iiy
s
>ng
some
ing
er
ness
ing
est
Lend s
Solitary ly
A bag for letters /» to arm cLefensivdy.
A he animal.
Chief ly
The name of a State.
Hair on the neck of beasts.
Exercise 248.
Indian corn.
Labyrinth s ian
A beverage ; also, a meadow.
A native of Media.
Reward s
Base ness er
Middle ; intervening.
Manner ; air ; look.
est
Exercise 249.
Flesh for food.
ed
Measure
s
ing
ed
ing
Cry
es
ed
ing
An animal.
iness
Power
fui
fully
fulness
An insect ; anything very minute.
Moat
Mote
Oar
Ore
Pail
Pale
Pain
Pane
Pair
Pare
Pear
Peace
Piece
Exercise 250.
ed ing A deep ditch round a castle ; to trench.
Afine particle.
y ed An instrument for rowing ; to row.
Metal in its fossil stale.
ful A wooden vessel.
ed ing Wan ; to make pale.
Exercise 251.
less ed Distress es ed
less A square of glass.
ed ing Couple ; to join in pairs.
ed ing Trim s .ed ing
A kind offrait.
ful • fully Rest less ful fully
ed ing Part ; also, to patch
63
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Peak
s
ish
Pique
s
ed
Peal
s
ed
Peel
s
ed
Peer
s
age
Pier
s
Plain
er
est
Plane
er
ed
Plait
s
ed
Plate
s
ed
Pole
s
ed
Poll
s
ed
Pore
3
eus
Pour
S
ed
Port
S
able
Porte
s
Pray
s
ed
Prey
s
ed
Quean
s
Queen
s
like
Rain
s
ed
Reign
s
ed
Rein
s
ed
Raise
s
ed
Raze
s
ed
Read
s
er
Reed
s
y
Reek
s
ed
Wreak
s
ed
Rhyme
s
ed
Rime
s
ed
ing
ing
ess
ly
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
osity
ing
age
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
en
ing
ing
ing
ing
Exercisk 252.
The top of a hill ; a point.
Offend s ed ing
To send forth a loud sound.
To strip off the skin or hark.
An equal ; a nobleman.
The support of an arch.
Exercise 253.
Smooth ; also, distinct.
A level ; a tool in joining ; to plane.
Fold s ed ing
To overlay vnth metal.
A long stick, or rod ; to furnish with poles.
The head ; to register.
Exercise 254.
A passage for perspira tion ; a small opening
To issue or cause to issue in a stream.
To carry ; a harbor.
The Turkish Court. ,
Implore s ed ing
Plunder s ed ing
Exercise 255.
A worthless woman.
A female sovereign.
Shower s ed ing
Rule s ed ing
Curb s ed ing
Lift s ed ing
Subvert s ed ing
Exercise 256.
Peruse s er ing
An aquatic plant.
Smoke s ed ing
To take vengeance ; to revenge.
To accord in sound ; to make rhymes.
Hoar frost ; to congeal into hoarfrost.
Right ly
Rite sj
Wright s
I'ess
ua\
Exercise 257.
Just ly ice
ually Ceremony es al
A,n artificer, or workman.
ally
iNALVnCAI. kANUAI.
Write
's
ing
Roam
er
ed
Rome
an
ish
Roe
s
Row
s
ed
Rye
Wry
ness
Sail
s
ed
Sale
s
able
Satire
s
ical
Satyr
8
Sea
s
See
s
ing
Scene
s
ery
Seine
s
er
Seam
s
ed
Seem
s
ed
Seignior s
age
Senior
s
ity
,Sew
er
ed
SoHiv
er
ed
Soar
s
ed
Sore
s
ly
Shear
s
ed
Sheer
ly
er
Sign
s
Sine
s
Slaie
s
Slay
s
ing
Sleigh
s
ing
Sley
s
ing
Sleight
s
y
Slight
s
ed
*
Sloe
s
Slow ty ness est
ter To form letters with a peii or graver.
ing Ramble er ed ' ing
anize The name of à city. •
Exercise 258.
The female of the hart ; the spawn of fishes,
er To propel by oars ¡ also, a rank.
A kind of grain.
Twisted ; crooked.
ing A sheet of canvas } to move by sails.
ibleness The act of selling.
Exercise 259.
ically A poem in which vice andfolly are censured.
A silvan deity.
Ocean s
er Behold s ing 'er
ic View s
A fishing net.
Exercise 26(K
The joining of two edges ; to join by sewing,
Appear s ed ing
Lord s ship ed
Elder s ship
To join with a needle and thread.
Disseminate er ed ing
Exercise 261.
Mount s ed
An ulcer ; tender to the touch.
Clip s ed
Pure ly er
Token a
A geometrical line.
Exercise 262.
A weaver's teed.
Kill s ing
Sled s ing
To part and arrange threads.
Artifice ; an artful trick.
Neglect s ed
Exercise 263.
A small wild plum.
Not fast ; dull.
ing
ing
ized
ing
ing
ing
ness
ing
est
er
ed
ed
ful
ing
ing
est
er
ing
70 ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Sole S ed The bottom of the foot or of a shoe.
Soul 8 ed less The immortal spirit of man.
Stair ß Step s
Stare s ed ing Gaze s ed ing
Exercise 264.
Stake s ed ing Wager s ed ing
Steak s A dice of meat.
Steal s ing th To take by theft.
Steel s * ing ed Iron hardened ; to point or edge vñth steel,
Stile s Steps for passing an inclosure.
Style s ish ed ' Manner ; mode ; to call.
Exercise 265.
Straight er en ened Direct ; to make straight.
Strait s en ened A narrow passage ; distress.
Suite s Retinue s
Sweet est en ish Agreeable to the taste.
Tail s End s
Tale s ful Story es
Exercise 266.
Taper s ed ing A small wax candle ; to make smaller.
Tapir s An animal.
Tare s ed ing Allowance ; to find the amount of the tare.'
Tear s ed ing Rend s ed ing
Team s ster Horses or oxen yoked together.
Teem s ful less To bring forth ; to be full.
Exercise 267.
Tear s less fiil Water from the eyes.
Tier s Row s
Throe s Agony es
Throw s ing ed Hurl s ing ed
Thyme y A plant.
Time ist ly less The measure of duration ; season.
Exercise 268.
Tire ed ing s Fatigue ed ing ed
Tyre The imme of an ancient city.
Toe s One of the extremities of the foot.
Tow s ing Draw s ing
Toll s ed ing A tax or rate ; to pay toll.
Tde s ed ing Allure s ed ing
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Vain
er
ly
Vane
s
Vein
s
y
Vale
s
Veil
s
ed
Vial
s
ed
Viol
s
ist
Wail
s
ed
Wale
s
ed
Wain
s
Wane
s
ed
Waist
s
Waste
s
ed
Wait
s
ed
Weight
s
y
Waive
s
ed
Wave
s
ed
Wear
s
ed
Ware
s
Way s
Weigh s ed
Weak ly ness
Week ly s
Wean s ing
Ween s ing
est
ed
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
iness
ing
ing
ing
ing
est
Exercise 269.
Empty ; proud.
A weathercock.
A blood-vessel.
A valley.
Cover s
Bottle s
Wheal s
'
Wheel s
ed
ing
Hart s
Heart s
ed
less
Mareschal s
Marshal s
ed
ing
Martial ism
ist
Altar s
ist
age
Alter s
ad
able
ed
ed
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
A stringed musical instrument.
Exercise 270.
Lament s ed
Ridge ; to mark with stripes.
Carriage - s
Decrease s ed
The middle part of the body.
Squander s ed
Exercise 271.
Tarry es ed ing
Quantity ascertained by the balance.
To relinquish ; to put off.
Billow ; to move like a wave.
To impair, waste, or consume.
Commodity es
Exercise 272.
Path s
Balance s
Feeble ly*
Seven days.
To put off ; to alienate.
Think s ing
Exercise 273.
Pustule s
A circular frame or body ; to turn round.
A stag or male deer.
The vital part.
A commander in chief.
The chief officer in arms ; also, to arrange.
Pertaining to war.
Exercise 274.
A place for sacrificial offerings.
Change s ed able
ed
ness
ing
est
* Upon adding this enfilx, drop le of the radical
72
ANALYTICAL UANÜAL.
Auger
s
Augur
s
y
ate
Eall
s
Bawl
8
ed
ing
Calk
s
er
ed
Cauk
y
Cork
s
y
ed
Call
8
ed
ing
Caul
s
Chord
8
ed
ing
Cord
s
ed
ing
Faun
8
Fawn
s
ed
ing
Gall
y
ed
ing
Gaul
ish
Hall
8
Haul
s
ed
ing
Pall
s
Paul
s
Pawl
s -
Talck*
y
ous
Talk
8
ed
ative
Wall
s
ed
ing
Waul
3
ed
ing
Anchor
s
age
ed
Anker
8
Anger
8
ed
ing
Angor
s
Ascent
3
Assent
S
ed
ing
Bell
8
Belle
s
Berry
es
ed
ing
Bury
es
A boring tool.
One who predicts by omens.
A round body a dancing entertalnmerd.
To cry, or shout aloud.
Exercise 275.
To slop the seams or leaks of a ship.
A kind of spar.
A tree ; also, the bark of the tree, / to stop.
To name ; summon.
A membrane.
String of a musical instrument ; to string,
A small rope ; to hind with ropes.
Exercise 276.
A rural deity.
A young deer ; to flatter.
The bile ; to fret ; to chafe.
A name of ancient France.
A court ; a large room.
Drag s ed ing
Exercise 277.
A clock ; a covering for the dead.
A man's name.
A short bar.
A species of earth.
Familiar converse ; to converse.
To inclose with a wall.
To howl, or cry as a cat.
Exercise 278.
^71 iron instrument to hold a ship.
A liquid measure.
Resentment; to provoke.
Intense pain.
The act of mounting ; an eminence.
Agree a ed ing
Exercise 279.
A hollow vessel of metal for making sounds.
A gay young lady.
A small fruit.
Inter
* Also written talc and talk.
ANALÏTICAI MANUAL.
73
Berth
a
Birth
8
Burrow
8
ed
ing
Borough
8
Cannon
s
ade
ier
Canon
8
ical
ist
Canvas
Canvass
es
ed
ing
Cast
Caste
Cell
Sell
Cense
Sense
Cingle
Single
s
s
mg
ar*
er
er
ible
Cent s
Scent s
Cession s
Session s
Chough s
Chuff 8
Concent ful ual
Consent s
Coquet s
Coquette:}: s
Cousin s
Cozen s
Cygnet s
Signet s
Dam s
Danm s
A sleeping place in a ship or hoat.
The act of coming into life.
Exercise 280.
To make holes in the ground, as do rdbbits,
A corporate town.
A great gun.
A rule, or law.
Coarse hempen or flaxen cloth.
To sift ; to examine ; to seek.
Exercise 281.
er
ing
Throw s
Tribe, or race.
arage A small apartment or cavity.
To dispose of for money.
ed Perfume ; also, a public tax.
itive Feeling; perception; reason.
er
ed ful
Exercise 282.
A hundred ; a copper coin.
Odor s ate
The act of yielding.
The act of sitting.
A sea-bird.
A coarse rude clown.
Exercise 283.
ous
lyf ness ed
ed ing
ed ing
Girth
Separate
Harmony
Agree
Jilt
ly
ous
ness
ed
ed
ed
ing
ing
ed ing
ed , ing
ed ing
A girl who gives false hopes to a lover.
Exercise 284.
A child of one's aunt or uncle.
Cheat s ed ing
A young swan.
Seal s
A bank, or wall to obstruct a stream; to dam.
Condemn s ed ing
• The form cellar is used to signify a room, or place nnder a building for stores,
t Drop It oi single, upon adding this suffix. t Also, coquet.
10
»
74
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Drachm*
s
Dram
s
Draft
s
ed
Draught
s
ed
Felloef
s
Fellow
s
ship
Galley
s
Gaily
es
Gest
s
Jest
s
Hip
s
ed
Hyp
s
ed
Jam
s
ed
Jamb
s
ed
Joust^
s
ed
Just
ly
s
ness
Kill
ed
Kiln
s
Knab
s
ed
Nab
s
ed
Knag
s
y
Nag
s
ed
Knap
s
Nap
s
ed
Knit
s
ed
Nit
s
y
Lessen
s
ed
Lesson
s
ed
Levee
s
Levy
es
ed
Limb
s
ed
Limn
s
ed
Mantel
s
ing
Mantle s ed
mg
ing
ing
ing
mg
ing
mg
ing
mg
ily
mg
ing
less
er
ing
Exercise 285.
A small weight ; an ancient coin.
A drink of ardent spirits.
Sketch ; also, a Uli drawn for money.
The act ofdramng, or of drinking ; to draw.
The rim of a wheel.
Companion s ship
Exercise 286.
A low, flat-huilt vessel.
A printer's frame, or case.
Deed s
Joke■ s •
The haunch ; to sprain the hip.
Depression of spirits ; to deject.
Exercise 287.
A conserve of fruits ; to wedge in.
The side-piece of afire place j a supporter
Tilt s ed ing
Right ly ness
To take away life.
A stove, or furnace for drying or Imming.
Exercise 288.
Gnaw s ed ing
Seize s ed ing
A knot in wood ; the shoot of a deer's horn.
A small horse.
To bite ; to snap ; a protuberance.
A short sleep; the down on cloth.
Exercise 289.
To weave, or unite with needles.
The egg of a small insect.
Diminish s ed ing
Task; to teach.
A morning assembly of visitors; a causey.
To raise, or collect men or money.
Exercise 290.
A member or branch; a border.
Paint s ed er
A chimney-piece.
A kind of cloak; to cover, or spread.
* Also, dram.
t ASso, felly.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
7^
Metal* ic ist
Mettle some
Panel
s
Pannel
s
Pencil
s
ed
Pensile
ness
Plum
s
Plumb
s
ed
Rabbet
s
ed
Rabbit
s
Rap
8
ed
Wrap
S
ed
Reck
s
ed
Wreck
S
ed
Rest
s
ed
Wrest
s
ed
Retch
es
ed
Wretch
es
ed
Ring
s
ing
Wring
s
ing
Rough
ly
ness
Ruff
S
Serf
S
Surf
S
Sun
s
y
Son
s
ship
Subtle
ness er
Suttle
Tong
s
Tongue
s
less
Travail
s
ed
Travel
s
ed
Verge
s
ed
Virgef
s
#
ize A mineral substance.
ed Spirit; courage.
Exercise 291.
A thin board set in a frame ; a jury-roU.
A kind of rustic saddle.
ing An instrument for drawing or writing.
Hanging; pendent.
A kind of fruit; the sum of £100,000.
ing To adjust by a lead and line ; perpendicular.
Exercise 292.
ing To joint by lapping the edges of a board.
A small animal.
er Knock s ed er
er Fold s ed er
less Heed s ed less
ful To destroy by dashing on rocks or shoals.
Exercise 293.
ing Repose ; the remainder.
ing To twist by force ; to pervert.
ing To make an effort to vomit.
edly A miserable or worthless person.
er To sound ; a circle ; to fit with rings..
er Twist s ing
Exercise 294.
est Not smooth ; harsh.
A plaited article of dress for the neck.
A servant, or slave in husbandry.
The swell of the sea that breaks on shore.
less The orb giving light and heat to the planets.
A male child.
Exercise 295.
est Sly ness er
The net weight.
The catch a buckle.
ed The organ of speech and taste.
ing Labor s ed
ing Journey s ed
Exercise 296.
ing The brink ; to tend.
A rod ; a mace.
est
ing
ing
* Upon adding tho suffixes, the final I of metal is usually douUed. t Also, verge.
-ANALYTICAL ÏIANUAL.
Weather
Wether
Choler
Collar
s ed ing
ic
s
icness
ed
Profit
6
ed
Prophet
S
io
Tonsil
S
Tonsile
Bruit
s
ed
Brute
s
al
Crewel
S
Cruel
ty
s
ly
Groom
Grume
B
OUS 0
JHoop
s
ed
Whoop
s
ed
Pool
8
Poule
Room
y
iness
Rheum
y
atic
Rood
s
Rude
ly
ness
Bough
s
Bow
s
ed
Council
s
or
Counsel
s
of
Flour
s
ed
Flower
s
less
Foul
er
ness
Fowl
er
ed
Rout
s
ed
Route
s
Abel
Able
S
est
ing
ing
ical
ing
The state of the air ; to air ; to endure.
A sheep.
Wrath ful fulness
Something worn round the neck ; to coUar
Exerpise 297.
Benefit• s
One who predicts.
A gland in the throat.
That may le clipped.
Rumor s
alness Beast
ed
ed
ly
ing
ing
liness
Exercise 298.
ness
ing
ing
Yawn twisted and wound on a ball.
Inhuman ity ly
A person who tends horses; a servant.
¡ Clot s y
To hind with hoops, or hands.
Shout s ed
ing
Exercise 299.
A small collection of water.
The stakes of parties at game.
A space or apartment.
atism Watery matter secreted hy the glands.
The fourth of an acre ; the cross.
Rough ly ness est
est
ing
ed
ing
y
ly
ing
ing
Exercise 300.
Branch es
Bend ; an act of respect, or reverence.
Assembly- es
Advice ; to advise.
Meal ; to convert into meal.
The blossom of a plant.
Exercise 301.
ness
Filthy er
Bird ; to kill fowls.
A rabble ; also, to defeat.
Road s
A man^s name.
Strong er est
ANALTTICAL MANUAL-
77
Exercise 302.
Anele s ed ing Anoint s ed ing
Anneal s ed ing To heat ; to temper by heat.
Baron et age iai Ä title of nobility ; a peer.
Barren ness er est Sterile ity er est
Battel To make fertile ; to grow fat.
Battle s ed ing Combat s ed ing
Exercise 303.
Beer A liquor made of malt and hops.
Bier s A frame for conveying the dead.
Bile ious Gall y
Boil s ed ing To agitate violently with heat ; to seethe.
Boy s ish ishness A male child ; a youth.
Buoy s ed ing A floating block tied to a weight; to bear up.
Exercise 304.
Breach es The act of breaking ; a gap.
Breech es The lower part of the body.
Broach es ed ing A spit ; to spit, or pierce.
Brooch es ed ing A jewel; a breastpin; to adom with jewels.
Cauf s A chest to keep live flsh in water.
Cough s ed ing A convulsion of the lungs ; to cough.
Exercise 305.
Cease s ed ing Stop s ed ing
Seize s ed ing Catch es ed ing
Colonel s cy ship TAe commander of a regiment.
Kernel s ed The edible substance in the shell of a nuL
Cymbal s A musical instrument.
Symbol s ic ize Emblem s atic atize
Exercise 306.
Dear ly er est Beloved; costly.
Deer An animal.
Dollar s ' A silver coin.
Dolor s ous ific Grief; pain.
Doge s The chief magistrate of Venice.
Dodge s ed ing To start aside. '
Exercise 307. •
Dose s ed ing A certain portion of medicine ; to dose.
Doze s ed ing Slumber
Dual ity istic Expressing, or pertaining to two.
Duel ist s er A combat between two.
78
Father s ed
Farther s ed
Ferrule
Ferule
Fillip
s
ed
Phillip
s
Filter
s
ed
Philter
s
ed
Fir
s
Fur
s
ier
Gamble
s
ed
Gambol
s
ed
Gentile
ize
ism
Gentle
ness
er
Grope
s
ed
Group
s
ed
Grisly
ness
Grizzly
Gutter
s
ed
Guttur
al
ally
Halo
s
Hallow
s
ed
Hoarse
ly
er
Horse
s
Idle
s
ed
Idol
s
ize
Idyl
s
Key
s
Quay*
s
Ketch
es
Catch
es
•ed
Lac
Lack
s
ed
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
ing The male parent ; also, to adopt.
ing Further s ed ing
Exercise 308.
A metal ring, or hand.
An instrument for correcting children.
ing A jerk of the finger from the thumb.
A man's name.
ing A strainer ; to percolate.
ing A love-potion ; to excite by love-potions.
Exercise 309.
A tree.
ed Fine soft hair ; to line with fur.
ing To game, or play for money.
ing Frisk s ed ing
ish Pagan ize ism ish
est Meek ness er est
Exercise 310.
ing To search, or seek by feeling.
ing Cluster s ed ing
Frightful ness
Somewhat gray.
ing A channel, or passage for water ; to gutter
alness Throat y
Exercise 311.
A luminous circle round the sun or moon.
ing To make holy.
ness Having a harsh, rough voice or sound.
An animal.
er Unemployed; to be unemployed.
ism An image worshiped as a deity. •
A short pastoral poem.
Exercise 313.
, That which serves to lock and unlock.
A mole, or wharf.
A kind of ship.
ing Seize s ed ing
A resinous substance.
ing Want s ed ing
• Also, hey.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL^
79
Exercise 313.
Loam s y ed Rich unctuous earth ; to cover with loam.
Loom s A weaver's machine.
Lord s ed ing Domineer s ed ing «
Laud s ed ing Praise s ed ing
Manor s ¡al The estate or jurisdiction (f a lord.
Manner s ly ism Mode ; mein.; •peculiar way.
Manna A gum, or honey-like juice.
Exercise. 314.
Mark s ed ing A line ; also, to make marks.
Marque License for'reprisals.
Medal s ist* ic* A coin, or piece of metal in the form of coin.
Meddle s ed ing Interfere s ed ing
Missal s A mass-book.
Missile s That may be thrown, or sent.
Exercise 315.
Order s ed ing Regulate s ed ing
Ordure Dung ; filth.
Palate s able al The roof of the ■mouth ; taste.
Pallet s A small bed.
Pear] s ed y .4 gem ; a. speck on the eye.
Purl s ed ing To murmur, as a brook.
Exercise 316.
Pedal Pertaining to the foot.
Peddle er ed ing To be busy in trifies ; to deal in small wares.
Pendant s A jewel hanging from the ear ; a small flag.
Pendent ce cy Hanging; depending.
Pillar s ed Column s ar
Pillow s. ed ing A cushion for the head ; to rest on.
Exercise 317.
Pistil s The part of a fiower that receives the pollen.
Pistol s eb A small hand gun.
Pistole s A gold coin of Spain.
Place s ed ing Position ; locality ; to put in a place.
Plaice s A fiat fish.
Pointai s Pistil s
Pointel s Something on a point ; a pencil.
« :
* Upon adding this suffix, the final I of medal is usually doubled.
80
analyticai, manüai,,
Portion
s
ed
Potion
s
Price
s
ed
Prize
s
ed
Reason
s
less
Raisin
s
Regal
Regale
Rigor
Rigger
Serge
Surge
ly ity
ment ed
mg
er
mg
Serrate
ed
ion
ure
Cerate
ed
.
Skull
s
Scull
s
Sleave
s
ed
ing
Sleeve
s
ed
less
Sorrel
Sorel
Statue
s
Statute
s
ory
able
Surcle
s
Circle
s
et
ed
Tract
s
ate
ation
Track
s
less
Tomb
s
less
ed.
Tome
s
Urn
s
ed
ing
Earn
s
ed
ing
•
Vary
es
ed
ing
Very
ty
ly
est
Vassal
s
age
Vessel
S'
Exercise 313.
Part; to parcel.
A draught, or drink.
The value set or demanded ; to value.
Something taken hy adventure ; to rate.
The faculty of discerning and judging.
A dried grape.
Exercise 319.
Royal ly ty
Refresh ment ed ing
Strictness ; severity.
One who rigs vessels.
A kind of woolen cloth.
Billow s y '
Exercise 320.
Indented on the edge, like a saw.
An ointment made of wax and oil.
The heme inclosing the hrain.
A small boat ; a shoal offish.
The entangled part of thread ; also, to sley.
The part of a garment that covers the arm.
Exercise 321.
A plant of a sourish taste ; a faint red.
A buck of the third year.
Image s
Law a. ful
A shoot ; twig.
A round figure ; a ring.
Exercise 322.
A region ; a treatise.
Trace; vestige.
A monument over a grave ; to bury.
Volume s
A kind of vase ; to put in an urn.
To gain by labor.,
Exercise 323.
Alter s ed ing
True th ly est
A dependant ; a serf; a slave.
A cask, or utensil for holding liquids ; a ship.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
81
SECTION XIV.'
WORDS OF SIMILAR SOUND CONTINUED.
Exercise 324.
Analyze,
to resolve a compound into its elements.
ed
ing
fist
Annalize,
to write annals ; to narrate.
ed
ing
fist
Ascetic,
a recluse ; a hermit.
8
ism
Ascitic,
dropsical. '
al
Asperate,
to make lough.
ed
ing
ion
Aspirate,
to pronouEce with full breath.
ed
ing
ion
Exercise 323.
Auricle, the external ear ; an appendage of the heart, s arj arly
Oracle, something uttered by supernatural wisdom, s arj arly
Binacle, a compass-box. s
Binocle, a kind of telescope. s
Butteris, an instrument for paring the hoofs of horses.
Buttress, a prop, or support ; to prop. es ed ing
Exercise 326.
Calendar, a register of times ; an almanac ; to register, s ed ing
Calender, to smooth by pressing between rollers. s ed ing
Capital, principal ; a large letter ; the top of a column. 8 ly ize
Capitol, the edifice occupied by the legislature. s ian ine
Cavalier, a horseman ; a knight ; brave ; haughty. s ly ness
Caviler, one who cavils ; a captious disputant.
Exercise 327.
Centaury, the name of a plant, and a genus of plants, es
Century, a hundred ; a company of 100 men. es al ate
Cetaceous, pertaining to the whale ; of the whale kind.
Setaceous, pertaining to bristles ; bristly.
Character, a mark or letter ; that which distinguishes, ize ism ed
Caricature, a distorted representation ; to represent lu¬
dicrously. ist 8 ed
Exercise 328.
Chronical, relating to time ; continuing a long time.
Chronicle, to register events in the order of time.
Cilicious, consisting of hair.
Silicious, pertaining to silex ; flinty.
er ed ing
* For the mode of preparing the written exercise in this Section, see model, p. 85.
t Upon adding ist, dlop ze and ize of analyze and annalize.
t Upon adding ar and arly, insert the letter » between e and I oí the radical :
thus, auricular.
11
62
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Cognation, relationship; kindred.
Cognition, knowledge derived from experience.
Exercise 329.
Colation, the act of straining liquor. . s
Collation, the act of laying together ; a gift ; a repast, s
Complement, that which completes ; the full quantity. al 8
Compliment, an expression of civility ; praise. al ally aiy
Confidant,* one intrusted with secrets. s
Confident, trusting, relying, fully assured ; bold. ce ial ly
Exercise 330.
Corporal, relating to the body ; the lowest ofRcer of
infantry. ly
Corporeal, having a body ; not spiritual. ly
Deformity, the state of being deformed ; ugliness. ea
Diffbrmity, irregularity of form. es
Dependant,* one sustained or appointed by another. s
Dependent, hanging down; subject to; at the disposal of. ce
ity
ist
cy
Exercise 331.
Descensión, the act of going down ; descent.
Dissension, disagreement; strife.
Deviser, one who contrives, or invents ; a contriver.
Devisor, one who grants, or gives by will.
Divisor, the number that divides.
Elector, one who elects, or has the right of choice.
Electre, amber.f
Exercise 332.
Elision, the act of cutting off a vowel.
Elysian, pertaining to Elysium ; very delightful.
Elicit, to draw out ; to bring to light.
Illicit, not allowable ; unlawful.
Emanant, issuing, or flowing from.
Eminent high ; exalted in rank or office ; conspicuous.
s
s
s
s
8
8
le
ed
ly
ce
al
icity ify
ing
nes9
ation
cas
ly cy
Exercise 333.
Empirical, experimental ; versed in experiments. ly
Empyrical, containing the combustible principle of co^l.
Empyreal, formed of pure fire, or light ; pure ; refined.
Imperial, relating to an empire or emperor; royal. ist ty ized
• Confidant and dependant are often, and more correctly written, confident, de¬
pendent.
t " By friction, amber become® strongly electric ; from which property originated
the name and science of electricity, [electron], being the Greek word for
amber." Ency Amer., vol. i., p. 24.
ANALTTICAt MANOAL.
83
Exercise, to exert ; to train ; to use. ed ing er -
Exorcise, to adjure by a hply name ; to expel evil spir¬
its. ed ing er
Exercise 334.
Factitious, made by art ; artificial.
Fictitious, feigned ; imaginary. ly ness
Finary,* the second forge at the iron mills. es
Finery, show ; showy articles of dress.
Formally, according to form, or rule ; stifily ; precisely.
Formerly, in time past ; heretofore.
Exercise 335.
Glutinous, having the nature of glue ; viscous. ness
Gluttonous, having the nature of a glutton ; greedy. ly
History, a narrative of past events ; description. icf ically an
Histrion, a stage-player, a theatrical performer. ic ically ism
Honorary, pertaining to, or conferring honor.
Onerary, pertaining to, or comprising a burden.
Exercise 336.
Humeral, pertaining to the shoulder.
Humoral, pertaining to, or proceeding from humors.
Imminent, impending ; threatening. ce
Immanent, inherent ; intrinsic ; internal. cy
Incision, a cutting into ; a wound. s
Insition, a setting m ; an insertion, or graftmg. s
Exercise 337.
Ingenious, possessing genius ; having skill or aptitude, ly ness
Ingenuous, frank ; fair ; open ; candid. . ly ness
Intension, the act of stretching, or straining. s
Intention, design ; purpose ; aim. s al ally
Licorice, a root of a sweetish taste.
Lickerish, dainty ; delicate in the choice of food. ly ness
Exercise 338.
Lineament, feature ; form ; outline. s
Liniment, ointment. s
Literal, pertaining to the letter ; not figurative. ly ity ist
Littoral, pertaining to the shore.
Millenary, a thousand years ; consisting of a thousand.
MiUinery, articles made by milliners ; as, bonnets, &c.
Millionary, pertaining to, or ccmsisting of milhons.
Exercise 339.
Monetary, pertainini; to money ; pecuniary.
* Aiso, finery t Upon adding ie and ieaüy, drop the final y of Áitínryt
84
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Monitoiy, tending to warn or advise ; advising.
Ordinance, a law ; a rule, or appointment.
Ordnance, cannon; artillery. <
Ordonnance, the disposition of figures in a picture.
Orison, a prayer ; supplication.
Horizon, the line which bounds the view.
al
8
8
tal*
tality tally
Exercise 340.
Partition, that which separates ; to separate. s ed
Petition, an earnest request, or prayer ; to solicit. a ed
Passable, that may be passed ; tolerable. ness ly
Passible, susceptible of feeling. ness ity
Populace, the common people ; the multitude.
Populous, full of people, or inhabitants. ness
Exercise 341.
Potable, that may be drank ; drinkable. ness
Portable, that may be easily carried. ness
Precedent, going before ; anterior ; an example. ce ed
President, one who presides over others with authority, b ial
Presentment, the act of presenting. s
Presentiment, a previous notion or impression. 8
ing
ing
s
ship
Exercise 342.
Principal, chief ; the head ; a sum of money at interest, s ity
Principle, an original cause ; foundation ; rule of action, s
Padical, pertaining to a root ; a primitive word. s ly
Radicle, the germ of the root ; a young root. s
Reticule, a small net ; a small bag of net-work. s ar
Ridicule, contemptuous laughter ; to deride. s cus
Exercise 343.
Salvation, the act of salving ; deliverance.
Salivation,f the act of salivating.
Spiritous, partaking of the nature of spirit ; refined. ness
Spirituous, containing spirit ; ardent. ness
Stationary, fixed ; not progressive or retrogressive.
Stationery, articles sold by stationers, as pens, âcc.
Exercise 344.
Subtilty, thinness; fineness. es
Subtlety, artfulness; cunning. es
Tarrier, one who tarries or delays. s-
Terrier, a dog that follows his game under ground. e
Vertical, being at the zenith. ly ness
Vortical, having a whirling motion.
ly
ity
ated
ed
• The ( before the suffixes, is merely euphonic,
t See note on Salivate, page Ifl.
MODEL OF A WRITTEN EXERCISE.—No. 3.
t/^nnua/
ty€nnua/i^
í/^nna¿fatií
^y'€nneía^
%
%y€nnuái^
ty€^nniiâizy
%/úinuáiíeí¿
ize« ; a a^ta^,
%^^^Í^Otír}¿
t^^^oteacfinl
«5^
ty€iii^Â
t/€ucü^ne^
ty€ucUícon
%/€uc&i^
titulo ; Muvaye.
^az^z¿y
^m^atoaa
^az^mouxi^
^azÁi/uo
^azÁitian
SECTION XV.
The variations of meaning produced by the union of suffixes with radicals, may, in this section, perhaps, be better
observed than in any of the preceding, since the primitive, for the most part, is here made to undergo a greater num«
ber of modifications. Here, also, will be found some words having numerous and widely different applications, af-
fording opportunity for many remarks, critical and explanatory, which can be made nowhere with so great advantage
as in the recitation room. The first exercise of this series, except some derivative forms omitted for want of room,
is presented on the page preceding. The pupil will, of course, introduce all the derivatives in his written exercise
Exercise 345.
Annu,
a year.
al
ally
it)'*
itant
alsf
alize
alized
alist
Annul,
a ring. -
ar
ary
-et
ated
Arbor,
Audi,\
a tree ; a shrub.
ist
ary
eous
et
escent
escence
ator
ize
to hear.
ible
ibleness ibly
ition
itive
iter
itory
ence
Barbar,
rude ; cruel ; savage.
ity
ous
Exercise
ously
346.
io
ian
ism
ize
ousness
Beau,
fair ; pleasing to the sight.§
ty
tiful
tifully
tifulnesstify
teous
teously
tifier
Cale,
to be warm ; to be hot.
fy
fied
enture|l
id
idity
oricIT
orific
fying
Certi,
certain ; sure.
tude
fy
fying
fied
ficate
fication
fier
Cone,
a solid body, circular at the base, ic
ical
ically
ics
old
icalncss oidic
oidical
and ending in a point.
istical
fio
Dei,
God ; the Supreme Being.
ty
ism
ist
fical
fy
fier
* The form annuity signifies the thing [see Note, page 18] which is annual, and is applied to an allowance of money, payable yearly,
t Upon adding the last four suffixes, drop the final letter [u] of the radical. Annals signifies a narrative of events in the exact order of
time, or years. t Besides the forme given in the text, we have audit, which means, to hear and examine accounts.
^ Beau, separately as a noun, signifies a man of dress. See Exercise S288.
Ú Calenture is a fever Incident to persons in hot climates, H The form calofie signifies heat, or the principle of heat.
Exercise 347.
Dent,"
a tooth.
ate
ated icle iculatedoid
ist
ition
ize
Dubi,
doubtful.
ous
ously ousness ety
osity
itable
itancy
itation
Elk,
manner, or custom ; moral.
ic
ical ically ios
Ethn,
a nation ; the heathen.
ic
ical icism
ibly
Fall,
to deceive ; to be false.
acious
aciously aciousness acy
ible
ibility
ency
«
Fict, to form or shape ; to feign.
Fruct, fruit. *
Fulmine, to thunder ; to utter with power.
Gem, a bud ; a precious stone.
Gemin, double ; twain ; a pair.
Exercise 348.
lie ion itious
escenceify ification
ate ated ating
ation ule y
ate ated
ating
Exercise 349.
Gland, a secreting substance, or organ.ij:
Gloss, a comment ; a superficial lustre.
Grain,** a seed; a corn; a minute particle.
Hellen, a Greek.
Herb, a plant with a succulent stalk.
ule
aryl
ary
ic
accous age
ular
arial
ule
ism
ulation
arist
ular
ize
al
itiously itiousness ive
uation
ation
eous
ation
ulosity
ator
ulary
ized
alist
uous
ates
ary
0u3
ulous
er
ulate
izing
ary
ified
atory
osity
y
ers§
ist
ulated
istft
elet
lous
ifying
ant
ates
ered
y
ulating
istic
less
ifies
it
zell
ulation
istically
y "
I
i
O
>
t-*
S
>
tí
g
It"
• The simple form dent is used also to express a gap or notch ; a hollow or depression ; and, as a verb, it means, to make a dent,
t Gemini, the Twins,—one of tho signs of the Zodiac. t Literally any kernel-fruit; as, an acorn.
§ Glanders is a disease in horses,—a running of corrupt slimy matter from the nose.
II A glossary is a vocabulary, m which are explained the obscure or obsolete terms of en author.
Í Upon adding xe, drop tho ss of the radical ; thus, glaze. This word signifies literally to put a gloss upon, i. e. to palliate hy specious
comments, or explanations ; and, hence, also, to flatter.
** Upon adding the suffixes, the i of grain is to be omitted.
tt The name Hellenist was applied to a Jew who used the Greek language in devotional exercises.
00
Exercise 350.
Hospii* a guest ; a host.
Hyem, winter.
Idea,^ a mental image ; thought.
Ident, the same.
Ign, fire.
Leper, one infected with the leprosy.
Lubric, smooth ; slippery.
Magnet, the lodestone.
Magni, great ; large.
'Milit, a soldier.
Morbus,II a disease ; sickness.
Mucus,II a slimy fluid;
Mund, clean; pure.
Mund, the world.
Nectar, the fabled drink of the gods.
ate
ated
ating
alt
able
ableness ably
ality
ate
ated
ating
ates
ation
al
ate
ated
ating
al
alize
alized
ally
alism
ic
ical
ically
icalness ify
ifying
ification
ity
ite
ited
ition
itible
ify
ified
eous
escent
Exercise 351.
cus
ously
ousness
osity
osy^
ity
ate
ated
ating
ates
ator
ous
ant
ic
ically
icness
ism
ics
icalness ize
izer
fy
fled
fying
fier
fiable
fio
ficent
tude
ate
ated
ating
ant
ancy
ary
arily
Exercise 352.
id
idness
ific
ose
osity
id
idness
dus
ousness
1 ulent
ilagelT
ilaginous
ify
ified
ifying
¡fies
atory
ification ificative
ane
eal
ean
ed
eous
ine
ous
ize
* This word means literally a stranger, or foreigner. By an easy transition, it came also to signify one who visits or is visited, enter¬
tains or is entertained. In the ßrst three derivative forms above, the former application is found, while the rest afford instances of the latter.
t Hospital is used to signify a place for the reception of indigent persons, who are sick or infirm,
t Before adding the suffixes, drop the final letter [a] oí this word.
§ A loathsome cutaneous disease. Il Drop the final letters, us, of this word, before adding the suffixes.
V This form means a slimy, or viscous mass.
** Nectary is used to designate the melliferous part of a flower.
Exercise 353,
Nidus,*
Nitre,
Nomad,
Nocí,
Nymfh,
Opal,
Ov,
Palm,
Pecc,
Pise,
a nest.
saltpetre,
one leadir
night.
a beautiful stone,
an egg.
the inner part of the hand ; a tree,
to sin ; to do wrong,
a ñsh.
iO
continuous; unending,
a rock ; a stone,
something sawn or cut ;** an opti¬
cal glass,
powder, or dust,
a bough, or branch.
ificate ificated ificating
ificationulationf
ated
y
ous
ify
ified
ifying
ification ic
io
ize
ized
izing
izes
urn^
ule^:
uary:}:
urnal
ly
can
ical
ish
like
s
Exercise 354,
ine
ize
ized
izing
escent
escence
al
ate
ated
ary
arious
ar
ated
y
er§
ary§
ister§
istry
ability able
adillo||
ant
ancy
ine
ation
aryU
esU
Exercise 355.
al
ally
ate
ates
ating
ative
ation
ity
an
ify
ified
ifying
escent
escence
atic
atical
ically
y
oid
atoidal
able
ate
ated
ize
ized
ous
ulent
ulence
ify
iñes
ifíed
ifying
ification
dus
eous
Perpelu,
Petre,
Prism,
Pulver,
Earn,
* Drop the final letters, us, of this word, before adding the suffixes. t Nidulatian signifies the time of remaining in the nest,
t Noctum signifies a religious service by night ; noctule, a large species of hat ; noctuary, an account of what passes in the night,
§ Palmer means one returned from the Holy Land, bearing in his hands branches of pa^ ; a pilgrim :—palmary signifies, deserving of
the palm, i. e. excellent, chief, principal :—palmister is one who pretends to tell fortunes by observing the lines and marks in the palm of
the hand. II Peccadillo is a slight ofiense j a petty trespass.
IT Piscary, the right to fish in the waters of another ;—pieces, the Fishes, the twelfth sign in the Zodiac.
** This is the primary import of the word prism ; which, however, is now restricted to a solid having its ends similar, equal and parallel,
and its sides parallelograms.
Relc, a net.
Rhetor, a teacher of Rhetoric.
Rostrum,^ a beak ; a stage, or platform.
Sal, salt.
Sapon, soap.
Skeptic,^ one who doubts ; an infidel.
Scoria,|l dross; recrement.
Secul, an age, or generation ; the world.
Spic, a sharp point ; an ear of com.
Spine, a thorn ; the backbone.
Sponge,** a porous marine substance.
Stoic, relating to the Stoics ;'|"f austere.
Sugil, to beat black and blue ; to defame.
Taie, a gradual wasting away.
Talmud, a book of Jewish laws and tradi¬
tions.
Exercise 356.
icle icule* icular
icf ical ically
al ate ated
ite ited ine
aceoue ary ify
Exercise 357.
al ally alness
ous aceous fy
ar arly arness
ular ulate ulated
y ous osity
Exercise 358.
y
al
ate
fy
ist
mess lous
ally alness
ated ating
fied fying
istic ic
iculate iculated iculation
ician icate ' icated ize ized
inous- ify ified ifying ifiable
ified ifying ification
ism
ise
fying
arize
fied
arity
ulating ulates
escent al
ed
ing
es
ism
ation
ed
ing
fies
id
idness
ical
ised ising
fication
arized arizing arization
etf
er
• See Exercise 342, page 84.
t The suflix tc is here equivalent to, or put for tes, the art, ecienee or doctrine of. Rhetoric is the science of speaking with force, elc'
gauce and propriety.
t The final letters, um, of this word, must be dropped upon adding the sufiixes.
^ Also, Sceptic. n Omit the final a, before adding the suffixes.
IT Spinet is a place where thorns or briars grow. • *• Also written apunge.
tt A sect of philosophers, so called from the place, [vrou] a public porch, or portico, in Athens, where Zeno, the founder of their system,
taught his disciples.
Exercise 359.
Techn,
Tepe,
Torre,
Type,
Trepa^,
Vegete,
Vend,
Venene,
Verm,
Vesic,
Verd,
Vine,
Virtue, IT
Vitr,
Vulner,
art.
to be somewhat warm,
to dry, or parch ; to burn,
a mark, or figure ; to prefigure,
an instrument for perforating the
skull ; to trepan.
quick ; vigorous,
to sell,
poisonous,
a worm.
a bladder ; a blister.
green ; fresh ; spring-like,
a plant that yields grapes.
glass,
a wound.
ic
ical
ically
icality
icalness
ios
id
idness
idity
iy
fied
fying
fíes
id
idness
fy
fied
fying
fies
ic
ical
ically
icalness ify
ified
ifying
ed
ing
er
s
Exercise
360.
ate*
ated
ative
ativeness ation
ive
ous
ed
ing
er
ee
ible
ibility
ition
ose
ate
ated
ating
ates
ation
icule
icular
iculous
ulate^
ulated
ulating
icellij
ant
le
ular
ate
ated
ating
ation
Exercise
361.
ant
ancy
ure
urous
ererS
eror
aceous y
ed
er
eryll
tner||
try
cus
ously
less
ously
al**
ally
ality
ecus
eousnessify
ified
iflabl'e
escent
escence
ate
ated
ating
ates
ation
able
ary
ifiea
able
uet
atory
tagell
ate
• Vegetate is, to make or lecome quick, or vigorous in growth, i. e. to sprout ; to germinate ; to shoot up.
f The form vendue signifies a public sale to the highest bidder ; auction.
t To vermiculate, is to form work by inlaying, in such manner as to resemble the motion of a worm :—vermicelli is a name applied to a
paste rolled in the form of little worms, and used in soups.
§ A verderer, or verderor b an oificer in England, having charge of the King's forest.
II Vinery, a structure raised for the support of vines, and for exposing them to artificial heat:—vintner, a dealer in wines:—vintage, the
produce of the vine for the season, or the time of gathering the grapes. Upon adding tner, try, and tage, e final of the radical is dropped.
T We have, also, the form virtu, which signifies, a love of the fine arts; a taste for things curious or antique : whence the derivatives,
virtuoso, virtuosoship. •* Virtual, being in effect, L e. reaL
92
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
i
SECTION XVI.^
Abandon
Abeyance
Academy
Acumen§
Adamant
Adipose
Alabaster
Alacrity
Albino
Alchemyll
Alcohol
Alembic
Algebra
Alkali
Allegory
Almanac
ed
istf
ate
ine
Exercise 362.
ing er ment Desert ed ing er ion
Awaiting in law ; something in reversion
SchoolJ ar astic asticaUy
A sharp point ; quickness of intellect.
A stone of extreme hardness ; diaxnond.
Fat er est ness y
A kind of white marble.
Promptness ; briskness.
ic ically ism
ated ating atdon
ean
icalf ist
ic ize
Exercise 363.
A person unnaturally white.
istical ize Art of chan ging base into precious metals
ized ization Pure, or highly rectified spirit.
8 A vessel used in distilling.
ic ical ically ist A sort of universal arithmetic.
es ine escentii ize A salt that neutralizes acids.
icf ically ist ize Parable** ic ically
8 . Calendar 3
Exercise 364.
Alphabet ic
Amalgam ate
Amaranth ine
Ambrosiaft al
Amethyst ine
Ammoniaft ac
Amulet s
Anchovy es
ical ically arian
ated ating ation
The letters of a language duly arranged.
A mixture of mercury with another metal.
A flower that never fades.
an ae The fabled food of the gods ; a dainty.
A precious stone of a violet color.
acal A volatile alkali ; a drug.
A charm against evil or mischief.
A small fish used for sauce.
Exercise 365.
Pertaining to a maidservant.
The wind-flower.
A mineral substance.
Lands assigned to younger children.
Belonging to the eagle ; hooked.
Tillable.
Like a cobweb.
Ancillary
Anemone
Antimony al ous ated
Appanage
Aquiline
Arable
Araneous
Arbiter ate atrix amentable Umpire
* For the form of the written exerciso^ see Model 2, page 62.
t Before adding the suffixes, drop the final y of the radical,
t Drop ope o of school, upon adding the suffixes.
§ The e in acumen, becomes t in the derivatives ; thus, acuminate.
(j Also written alchtmy and alchymy.
V Drop the final i of alkali, upon adding escent.
•• Between b and 1 of parable, insert an o in the derivative forms ; thus, parabolic
tt The final a is to be dropped, upon adding the suffixes.
ANALYTICAL MANTTAL.
.93
Exercise 366.
A.rotua tic tize tous tizaúoa The principle of fragrance in plants.
Arquebuse ier . ade* A hand gun ; a câliner.
Arsenal s . Armory es
Arsenic al ate ated ousf A mineral poison.
Artery es al A vessel conveying hloodfrom the heart.
ArthritisJ ic ical A disease of the joints ; as, the gout.
Artillery Ordnance
Aruspice§ y es Augur y 8 tal
Exercise 367.
Asphaltumjic ite
Assassin ate ated ation ator
ed age s ing
Assemble
Asylum
Asthma
Attitude
Attorney
Audaci
tic tical
8
s ship
ity ously ousness
Bitumenll ous ate ated ize
A secret murderer. '
Congregate ed ion s ing
A place of refuge ; a sanctuary.
Shortness of breath ; dyspnœa.
Posture s
An agent, specially in law business.
Bold nessly er est
Exercise 368.
Aurora
Auspice
A uxili
A valanche
Avarice
Average
Axillar
Bachanal
ious iously iousness
ary atory arles
s
ious iously iousness
s ed ing
y .
8 lan
The dawn of day.
An omen from birds ; protection ; favor.
Aid ant s
A srunv-sUp ; a mass of sliding snow.
Cupidity
A medial sum ; to reduce to a medium.
Pertaining to the ami-pit.
Reveler s
Bachelor s ship
Badinage
Bagatelle
Balcony es
Balderdash ed ing es
Baluster ed adeH s
Barbecue s ed ing
Barnacle s
Bastmade** s ing ed
Bayonet s ing ed
Exercise 369.
One who has not been married.-
Light, or playful talk.
A trifle.
Gallery es
A jargon of words ; to adulterate..
A small column, or pilaster.
A hog or other animal roasted whole.
A shell-fish ojoten found on the bottom
of ships ; a species of goose.
Exercise 370.
Cudgel s ing ed
A dagger fired to a musket ; tobayonet.
* Arquehusade signifies the shot, or discharge of an arquebuse ; also, a distilled
liquor for a wound or bruise.
t Upon adding ous, drop the final letter [c] of arsenic.
I The last two letteis of this word, are to be omitted upon adding the suffixea
4 Also, haru^ice.
II In the derivative forms, the e in bitumen, is changed into i; as, bitumtnoua
V Balustrade is a row of balusters. ** Also, bastinado.
04
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Beleaguer s ed ing
Bistoury es
Boisterous ly ness
Bombasin
Bucanier* s
Bucolic B al
er
Besiege s ed ing er
A surgical instrument for incisions.
Loud; furious.
A slight stuff made of silk and vxnsted.
Pirate s cy leal ically
A pastoral poem.
Exercise 371.
Bulletin s
Cabaret s
Cabinet . s
Cadaverous ness
Calamityf ous ously ousness
CaliberJ s
Calico
Caliginous ness
An official report ; a notice.
Tavern s
Closet ; select council ; set of drawers.
Like a dead body ; ghastly.
Disaster ous ously ousness
The bore of a gun ; capacity.
Cotton chtii, lohite or printed.
Dark . ness
Calomel
Calumet
Calumny
Camerate
Canister
Cannibal
Canopy
CantUlate
ous ously ated
ed ing ation
ä
ed
ism
ing
ing
Exercise 372.
A preparation of mercury.
An Indian smoking pipe.
atory Slander ous ously ed
Arch ed ing
A small basket ; a box, or case.
One who eats human flesh.
A covering over the head ; to canopy.
ion Chant s ed ing
Exercise 373.
, Caparison s ed ing
Capill ary§ aceous ament§
Caravan s eary||
Carbuncle s ed arfl
Carcanet s
Cardinal** ly
Carminative
Carpenter s y
Trappings ; to deck with trappings.
A mir.
A company, or body of travelers.
A red gem; a pimple ; an ulcer.
A chain, or collar of jewels.
Principal ly
Expelling vAnd ; a medicine.
A builder of houses, or ships.
Exercise 374.
Carrion
Cartilage inous
Caruncle arlT atedlf
Caseous
Castanet s
Dead and putrefying flesh.
Gristle y
Tubercle arfl ous If
Having the nature of cheese.
A smedl shell of ivory or wood, to keep
time with in dancing.
* Also, hueaneer. t Drop the final y here, before adding the sniBxes.
t Also, calibre.
§ Capillary, hMr-like, L e. minute ; also, a fine tube, or vessel :—eapillament, a
fine thread, filament or fibre. || Caravansary, a kmd of inn for caiavai».
T Upon adding this eufiix, insert u before I of the radical ; thus, carbuncular.
** Cardinal is also the name of an officer, next in rank to tiie Pope.
analytical manual.
9&
Castigate
Caved
Celebrate
ed mg
ly* ier*
ed iag
ion
ierly
or
or
cade*
ion
Cbastise
A horse.
Praise
ed ing ment er
ed ing er
Exercise 375.
Celei^
Celibate
Cemetery
Cephalic
Cerebral
Ceremony
Cespitousf
Chameleon
cy
es
es al
itious
ize ked
ally
izing
ons
A species of parsley, used as a salad.
Single life.
A place of interment.
Pertaining to the head.
Pertaining to the hrain.
Rite es ual ually
Turfy
An animal of the lizard kind, svhjeet
to changes of color.
Exercise 376.
Champion
s
ess
Chancellor
6
ship
Chanticleer
S
ChaperonJ
S
ed
ing
Chariot
8
car
ed
Charlatan
8
ïy
ical
Chevalier
s
Chivalry §
ous
Cheveril
Chiliad
Chimera§
Chocolate
Christian
Chrysahs
Cicatrix**
Cicerone
, Combatant s
Judge of a court ofequity ; a president.
A clear, or loud crower ; a cock-
A hood warn by knights of the garter.
A half-coach ; to convey in a chariot.
Empiric s ism ■ al
Knight s hood ly
Knighthood ; valor.
Exercise 377.
keH ked izing A kid, or leather of kid-skin.
ast A thousand ; the millennium.
s ical ically A fabulous monster ; a icild notion.
A preparation of the cocoa-nut.
Pertaining to Christ.
The form of certain insects, as butter-
files, before they become winged.
izeffized kation kant A scar.
A guide who explains curiosities.
ity ke ly ism
Exercise 378.
Cinnamon
Citadel
Clandestine
Clavated
Climacter
s
ly
ical
The inner bark of a species of laurel.
Fortress es
Secret ly ness
Club-shaped.
A critical period, or year in human life.
• Cavalry, troops on horseback ;—Cavalier, a horseman ; also, gay ; haughty ;
Cavalcade, a procession on horseback,
t Remove ous, before adding the other suffix,
t As a verb, chaperon is to attend a lady in public.
§ Drop the last letter of this word, upon adding the terminations.
II Cheverilize, to make pliable as kid leather.
Y The last tiBo letters of this word, are to be omitted, upon adding another termi*
nation. 4
** Also, cicatrice. The termination, ix, is to be omitted, before the suffixes ai«
added. tt Cicatrize, is to heal, or skin over.
96
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Cochineal
Cochlea* atef ated ary
Cohobate ed ing ation.
An insect used in dyeing scarlet.
A screw ; literally, a snail.
To distill repeatedly.
Colonade s
Colony* ize ist
Colossust
Columbary
Columbine
Comitial
Condiment
Contrary
Conundrum
Copula*
Coriander
Cormorant
Corollary
Corridor
Coruscate
Corybantic
ean
es
s
s
ety ly
s
ate
es
ative
Exercise 379. ,
A range of columns.
ized ization A body of people drawn from their na¬
tive land, to dwell in a province.
A statue of gigantic dimensions.
A dove-cot.
A genus of plants.
Relating to popular assemblies.
Seasoning s
ness ous Opposite ness ly
Exercise 380.
A sort of riddle or jest.
That which unites ; a tie.
A genus of plants.
A bird that preys upon fish ; a glutton.
Inference s
Gallery round a building.
Flash ed ing
Inflamed like the Corybantes-f^
ed ing ation ant§
Exercise 381.
ous ulous ated
Corymb
Cosmeticf
GosmioallT ly
Coterie s
Cothumate** ated
Cotillon s
Cremation
Crenate ed
Crepitate ed ing
Crepusculef f ar ous
Cretaceous
Cuculí ate ed
A top, head, or cluster.
Beautifying ; that which beautifies.
Relating to the world, or universe.
Association s
Buskined ; relating to tragedy.
Kind of dance ; tune for a cotillon.
A burning.
Notchedv
ation
ine
Exercise 382.
Crackle
Twilight
Chalky
Hooded
ed ing
ness
• Drop the last letter of this word, upon adding another termination.
t Cochleate, having the form of a screw ; spiral.
Î The last two letters of this word, are to be omitted, upon adding another tcrmi-
nation. ^ Drop ate of coruscate, before adding artt.
II Priests of Cybele, who, during their festivals, acted as if delirious or mad.
T Cosmetic and cosmical are both from KocfLos, (cosmos)—a Greek word, which
means order, regularity, ornament ; and which, since these qualities are found in
perfection in the system of the world, thence came to signify, also, the world ; the
universe.
** Cothurnus is the Latin name of a sort of buskin, reaching to the middle of the
calf, and having very thick soles of cork, worn by tlie ancient tragic actors.
tt Also, crepuscie.
ANALYTICAt MANUAL.
97
Cucumber
Cucurbit
Culinary
Culmen*
aceous
ate ated ates
ed
8
s
Cultivate
Culverin
Cupola
Cupreous
Curmudgeon ly
Custody
Cyclopsf
ing or
al
ean ic
Cylinder
Daffodilt
Damascene
Dandelion
Debenture
Debonair
December
Denizen
Diaper
Diary
Diumal
Didactic
Didapper
Dilettante
Disciple
Domestic
Domicile IT
Dotterel ,
Duenna
Dynam
Dynast
Delicate
ical old
ity ly ne
ed ing s
ed
ist
ing
an
es
ly
ally al
6
. .
shipinell inary able
ate ated ally ation
The name of a plant and its frvit.
A gourd ; a chemical vessel.
Pertaining to the kitchen.
ation* The top; the highest point.
Exercise 383.
ion Till ed ing er
A species of ordnance ; a cannon.
Dome s
Coppery
A miser ; a churl.
Guard ' ing
Fabled giants, having but one eye \
the forehead.
Exercise 384.
aceous A long circular body.
A plant of the genus narcissus.
Damson «
A plant.
A certificate of debt, or of a claim.
Courteous ness ly
The last month in the year.
Citizen ize ized izes
Exercise 385.
Figured linen cloth ; to variegate.
Journal s ist
Daily
Instructive ly
A diving-bird.
A lover, or promoter of the fine arts.
Pupil age
Pertaining to home.
Exercise 386.
iaiyed iate iating
ic ical ics
y
ic
An abode ; a jixed residence.
A kind of bird.
Governess es
Strength ; power.
Sovereign ly ty
cy ly ously**ousness Dainty nessly
* The « of culmen becomes i in the derivatives ; as, culmznation. This last word
is often used to signify the transit of a planet over the meridian, or highest point of
altitude. t Drop the final letter of this word, upon adding the sufiixes.
Í We have, also, daffodilly and daffadowndilly.
§ Dilettanti is the plural.
II The form, disciplme, implies instruction coupled with order; hence, as a verb, it
«gnifies, to instruct and govern ; to regulate by training.
H Also written domicil.
•* Drop ate of delicate, before adding ous and ousness
13
98
ANALTTICAL MAOTAI..
Ebony ize ized izing A heavy, hard, Hack wood.
Echinus ate* ated A hedge-hog ; a prickly sheU-fith.
Eclaircise
ed
ing
mentf
Edaci
i»y
ous
Edible
Edema
tous
tose
tic
Egotistf
ical
ism§
Elastic
"y
al
Element
al
ary
ality
Elephant
ine
Elixate
Elixir
Embargo
Embassy
Embrasure
Emerald
Emery
Emetic
Emulate
Encomium
Enigma
Environ
Epicure**
Epulaiy
Epulotie
Eremite
ing
ed
s
ed ing
ador|^
s
8
es
al
ed
astil
tist
ed
ean
ation§
es
ally
Exercise 387.
Explain ed ing ationf
Greedy ness
Eatable
A dropsical swelling.
One who says much about himself.
Springy ness
arily A first principle ; an ingredient.
The largest of quadrupeds.
Exercise 388.
To extract by boiling,
A tincture ; quintessence ; a cardial.
Prohibition, or to prohibit from sailing
A solemn message ; a public functi^
An opening in a wall far cannon.
A precious stone, green in color, '
A mineral used in polishing steel.
Vomit ive
Exercise 389.
ing ion
asticH
tically tical
ing
eanismism
ical
ly
ous§ Rival ed ing
Panegyric istH ical If
tic Riddle er ingly
Surround ed ing
ize One given to luxurious living.
Festive ity
Cicatrizing ; a healing substance.
Hermit s age ical
Exercise 390.
Eruginous
Eschalot
Esculapian
Esotery ic
Pertaining to copper, or rust of coppet
A species of onion or garlic-
Pertaining toAEsculapius ;f f medical
Privacy ; secrecy.
• The final letters [tis] of echinus, are to be omitted in the derivatives. Echinats
signifies, set with prickles.
t These word are written éclaircissement—explanation.
t We have, also, the form egoist, which is used to designate a person who doubts,
or affects to doubt, the existence of every thing but himself.
§ Upon adding this suffix, the last three letters of the radical are to be dropped.
II Also, ambassador.
f Upon adding this suffix, the last two letters of the radical are to be dropped.
** This word is from Epicurus, the name of an ancient philosopher, who is said
to have taught, that all happiness lies in the free indulgence of sensual appetites.
tt The fabled god of the healing art.
will
l/torary
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
69
Esplanade
Estimate ed ing
Estivate ed ing
Estovers
Etesian
Etiquettef
Etymon
Euctical
Examen
Exchequer
Exemplar§
Exoteric
The open space in front of a citadel.
ive or Rate ed ing er
al* Summer ed ing
Necessaries allowed a tenant by law.
^XERCISE 391.
Periodical ; occurring at stated times.
The forms of civility.
s A primitive word.
Supplicatory ; thanksgiving.
èX ation er able A test ; an inquiry.
A court in England, having in charge
the public revenue ; a treasury.
ary tuiness ify ification Example s
al External ; public.
Exercise 392.
Exotic
Extraneous
Extrinsic
Facinorous
Family
Fanfaron
Furrier
i'erruginous
ally al
ness
ar|l arity
ade
y
Foreign ; a foreign plant or tree.
Foreign ; not pertaining to a thing.
External ly
Wicked in the extreme,
arize arly A household ; a race.
Blusterer§ ing
A horse-shoer ; also, a horse-doctor.
Partaking of iron.
Exercise 393. .
Farthingale s
Fasüdi
Fastigiate
Favillous
February
Fedity
Felicity
Felicitate
Femoral
Feneration
Fenestra!
Ferial§
Ferocious
Festuc
ous ousness osity ously
ed
ous ously
ed ing
ion
A hoop to spread the petticoat.
Aversion ; disdain ; disgust.
Roofed ; narrowed to the top.
Like ashes ; ashy.
The second month in the year.
Baseness
Bliss ful fully
Congratulate ed ing ion
Exercise 394.
ation
ly ness
ous inelf
Belonging to the thigh.
Usury
Belonging to windows.
Pertaining to holydays.
Fierce ly ness
A straw.
* Upon adding this suffix, the last three letters of the radical are to be dropped,
t Also, eiiquet.
X Examine, is to make a test, search or inquiry. Note that the e of examen b»
comes i in the derivatives.
^ Upon adding the suffixes, the last two letters of this word are to be dropped
II Familiar, pertaining to a family, i. e. intimate.
If The iona jestudne, signifies straw-colored.
lOO
analytical manual.
Fil aceousamentamentous
Fimbriate ed ing
A thread ; a fibre.
Fringe ed ing
Fistula* ar ous ate
Flagellate ed ing
Flageletf a ,
Flagitious ly ness
Fluctuate ed ing ion
Flummery
ForinsecaJ
Formidable ness ly§
ed
ly
ion
ness
ity
ing
ness
Fornicate
Fortuitous
Fratem
Friable
Fricassee
Frivolous ly ness ityj
Frument aceous arious ationH yfl
Fruticous
Exercise 395.
ated A reed ; a pipe ; an anal disease.
Flog ed ing
A small fiute.
Atrocious ly ness
anti Undulate ed ing ion aryî
A sort of jelly ; fulsome flattery.
Foreign ; alien.
Dreadful ness ly
Exercise 396.
ing To commit lewdness.
Accidental ly ness
ization Brotherly hood
Easy to he crumbled.
To dress in fricassee.^
Trifling Jy ness
Com, or grain.
Shrubby
Exercise 397.
Fulgurate ed ing
Fuliginous osityjly
Fundament al ally
Funer al eal
Fustigate ed ing
Gabardine s
Galaxy
Galeated
ion
ed
ing
Flash
Sooty ness
Foundation ; the lower part of the body
ate ation Burial
Cudgel ed ing
A coarse upper garment.
The milky way ; also, any splendid
assemblage.
Helmeted
Exercise 398.
Gallimatia Nonsense
Gallimaufry es A hotch-potch ; a medley.
GaUoway s Ahorse of small size,bredin Galloway.
Galvanism istj ict izej izedj A species of electricity, discovered by
Galvani.
izedt izingt Gargle ed ing
ed ing A fortress ; to put troops in a fortress.
Gargarism
Garrison
• Drop the final letter of this word, upon adding the suffixes,
t A\bo, jlageolet.
t Drop the last three letters of the radical, upon adding this suffix.
fj Here drop the last two letters of the radical. See Rule XIV.
II A fricassee is an article of food, made by cutting up chickens, rabbits, or the
like, and dressing them in strong sauce.
H Frumentation, a giving out, i. e. largess, of grain to the people :—Frumenty, an
article of food made of wheat boiled in milk.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
101
Gamilótis ity*
Gasconade ed ing
Geneva
Geniculate ed ing ion
Germinate ed ing ion
Gigantic al eanf inef
Olad ous al ate
Gladi atort atonal atet
Gondola ierf
Gordian
Talkative ness
A noted trait of the Gascons, i. e. hoast'
ing ; to boast.
Exercise 399.
A distilled spirituous liquor ; gin.
To joint, or knot.
ant* To sprout ; to bud.
Pertaining to a giant ; immense.
ation Ice y
A sword.
A fiat-bottomed boat used at Venice.
Pertaining to Gordius,^ i. e. intricate.
Exercise 400.
Gossamer y
Gramineal ousf
Gridiron s
Grimalkin
Guarantyll ed ing es
Gubemate ed ive ion orial
Guillotine IT ed ing
Gymnasium tic* tics* tically*
The down of plants ; a very thin cob¬
web.
Grassy
A sort of grate for broiling fish orfiesh.
An old caL
Warrant ed ing s
Govern ed ing ment mental
A machine for beheading ; to behead.
A place for athletic exercises.
Exercise 401.
Haberdasher y
Habergeon
Halibut
Hallelujah s
Hallucinate ed ing
Harbinger s
Harlequin s ed
Harmony ously ical
mg
ize
ist
One,who deals in small wares.
Armor to defend the neck and breast.
The name of a large JiatJish.
A song of praise and thanksgiving.
To blunder ; to err.
Forerunner s
A buffoon ; to play the buffoon.
Concord antly ant
Exercise 402.
Hebdomad
Hebete
Hecatomb
Heder
Hegemonic
Hegira
8
ate
s
al
al
al
ated
aceous
ly
ary Week é
ation ude JDuU ; blunt.
A sacrifice of a hundred oxen.
Ivy ed
Ruling
The era of Mohammed's fiight from
Mecca.*'*
* Drop the last three letters of the radical, upon adding this suiBx.
t Upon adding this sufiix, drop the last two letters of the radical. Drop, also, th«
final a of gondola, before the suffix.
t Gladiator, a sword-player: a fencer. The ancient gladiators were men, who
engaged in brutal combats for public entertainment :—gladiate, signifies, shaped liko
a sword.
fj Gordius, an ancient king of Phrygia, made a knot in the harness of his chariot,
so intricate, that a% Oracle, it is said, promised the empire of Asia to him, that could
untie it. II Also, guarantee.
T This machine derives its name from that of its inventor. ** July 16, A. D. 622.
102
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Hellebore ism*
Hepatic al
The name of certain plants.
Pertaining to the liver.
Exercise 403.
Heresy tief ticalf ticallyf
Heroienentic al ally icsf Interpreting ; explanatory.
Hermetic al ally Chemical ; perfectly close or tight
Hiatusf ionf A gap ; an opening.
Hihem al ate ated atioa Winter y ed ing
Hibernia ai4 clsmt Ireland
Hidalgo B A Spanish nobleman.
Hobgoblin s Apparition ; a spectre.
Exercise 404.
Hodiernal
Holyday§
Homily
Hnrricane
Hyacinth
Hyena
Hygeion
Hypnotic
Hysterics||
lambusji
Idiom
Idiot
Imagine
Imbecile
Imbricate
Imitate
Impannel
Inchoate
es ist^ eticalt etic|
Of or pertaining to, this day.
A festal day ; a day of rest..
Sermon s izer
A violent storm of wind.
A genus of plants ; also, a gem.
A fierce quadruped.
Healthy
Somnific
Exercise 405.
ic ical Nervous fits peculiar to womeru
icH icsIT A poetic foot.
atic atical atically Peculiar mode of expression.
ish ical ically ism** Fool ish ishly
ed ing er able Conceive ed ing er able
ity itate itated Weak ness en ened
ed ion Formed like a gutter-tile ; tiled.
ed ing or ion Copy ed ing ist
Exercise 406.
ed ing 8 Enroll ed ing s
ly ed ion ive Begun ; also, to begin.
• Helleborism, a medical preparation of hellebore.
t Before adding the suffixes, drop the last two letters of this word.
4 The last letter of the radical is to be omitted, before adding this termination.
^ Also, holiday.
II Drop the last two letters of this word, upon adding the suffixes.
* An Iambus, or Iambic, consists of one short and one long syllable. Iambics,
(fhe plural,) are verses composed of short and long syllables in alternate succession.
** The form idiotism is sometimes used to signify a peculiarity of expression,
i. e. a®' idiom ;—sometimes, mental weakness, i. e. folly ; idiocy. To explain this,
we have only to recollect, that idiot and idiom are both from the Greek iSids ; [idtos]
proper¡ peculiar; private. Idiot [iJimtií«] was applied to a private person, as op¬
posed to one in office or otherwise publicly engaged ; thence, naturally enough, to
one inexperienced, or ignorant of business alffiirs ; and, finally, to a simple, silly, or
foolish person, te which last signification, the word' is, in English, confined.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
i03
Indigene
Inimical
Instaúrate
Instigate
Insulate
ous
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ion
ion
ion
or
or
or*
A native of a place
Hostile
Reform ed
Reiorm ed ing ation er
Incite ed ing ment er
Isolate ed ing ion
Integer
Intenerate
Interest
Interim
Internal
Interpret
Intestine
Intimate
al ity ant
ed ing ion
ed ing
ed mg er
8 al
ed ing cy
Exercise 407.
ate
Whole ; entire..
To make tender.
Concern ed ing
The mean time.
Interior ly
ation Explain ed ing er
Inward s ly
ly To hint ; also, familiar.
ationf
Intrinsic
Inveigle
Irascible
Irony
Irritate
Isagogic
[taue
Itinerate
Ivory
Jacobin IT
Janitor
Janizary
January
Jehovah
Jubilee**
Jugular
al
ed
ally
ing
ness ity
ed
al
ing
ised
ing
10
Exercise 408.
Internal ; also, real ; inherent.
ment er Entice ed ing ment er
Irritable ness ity
A mode of speech, in which what is
said, is the opposite of what is meant,.
ion ory Provoke ed ing ationj ativej
Introductory
ising s Italian ; also, a kind of letter, or type.
antjl aryll Journey ed ing
Exercise 409.
ize ized ism
ant ation
The tusk of an elephant.
A violent revolutionist.
A door-keeper.
One of a body of Turkish foot-guards.
The first month of the year.
The Supreme Being ; God.
A rejoicing, or time of rejoicing.
Pertaining to the throat.
* Insulator is chiefly applied to a substance that prevents the communication of
the electric fluid, i. e. a non-conductor.
t Written, explanation.
t The k in provoke is changed into c, in this word.
^ Italicise is to print in italics,—a sort of inclining létters first used in Italy.
II Upon adding this tennination, drop the last three letters of the radical.
Y The Jacobins are said to have been so named, from their place of meeting,
which was a monastery of the monks called JacoUnes, that is, friars of the order of
the Dominicans.
** The great Jubilee, in commemoration of the wonderful deliverance from the
oppressions of Egypt, was celebrated among the Jews every fiftieth year. This year
brought a general release of all debtors, slaves, and even of lands and other posses,
sions which, by sal* or otherwise, had passed out of the hands of the original pos
eessors. Reject the ee, upon adding the suffixes.
104
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Kilderkin
Labial
Labyrinth
Laéirym
Laconict
Lainina§
Lancinate
Lascivions
ate* ated*
ian s
ary able al
al ally ism
able ar ate
ed ing ion
ly ness
Lassitude
Lateritious
Latitant
Laudanum
Laureate
Legacy
Legerdemain
Legitimate
Leviathan
Levigate
Libidinous
. Library
Licentiate
Licentious
Lieutenant
Lippitude
Litany
Litigate
Liturgy**
Lixiviumff
Loricate
Lucubrate
Lumbago§
Luxury
Macaroni
Macerate
cy ationll
ed ing ionH
es atoiil ateell
ly cy
ion
ed ing ion
ly ness ist|l
an
s
ly ness
s cy ship
es
ed ing ion
es ic icai
al ous ate
ed ing ion
ed ing ion
inous
ous ousness ate
Exercise 410.
A small harret.
Pertaimng to the lips.
Maze y s
atoryf Tear ful
Concise ly ness
ated A thin plate, or scale.
Lacerate ed ing ioi
Wanton ly ness
Exercise 411.
Weariness
Having the nature of brick»
Ly ing hid, or concealed.
Pincture of opium.
Laureled ; also, to crown witn laurel-
ataryll Bequest s
Slight of hand ; trick.
ness Lawful ly ness
Exercise 412.
An immense water animal.
To polish ; also, to pulverize.
Lewd ly ness
A collection of hooks ; place for hooks.
One who is licensed.
Dissolute ly ness
A deputy ; one next, or second in rank.
Blearedness ; soreness of eyes.
Exercise 413.
A form <fprayer for public worship.
To contest in law.
A formulary of public prayers.
Lye
To plate over.
To study or compose by candle-light.
A pain in the loins and back.
Voluptuousness ; a dainty.
Exercise 414.
ious|I
ation
ory
ant||
ic A kind of edible paste ; a droll ; a fopi.
ed ing ion To make lean.
• Labiate signifies lipped, or lip-like ; as, a labiate corol, in Botany. Before add«
ing ate and ated, drop the suffix al of labial.
t Lachrymatory, a vessel designed for the preservation of tears.
Í The inhabitants of ancient Laconia cultivated brevity of speech with so great as«
siduity, that the term, laconic, came forcibly to signify concise, pithy, pointed.
§ Drop the last letter of this word, upon adding the suffixes,
jj Upon adding this termination, drop the last three letters of the radical.
Y Laureation is applied to the act of conferring University degrees.
•* See Note to Rule XI.
+t Drop the last two letters of this word, upon adding the suflixes.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
105
Machinate ed ing ion or Contrive ed ing anee er
Madrigal a A little pastoral poem.
Magazine A store-house ; a repository.
Magister iai ate* atic acy A master.
Magnesiaf an A white alkaline earth.
Mahogany A very hard and beautiful wood.
MohammedJ
Majesty§
Malady
Malapert
Malison
Malle ate
Mandarin
Mandible
Exercise 415.
an anize «msm A celebrated false proj^et of Arabia.
ic ical icaUy Grandeur
es Disease s
ly ness Saucy ly ness
8 Malediction s
ed ing ion able]] To hammer out.
8 A Chinese magistrate, or gvoemor.
« ar^ The jaw.
Mandúcate
Mania
Manifest
Manoeuvre
Mantiger
Mantua
Marasmus
Margarite
ed
act
ed
ed
Exercise 416.
mg
acal
ing
ing
ly
ory
ness
ed
mg
ly
ory
ness
Masticate
Madness
Clear ed ing
Manage ed ing
A large monkey, or babbon.
A laAfs goum, or dress.
A wasting away of the ßesh ; atro^y.
Pearl
Exercise 417.
Marital
Marmalade
Marmoset
Martingal
Masculine
Masquerade**
Massacre
Mathematicsf
s
s
ly
ness
ed
ed
mg
mg
al ally ian
Relating to a husband.
The pulp of quinces boiled with sugar.
A little monkey.
Curb-strap fastened to a horse's girth.
Male ; also, strong ; robust.
An assembly of persons masked.
Murder s ed ing
The science of quantity.
* In adding ate, atic, and acy, Rule XIII. applies. The form magistrate, desig.
nates an officer invested with executive or judicial powers.
t Drop the last letter of this word in forming the derivative.
t Mohammed, or, as the name is conrunonly written, Mahomet, commenced his
wonderful career of imposture in the early part of the seventh century. He passed
for a prophet, honored of Heaven with extraordinary revelations to mankind ; and,
partly by artifice, but chiefly by force, succeeded in establishing a sort of mongrel
system of belief and practice,—Pagan, Jewish and Christian, which, to this day,
forms the religion of a great part of the eastern world.
§ See Note to Rule XI.
II Drop the last thaee letters of the radical, upon adding this termination.
IT Written, mandibular.
** Masquerade, as a verb, is to assemble in masks ; to go in disguise.
14
106
AMALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exercise 418.
Matutine al
Matriculate ed
Mausoleum* s
Maxillar y
Maximum
Meanderf
Median
Mediocre
Medullar
Melior
Mendacious
Mendicant
Mephitic
Mercenary
Mercuryll
Milit
Millesimal
Miniate
Minimum
Mirador
Mitigate
Moiety
Molasses
Morocco
ing
an
ed
s
ist ism
ity al
ion
mg
ic
ist
lan
icst
Pertaining to Oie rnorning ; early.
To enroll ; to admit to membership.
Monument s al
Pertaining to the jaw.
The greatest amount.
A winding course ; to wind.
A machine ; an engine.
Middling ; middle rate.
Exercise 419.
ated ating ationity
ty§
s cy
ity§ ate§
Pertaining to, or consisting of marrou
Better ed ing ment ness
Lying ; false.
Beggar s y
Foul ; noxious.
es Venal ; hired ; also, a hireling.
fyll ficationjl One of the ancient gods ; a planet
quicksilver.
iaii atell ant ary A soldier.
Exercise 420.
ness
alist
8 ed ing ure*
8
ed
ing ion ive
The Oumsandth.
To color or tinge vñth vermilion.
The smallest amount.
Balcony es
Soften ed ing
Half es
Treacle
Afine kind of leather.
* Artemisia, wife of Mausolas, an ancient king of Caria, whose death had ren¬
dered her extremely disconsolate, erected, in honor of her husband, one of the noblest
monuments of antiquity. The monument was called Mausoleum,—a name ever
since applied to any splendid sepulchral structure.
t This word is from Mteander, an ancient river of Asia Minor, remarkable for its
intricate turns and windings.
} Mechanics, the science of motion, or of moving forces ; literally, the science of
machines.
§ Drop the last three letters of the radical, upon adding this suffix.
II The leading office of Mercury, though many and various he had, was that of
messenger of the other gods. He is usually represented as having a winged cap [pe-
tasus] and winged sandals, [talaría,] with which he could perform their errands with
the greatest celerity. Hence the application of his name to the metal quicksilver,
in allusion to its volatility ;—to one of the planets, because of its speed ;—and to
sprightly qualities, as belonging to one born under the influence of that planet.
Mercurify is to obtain mercury from metallic minerals : mercurification, the act of
mixing with quicksilver.
Y The form militia, literally signifies soldiery, but is now restricted to bodies of
men, enrolled, and trained in military movements, though not brought into actual
service in war, except in cases of emergency. Militate is, to serve as a soldier, i. a
to fight ; to war ; to oppose.
** Miniature, a small painting or delineation ; a small portrait.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
107
Mosquito* es
Mountebank s ery
Mulatto es
Mulbeny
Muliebrity
Muria\ atet ated atic
Mussulman s ish
Mutilate ed ing ion
Myriad s
Myrmidon§ s
Mystery ous ouslyousness
Narcotic al ally ness
Nauseaf ate ated ous
Necessary ly ity|| itate|I
Negotiate ed ing able||
Nemorous al|l
Nepotism IT
Nolition
November
Novenary es
Novercal
Nugacity ious||
Numismatics
Nummary ular||
Nundinary al|l ation||
Obelisk
Oblivion iousll
October
Opium** ate+f
Exebcise 421.
A Icind of stinging ßy, or gnat.
Quack s ery
.One whose parents are a white and a
Hack.
The fruit of a tree of the genus moras.
Womanhood.
Strong brine, or pickle.
Mohammedan s
or To cut off; to cut short ; to maim.
Exercise 422.
The number of ten thousand.
A rude soldier ; a desperate ruffian.
A secret ; something hidden.
Torporific al ally
ousness Sickness at the stomach ; loathing.
itousll That must be ; indispensable.
antll To transact business ; to treat with.
Woody
Exercise 423.
Favoritism to relatives.
Unwillingness
The eleventh month of the year.
The number nine.
Pertaining to a step-mother.
The quality of being trifling ; futility
The science of coins and medals.
Pertaining to coin or money.
Exercise 424.
Pertaining to a fair, or market day.
A square stone, gradually diminishing
from the base to the summit.
Forgetfulness
The tenth month of the year.
The inspissated juiee qjf poppies.
* Also written musqueto, musketoe, and moscheto.
+ Drop the final letter of this word, upon adding the suffixes.
t Muriate is the name applied to a salt formed by mm-iatic acid combined with a .
base.
§ The Myrmidons, a people of ancient Tbessaly, derived their name, according to
some, from Myrmidon, their sovereign ; according to others, from a Greek word
signifying ants : the fabulous account of them being, that they were origi¬
nally ants, and were changed by Jupiter into men. "They accompanied Achilles to
the Trojan war, and were daring and desperate imiction. Hence the application
of their name to all persons of like character.
II Upon adding this termination, drop the last three letters of the radical.
Y Nepotism, from the Latin nepos, which generally signifies a nephew, is used in
reference to the corrtspt promotion of any relative.
** The last two letters of this word must he dropped, upon adding the suffixes.
tt Opiate, made of, or having tlie quality of opium ; also, a soporific medicine
108
analytical manual.
Optim ism* kt acy* The best.
Opulent ce ly Rich es ly
Orbity nde ationf titate of being bereaved vf parents or
children.
^ Exercise 425.
A place for musicians ; a band of mu¬
sicians.
A southern constellation.
An instrument to show the motions of
the planets.
ion cry To move backwards and forwards.
antf ion Y awn ed ing
kmf itef To banish ; to expel.
ation • Food ; aliment.
A covered carriage, borne on merfs
shoulders. _ ^
Exercise 426.
Orchestrai
s
Orion
Orrery§
es
Oscillate
ed
ing
Oscitate
ed
ing
Ostracizell
ed
ing
Pabulum IT
ar
ous
Palanquin
Palaver
Palestralir ic ical
Palladium**
Palliate ed ing
Palpable ness y
Palpitate ed ing
Pantaloon
Papaverous
Paragon
Parasang
Paregoric
Paritor
Idle talk ; flattery.
ian Relating to the exercise of wrestling.
A statue of Minerva ; a defense.
ion ive To cloak, or cover ; to extenuate.
ity That may he felt ; plain ; obvious.
ion To beat, or throb ; to flutter.
A garment for males ; a buffoon.
Having the nature, or quality of poppy.
Exercise 427.
Pattern » s
A Persian measure of length.
Assuaging; amedicine that eases patn.
A beadle ; a summoner of civil courts
• Optimism, the doctrine that all things are ordered for the best: optimacy, the
nobility, or body of the nobles.
t Drop the last three letters of the radical, upon adding this suffix,
t Also written orchestre.
§ This contrivance was so named in honor of the Earl of Orrery,
jj Among the ancient Athenians, persons deemed dangerous to the state, were '
condemned to exile in the manner following. Each person inscribed upon a shell
[oarpaKoe, ostracon] the name of the person, whom it was his wish to banish. If,
upon counting the votes given, the name of the same individual appeared upon a
majority of 6000 shells, that person was sentenced to banishment for ten years.
Hence we have the forms ostracize and ostracism, which latter signifies the act of
banishing in the manner just described. Ostracite, is applied to an oyster shell in
the fossil state. '
T The last two letters of this word must be dropped, upon adding the suffixes.
** Palladium is from Pallas, one of the names of Minerva. This celebrated statue,
about which so many wonders have been related, was destined, it was said, as long
as preserved, to be a sure source of safety to ancient Troy. Palladium has, hence,
come to be applied to any thing, upon the preservation of which, the safety of an¬
other thing depends.
ANALYTICAL IIANITAL.
109
■ Parsimony
Paucity
Pavilion
Pectinal*
Peculiar
Peculate
Pecuniary
Penetrate
Penury
Petronel
Petulant
Pharisee*
ous ousness ously Sparingness in use or expenditure.
Fewness
s ed Tent s ed
ated ation Pertaining to, or like a comb.
S
ed
oils
aict
ize
ing
ive
ously
ly
Exercise 428.
ly ness Belonging to one alone ; appropriate.
ion or To defraud the public.
Monetary
antf ablef Pierce ed
ousness Poverty
A horserruuCs pistol.
. Peevish ness . ly
aicalness aism One of an ancient Jetoish sect.
Pharmacy aceuticf
Phillipic§
Phthisis'^
Phylacterll
Picaroon
Pilaster
Pillorj'
Pimentall
Pinnacle
Pioneer
Placable
Plagiary
Platonic*
Plebeian
Pleurisy*
Pneumatics
Podagrical
Polemic
ize ized
ic ical
ic ical
s
8 I
es ed
s ed
s
ness ity
ist ism
ist ism
s
tic tical
icf icalf
al
Exercise 429.
The art of preparing substances for
medicine.
izing A discourse containing hitter invective.
Consumption
ed Amulet ; a charm against evil.
Plunderer s
A small square column, or pillar.
ing A machine to punish criminals, having
holes for the head and hands.
A kind of spice ; Jamaica pepper.
Exercise 430.
Turret s ed
One that goes before to clear the way.
Appeasable ness
Literary theft ; a thief in literature.
ize ized Relating to Plato ; purely intellectual.
One of the common people.
Inflammation of the pleura.**
Science of air ; also, doctrine of spirits.
Exercise 431.
Gouty
Controversial
* Drop the last two letters of this word, upon adding the suffixes.
t Upon adding this suffix, drop the last three letters of the radical.
* Pharisaic, pertaining to the Pharisees, i. e. formal ; hypocritical. The Phari¬
sees were a sect remarkably strict in ceremonial observances, and of very lofty pre¬
tensions to holiness.
* § This word, first applied to certain orations of Demosthenes against Phillip, king
of Macedón, came afterwards to be a general epithet for any bitter, acrimonious
piece of invective. Drop the final letters ic, upon adding the suffixes.
II Also, phylactery. Among the Jews, the phylactery was a slip, or bandage of
parchment, with some memorable passage of Scripture inscribed, which was worn
on the forehead, neck Jr breast, as an indication of religiousxharacter.
Y Also written pimento.
** The pleura is a thin membrane lining the thorax, or chest
110
ANALYTICAL MANCAL.
Pollicitation
PoUinctor
Pomandftr
Pomatum
Prap^natic
Prodigal
Prodigy
Propagate
Provender
Prunello
Puberty
Puerile
Pulchritude
Pyramid
8 . ed
al ally
ity ly
ing
alness
ist*
Promise
One that prepares dead bodies for hit-
rial or embalming.
A ball of powder perfumed ; sweet hall.
Perfumed ointment for the hair.
Meddlesome ; officious.
Wasteful ness ly
Exercise 432.
ous ously ousnesses Anjj thing astonishing or monstrous.
ed ing ion ablef To spread, or extend.
Food for beasts.
A kind of silk stuff.
Ripe age in manlcind.
ity Childish ness
Beauty
al ical ically oid A solid having a square, triangular or
polygonal base, and ending in a
vertex.
Exercise 433.
Quantity ative itive
Querimonious ly ness
Quinary
Quirister s
Quixotic ism*
Quotidian s
Rabato 8
Ridotto 8
Amount ; bulk ; weight.
Querulous ; complaining.
Consisting of five.
Chorister s
Like Don Quixote, i. e. absurdly r<h
mantic.
Daily ; any thing occurring daily.
A neckband.
An assembly ; a musical entertainment.
Rodomant
Ruminate
Runagate
Sacharine
Sacerdotal
Sadduceet
Sagamore
Saginate
Sagitt
Salamander
ade
ed ing
s
ed ing
al
ary
ine
Exercise 434.
A braggart ; a ranter.
ion antf To chew over again ; to meditate.
A fugitive ; a renegade.
Sugary
Priestly
One of an ancient Jewish sect.
An Indian chief.
F atten
Exercise 435.
ate§ arius§ An arrow.
A kind of lizard fabled to live in fire.
* Drop the last two letters of the radical, before adding this suffix.
+ Drop the last three letters of the radical, upon adding this suffix,
t The Sadducees denied the doctrine of the resurrection and of angelic existences
They were a sort of freethinkers.
§ Sagittate, formed like the head of an arrow :—Sagittarius, [the archer,] the
name of one of the signs of the Zodiac.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Ill
Saliva*
Salubrious
Salvable
Sanhedrim
Sardonic§
Satellite
Saturnian[|
Savanna
ScaTamouch
Scavenger
Scholium 51
Scimitar**
Scintillate
Scrofula*
Scrutiny*
September
Sepulchre
Sequester
Seraglio
Seraskier
Serenade
Shibboleth
Sibilant
Sillabub
al
ly
"y
8
ed
ize
al
ed
'8
ary
tyî
ious
ine| aliani
ing
ized
ed
ate
ed
Healthful ly ness
That may he saved.
I The súfreme council among the Jem.
Forced ; feigned ; involuntary.
A follower ; a secondary flauet.
Exercise 436.
Relating to Saturn ; golden ; haffy.
An extensive of en flain ; prairie.
A hvffoon in motley dress.
One who cleans the streets.
A comment ; exflanatory remarle.
A short sword used by the Turks.
ion antt Sparkle ed ing
The disease, commonly caUed king'»
evil.
ous
ing
Exercise 437.
eer Search
Btioni
ed ing er
The ninth month of the year.
ing Grave ; tomb ; to bury.
ation able To mthdraw ; to sef arate.
Palace of the Turkish Sultan ; harem.
A Turkish general.
An entertainment of music at night in
Ofen air.
The characteristic, or criterion of a
farty.
Exercise 438.
Hissing
A liquor made of wine or cider mixed
vnlh milk.
* The last letter of this word is to be dropped, before adding the suffixes,
t Salivate is, to excite chiefly by mercurial preparations, extreiordinary discharges
of saliva ; to purge by salivary discharges.
} Drop the last three letters of the radical, before adding this termination.
tj Among the products of ancient Sardinia, was a species of wild parsley, or other
herb much resembling it, which proved mortal to every one that ate of it ; causing
its victim to have such contractions of the nerves, such involuntary motions of the
muscles, as to appear to be in a fit of laugiiter in the very moment of death Hence,
the phrase. Sardonic grin, or smile.
H Saturnian, in reference to the blissful reign of Saturn, often styled the golden
age, came, hence, to signify, happy :—Saturnine, because, according to the astrolo¬
gers, persona bom under that planet are distinguished for a grave, demure tum of
mind, is applied to what is, sad ; dull; heavy ; Saturnalian, from Saturnalia, the
feasts of Satum, which were characterized by licentiousness and riot, has, accord-
ingly, the meaning, ioofce; dissolute; licentious.
Y Also, scholion. Plural, scholia.
** Also, scymitar and cimeter.
112
ANALYTICAL MANtTAL.
Simony*
Sinister
Sirocco
Skeleton
Solecismf
Solicit
Sovereign
Spatula
The buying or selling of church pre ■
ferment.
ly ens ottsly On the left ; evil ; inakispicious.
A pernicious periodical wind in Italy.
The hon.es of an animal, cleaned, and
preserved in their natural position.
istt istict izet An impropriety in language.
ed ing ous ation Entreat ed ing y
Exercise 439.
ty ize ized ly
Sphacelus§ ate
Stiletto s
Stipulate ed
Subsidy es
Succulent ce
Suffocate ed
Superable
Surgeon II
Tafferel
Taffeta
TantalizeiT ed
Tantamount
Termagant cy
Tesselate ed
Tesseraic
Testaceous
Testudo**
Theorem
ated ating
ing ion
ary
ing
ion
ive
A supreme ruler.
An utensil used by apothecaries to
spread plasters.
Gangrene ate ated ating
A small dagger.
To settle terms ; to contract.
Aid in money ; a supply.
Juicy ness
Choke ed ing
eryt icalî
ing
Exercise 440.
That may he overcome.
One that cures by manual operations.
2'he upper part of a ship''s stern.
A glossy thin silk.
er ation To torment with disappointments.
Equivalent
T'urhulent ; a boisterous woman.
ion To form, or lay in squares ; to checker.
Exercise 441.
Being in squares ; tesselated.
Pertaining to shells ; having a shell.
inal ineousft inatedff Tortoise
ic atic atical A proposition to be proved.
ing
• Simony, literally, the act, or practice of Simon, who offered to buy with money,
■from the Apostles, the gift of the Holy Ghost.
t The people of Soli, a town of Cilicia, originally founded by a colony of Athe¬
nians, had so degenerated from the pure dialect of the parent city, that every sort of
impropriety or incongruity of language wa.s proverbially styled a solecism.
t Drop the last three letters of the radical, before adding this termination.
§ Upon adding the suffixes, drop the last two letters of this word.
II A contraction of chirurgeoiu
IT Tantalus, king of Lydia, according to an ancient fable, was condemned for his
crimes to suffer, in the lower world, the miseries of perpetual hunger and thirst
Though boughs laden with delicious fruits hung directly over his head, and the water
of the pool in which he was placed, came up to his very chin, both instantly receded,
the moment he attempted to partake of them. Hence the word, tantalize.
** Drop the last letter of this word, before adding the suffixes,
tt Testudineous, having the form or nature of a tortoise shell :—Testudinated,
shaped like a tortoise shell, i. e. roofed, arched.
analytical manual.
113
Theo^*
• Theriac
Titillalo
Tolerate
etic
al
ed
ed
Tournament
Truculent
Tremendous
Ubiquity
Uliginous
Umbilio
Ungulate
Vaticinate
Venerate
Veirial
Venison
Vertebre
Vestibule
Vhninalt
Violate
Virulent
ce
ly
ary
etical ist ize Speculation ; a scheme or system.
An antidote.
ing ion Tickle ed ing '
ion aacef ablef Suffer ed anee able
Exercise 443.
A mock combat or encounter ; a tilt.
Fierce ; savage.
Terrible; astonishing.
Omnipresence
Muddy ; slimy.
Pertaining to the navel. ^
Hoof-shaped.
Prophesy ed ing
ness
ariness
al ate ated
ed ing ion alf
Exercise 44.3.
ed
ness
ing
ed
ing
al
s
eous
ed ing
ly ce
ion ablef Reverence
Pardonable ness
Flesh of beasts taken in the chase',
, deer''s flesh.
A joint of the spine.
Porch es
Pertaining to tvAgs.
ion ablef To injure ; to break.
Venomous; malignant.
Exercise 444.
Vitriol
Vituperate
Voluntary
Voluptuary
Wednesday
Whitsuntide§
Zodiacll al
ate
ion
ic ous
ed ing
ly ness
ousf ouslyf ousnessf
8
izable.4 mineral salt ; copperas.
ive Censure ed ing
Spontaneous ly ness
One given up to luxurious enjoyment.
The fourth day of the week.
The season qf Pentecost.
A great circle in the heavens, contain¬
ing the tioelve Signs.
» Drop the last letter of this word, before adding the suiHxes.
t Upon adding this suffix, drop the last three letters of the radical,
t Upon adding the suffixes, drop the last two letters of this word.
§ Compounded of the three words, white, Sunday and tide. The season of Pen¬
tecost weis so named from the circumstance, that the new converts in primitive times,
appeared at church, from Easter to Pentecost, in white garments.
II Zodiac, from a Greek word, diminutive of ¿w»',] meaning an animal,
signiñes containing, or consisting of animals; this great circle of Consteilationa
being so called, from their supposed resemblance to the figures of certain animals.
15 .
114
ANAL7TICAI. MANtTAL.
SECTION xvn.
THE SIMPLE PREFIXES,
Perfect familiarity with the form and force of each of the prefixes
defined and illustrated in this Section, is absolutely necessary to the
proper study of the extensive and important class of words, that come
next in order to be treated. The predominant signification, in each
case, is indicated by a word in small capitals, while the other defi¬
ning terms are, for Üie sake of distinction, printed in italics. In every
instance, no little care should be taken to point out, and fix upon the
pupil's mind, this primary and prevailing power, whatever be the par-
ticular word or words employed to express it. Thus, in explaining
Ah, which stands first in the list, and which is well enough defined or
translated, in most cases, by such words as from, away, off, or apart,
examples suificient should be given and so explained, as to show that
its everywhere prevalent force is to express separation—^the parting of
one thing from another.
Those prefixes which, besides their ordinary meanings, have certain
special powers, or uses, and are thence classed as negative, privative,
intensive or euphonic, will require particular care ; since without this,
there is great and constant liability to error. And as these terms
must frequently occur in pursuing this study, and should, therefore,
be well understood, the following definitions are given to be commit¬
ted by the pupil.
DEFINITIONS.
I.
A NEGATIVE PARTICLE is One that indicates or implies the denial or
absence of that which is expressed by the radical j as, iflegal, not le¬
gal : unshapen, without shape, or not shaped.
II.
A PRIVATIVE PARTICLE* is One that indicates the privation, or dis¬
possession of that which is denoted by the radical ; as, disarm, to take
out of ike state of being armed, i. e. to deprive of arms.
III.
An INTENSIVE PARTICLE is One that serves to give additional force to
the meaning of the word with which it is combined ; as, exasperate,
to make very, or exceedingly^ angry.
* As the distinction between negative and privative particles, is very likely to be
misunderstood by young pupils, care should be taken to make it plain. This is easily
done by resort to examples. Thus, in dislike, which means I do not like, we have
dis plainly negative ; while in disarm, which means to deprive of arms, the same
particle has a privative power,
t Notice, that Ex in exasperate, whiph properly means out, or eut of, has not
analytical manüal.
115
IV.
An EUPHONIC PARTICLE is 006 that serves merely to produce an
agreeable sound ; as, ameliorate, for meliorate.
The prefixes, like the suffixes, occasion by their union with radi¬
cals, the necessity of certain euphonic changes ; which, though not
made with that regularity, nor with that frequency observable in the
case of the latter, are, nevertheless, both regular and frequent enough
to justify a statement of the circumstances under which they are found
to take place. And, as in that form, they are most likely to arrest the
scholar's attention, they are here presented as
RULES
foe the formation of derivative words by means of prefixes.
Rule I.
The final vowel of a prefix is often omitted, before a radical that
begins with a vowel ; as, anti-arctic, awiarctic ; para-ody, parody.*
Rule II.
The final consonant of a prefix, is generally assimilated to the ini¬
tial consonant of the radical ; as, ad-nex, annex ; sui-fix, su/fix.
Rule III.
In some instances, the final consonant of a prefix, instead of being
assimilated to the initial consonant of the radical, is rejected ; as, ad¬
vert, avert ; con-regent, co-regent.
Rule IV.
Between the prefix and the radical, is sometimes inserted a mere
letter of union ; as, bi-ocular, binocular.
In preparing his exercises, the pupil will have little, or no occasion
to make the changes which these rules prescribe ; since, to prevent
embarrassment and mistake, they are, for the most part, already made
for him. This, however, should not release him from the duty of be¬
coming familiar with them, and understanding their application.
In this and thé next section, it will be noticed, that the radicals are
not separately defined, but explained in connection with the prefixes.
here its apprepriale sense, but, serving merely to indicate a higher degree of anger, is
accordingly defined by the word very, or exceedingly. In this book, intensive par¬
ticles are uniformly defined by such words as very, exceedingly, fully, thoroughly,
completely. *
* When both vowels are retained, they are sometimes separated by the hyphen
Of the diœresis ; as, pre-establish, or preëstablish.
(
116
ANALYTICAl HANT7AI..
To determine, in eadi instance, what part of the definition belongs to,
or is intended for the radical portion of the derivative, one has only to
direct attention to those words not in Italics, and not inclosed in brack,
ets. In many cases, the radical is deemed sufficiently simple without
a defining word ; accordingly, it appears in the definition, joined with
that word, or those words only, tiiat serve to explain the prefix.
Exercise 445.
Ab*
Abs
A
Adt
Ac
Af
H
Al
An
Ap
Ar
As
At
At
All
Al§
' Am
Amb
Ambi
Amphi
Ante
Anti
Ant
. FROM ; away ; off; apart.
.dfesolve,
.dbstrrtde,
.4 vert,
Adpm,
Accredit,
4/Bx,
Agglutinant, sticking to.
to free from.
to push or thrust away.
to turn aroay or from.
to join to.
to give credit to.
to fix to.
Afligate,
to ; towards ; at ; near } Annex,
on; to make. Append,
Arrogant,
Assimilate,
Attracting,
Ascribe,
Exercise 446.
WHOLLY ; completely ; en- AZZ-just,
tirely. Aiready,
Amputate,
about; around; doubtful ;
double.
to bind or tie to.
to join to.
to hang to.
claiming to [one's selfi]
to make like car similar to.
drawing to or towards.
to write or mark down to
{one's account.]
entirely just.
completely ready,
to cut round, and henee,
to cut off.
going around.
Ambilogy, talk or language.
Amphibious, having, as it were, a dou¬
ble liio or nature.
before ; previous ; in front. Antecedent, going before.
AGAINST ; opposite ; corres- Antipathy, a feeling against,
pondent. Antarctic, opposite to the arctic.
* This particle, especially the form a, is often negative or privative,
f Notice here, that d, the final letter of ad, is nine times assimilated by Rule IL
and once rejected by Rulé III. ; making, in all, ten forms of this one particle, be-
oide the primitive one.
t This form of the prefix ad, must not be confounded with the a above, which is
from ah, and has^ accordingly, a meaning exactly opposite. That particle a, how.
ever, which denotes privation or negation, is in most instances, as the classical scholar
will instantly perceive, the Greek alpha privative or negative, though here ranked
as a farm of ah. With this distinction, however, the mere English scholar need not
be troubled ; siuce ah, considered as a privative, has precisely the same force as the
privative or negative alpha of the Greek. For a similar reason, the Saxon prefix a,
,is not, in the text, distinguished from a, the abridged form of ad, which is a Latin
preposition.
§ All, when not separated fiom the radical by a hyphen, rejects one I.
analyticai. manval.
117
Ana
A.po
Apli
Be
Bene
Bi
Cata
Cath
Cis
Circum
Circu
Contra
Contre
Counter
Con
Co
Com
Cog
Col
Cor
Def
Demi
Dia
Dicho
Disí
Djf
Di
Dys
up; again? apart.
FROM % off ; atoay.
Exercise 447.
Anadromons,
Apostatize,
runmng, or passing up.
to stand away from, that
is, to forsake,
the taking [of an initial
letter or syllable] from,
[a word.]
near, or hy the side of.
doing well or good.
itoo-fold.
near ; hy ; over ; to make.Beside,
weli. ; good. jBeneficent,
TWO ; apart. Bifold,
' against; down ; ill; ac- Catabaptist, one who is against baptism.
I cording to. CathxXic, completely* universal.
on this side. Cisalpine, «n this side of the Alps.
Exercise 448.
around ; ahout.
Contradict,
against ; opposite ; cor- ^
respondZ: Controvert,
Counterpart,
Convoke,
Co-partner,
Commix,
with ; within ; together ¡ Cgnate,
joint; liJce; to make. Cofloctttion.
» Corrival,
Circumfluent, flowing around.
CHrcuition, the act of going around.
to speak against, or in
opposition to.
to turn against [in dis¬
pute,] i. e. to dispute,
correspondent part,
to call together,
u joint partner,
to mix together,
bom together ; hence, al¬
lied by blood,
the act of speaking to¬
gether.
arival îoitfe [another,] i. e.
a fellow rival.
Exercise 449.
from ; down; off ; to causeDepart,
or make. Dejected,
half. Demi-wolf,
through ; thoroughly; to- Diameter,
geiher.
apart ; in tu» parts. Dichotomize, to cut in two.
Zlislend, to stretch apart.
Disable,
apart; separately; away;
not. Dî/fident,
Dilacérate,
ill ; had ; difficult. Dyspnoea,
to part from.
cast down.
half-vio\i.
the measure [i. e. a right
line] through.
to take out of the stale <f
being able.
not trusting [one's self.]
to tear apart,
difficult breathing.
* Here note that Cath ^ catholic is merely intensive,
t De is not nnfrequently a privative ; and occasionally a mere intensive.
1 The most common use of Dis, is to express privation or negation. In a fori
tases, however, ä is intensive ; in fewer still, euphonic.
118
analyticai« manuai..
£
£x
£c
Ef
Extra
Exercise 450.
Eject,
. r -L -Exceed,
out ; ovX of •, from ; be- eccentric,
ycmd-
^fluxion,
betond. extray&goxaf
Epi ON ; lipon. ; over ; during.Episœpy,
En î in ; into ; to put, or cause Enclose,
Em i tobe in. Embroil,
Eu WELL ; good; easy; agree-Euphony,
able.
Exercise 451.
to cast out.
to go beyond.
out of, or deviating_/r(Wn
the centre,
the act of flowing out.
wanderinfi: beyond [dua
limits.]
a looking over, i. e. super¬
intendence,
to close in.
to put in a broil or tumult.
agreeable soimd.
For
Fore
Hemi
Hypo
Hyper
In*
Im
Ik
Intro
Infra
Inter
Enter
Juxta
Male
Mai
Metaf
Meth
Mis
Non
against; off; aside.
before; beforehand.
balf.
under.
over; above.
in ; into ; upon ; not
make ; put in.
Eorfend,
Forebode,
Hemisphere,
Hypercúüc,
/»spirit,
/mbrown,
to /gnoble,
Elegible,
/rruptive.
to fend or pany off.
to show beforehand,
half a sphere.
Hypothecate, to place under [pledge,]
i. e. to pledge,
one who is over critical,
to put, or excite spirit in.
to make brown.
not noble.
that can not be read,
breaking or rushing in
or upon.
Exercise 452.
within; inward.
beneath ; below.
/ntrospection, a looking within.
Inframnndme, beneath the world.
between ; among ; mur Intervene, to come between.
tually ; in the midst of. Eniertissued, woven between.
near ; side by side with. Juxtaposition, position, near, or beside.
ILL ; had; ovil. Mrlcvolent, washing ef [to others.]
MaLiormaUon, ly, or bad formation.
Metamorphose, to form differently, i. e.
I BETOND ; differently ; af-
j ter; according to. Method,
Exercise 453.
wrong; erroneously.
not.
Misgaide,
iVbn-juring,
M •
to iransform.
afier, or according to a
way, or maimer.
to guide wrong,
not swearing, or taking
the oath.
* As« general thing. In, when prefixed to verbs and participles, signifies in, into,
en or upon ; when united with other parts of speech, it is a negative. Like Dis,
however, it will be found sometimes to add nothing to the meaning of the radical, or,
at most, merely to give some slight degree of intensity.
t The predominant power of Meta, is to express change ot transference. It ia
therefore, often equivalent to trans.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
lis
Ne
Ob
Oc
Of
Op
Off
Out
Over
Para
Par
Pen
Per
Peri
Per
Post
NOT.
Neither,
Oivious,
, . . J Occluse,
in front ; before ; towaras ; Qffgj
against ¡ mnhe. J
down ; to make.
FROM ; opposite.
BEYOND ; better ; more.
Oppress,
O^scouring,
Outrun,
Exercise 454.
ABOVE ; beyond ; too.
Ouershoot,
Parasol,
from ; against ; near ; side p^j^odv
by side.
almost ; nearly. Peninsula,
through; thoroughlyí by. Perforate,
around; about; near. Perimeter,
forth ; forward.
after.
Pre before ; previously.
Porrection,
Poíípone,
Prejudge,
Exercise 455.
not either.
goingin front or before;
hence, open, plain,
shut or closed against.
to bear before, [one;]
hence, to present,
to press against or
down.
that which is scoured
off or from, i. e. the
refuse,
to run beyond.
to shoot beyond.
[a small canopy to
shield]/roOT the sun.
an ode, or song [which
is but an alteration]
from [another.]
almost an island.*
to bore through.
the measure around,
[a body or figure,]
i. e. its limits,
a stretchingybrtA.
to place after, i. e. to
put off.
to judge beforehand.
Preter
Pro
Re
Retro
Semi
Sub ■
Sue
Suf
Sug
Sup
Sur
Subter
beyond ; past.
fore ; forth ; forward ;
place of; according to.
again ; back ; against.
backwards.
half.
under ; after ; aside ;
place of; smaller.
Preternatural,
in Produce,
Review,
Retrograde,
Semi-circle,
Subnascent,
Sticceed,
Suffossion,
Suggest,
in Suppress,
Surreption,
Subterßuous,
beyond the natural,
to lead or bring for¬
ward.
to view again.
to go backwards,
half a circle,
growing under.
to follow after.
the actofdigging Mn¿er.
to püt under [notice,]
i. e. to hint,
to press under, i. e. to
subdue ; to conceal,
the act of seizing under
[cover,] i. e. una¬
wares,
flowing under.
* That is, a tract of land almost surrounded by water.
120
ANALTTICAL MAmTAI..
•Exehcise 456.
Sur
Sus
Se
Sine
Super
Supra
Syn
Sym
Syl
over; heyond-
up; upward.
apart; adde.
WITHOUT ; destitute of.
over; above; beyond.
above; beyond.
Surcharge,
Sustain,
Secede,
Sinecure,
Suj7ematant,
>with
; together; alike; joint.
SyZlable,
to overload.
to hold up, i. e. to hear
to go apart, i. e. to
separate from,
[an office of profit,]
■without employment,
swimming above, i. e.
on the surface.
Supravulgar, above the vulgar.
Synopsis, a view [of things] to¬
gether, i. e. a gen¬
eral view,
feeling udlh [another,]
i. e. fellow feeling,
a taking together, i. e.
a combination, [of
letters.]
Trans
Tran
Tra
Ultra
Un*
Under
Up
With
Exercise 457.
Traneported, carried across.
. .V.,». . Transude, to8weat,orooze across,
_ACROss ; wer ; freyoná; on ox through.
the other side'of.
beyond.
not.
below; beneath; inferior.
above ; alqfl ; on high.
aoainst ; aside ; back.
or through.
Trigecting, throwing, or casting
over or across.
Ultramontane, beyond the mountain»,
Unyrke, not wise.
Unbind, to take out of the state
of being bound.
Underagent, an inferior agent.
ÏÂlift, to lift aloft.
IFiiÄstand, to stand against, i. e.
to resist.
SECTION xvin.
COMPOUND PREFIXES.
■ The prefixes are not so variously, nor so frequently combined as
the suffixes. In the exercises of this Section, therefore, though few,
the pupH may, perhaps, find examples sufficient to enable him fully to
understand both the mode of combining and defining them.
i
* Vn, prefixed to verbs and participles, is a privative ; as, Unbind, to take out of
the state of being bound. When in union with other parts of speech, it is equivalent
to the negative in, and is often interchanged with it ; asj Uncurable or /ncuratde
Uncontestable or incontestable.
Im
per
. Imperforated,
Im
per
Imperfect,
Im
pro
Improvident,
In
ad'
Iiiadvertent,
Ir
re
Irreclaimable,
ANALYTICAL 11ANT7AL. 121
Exercise 458;
not bored through, or not perforated.
not thoroughly made or done, or not
perfect.
not seeing or looking forward, or not
provident, i. e. wanting forecast.
not turning [the mind] to, or not ad-
vertent, i. e. heedless, negligent,
that can not be called hack [from vice,]
or not reclaimable.
Exercise 459.
Co
ex
Co-eortending,
stretching out [equally] with, or ca>
Fore
tending [equally] with.
ad
Pore-admonished, advised to previously, or previously ad-
, monished.
Un
in
Umnhabitable,
that can not be dwelt in, or not inhab.
itable. ' '
Un
ira
Unimpressive,
not adapted to ñx deep upon [the mind,]
Re
or not impressive.
an
i?e-annexed.
joined to again, or annexed again.
Exercise 460.
In
cora
Incomposite,
not put or placed together, or not com-
In
posite.
di
índispersed.
not scattered, or driven apart, or not
dispersed.
Ir
re
Irrevocable,
that can not be called back, or that can
not be revoked.
Mis
re
Misrepoxi,
to carry back an erroneous [account,]
Pre
■ or to report erroneously.
cora
Precompose,
to put together previously, or to com¬
pose previously.
Exercise 461.
Pre e Pre-elect, to choose out beforehand, or to elect Je- •
forehand.
Re ap iZe-apportion, to portion to again,, or to apportion
again.
Un sur ünswrpassed, not passed beyond, i. e. not exceeded.
Un pro Unprovoked, not called forth, or not provoked.
Un as Uhoesimilar, not similar to, or not aesimilar.
Exercise 462.
Re sub i?e-«ftject, to throw or cast under [power] again,
or to swJject again.
16
122 analyncal manual.
Un trans Uhtransmitted, not sent over or across, or not trans»
mitted.
Semi per Semi-perspicuous, Tialf visible through, or half persplo.
uous.
Un di Undiverted, not turned aside, or away, not diverted.
Un pre Unpredicted, notforetolà, or not predicted.
Exercise 463.
Re in iie-inspect, to look into again, or to inspect again.
Re pro jReproduce, to bring or lead forth again, or to prO-
duce again.
In co Incoherent, . not sticking together, or not coherent.
Dis ac Disaccustom, to take out of the state of ieing habitu¬
ated to, or to take out of the state of
ieing accustomed.
Un ex Unexhausted, not drawn or drained out, or not ex¬
hausted.
SECTION .XIX.
Those derivatives in which the radicals appear in union with pre¬
fixes, and upon the study of which we now more directly enter, have
come to us, at various times and through various channels, chiefly
from the Greek and Latin. The prefixes and suflixes being no\<r sup¬
posed to be well understood, nothing more is required, in order to the
right apprehension of the literal or primary meanings of this very numer¬
ous class of words, than the easy task of learning the true import of com¬
paratively a few short and simple radicals. From the literal or primary
sense, however, flow, and to it in every case must be referred, those that
are figurative or metaphorical. F or this reason, the exercises in this and
the four Sections following, have been so formed and arranged, as to
make the study of the relations existing between the literal and the
figurative significations of words, a necessary part of the pupil's duty.
He is, accordingly, first presented with an exercise containing a few
radicals defined literally,* each accompanied by particles to be prefix¬
ed ; being then expected, from his knowledge of the elements that en¬
ter into their composition, to give readily the primary meaning of each de¬
rivative thus formed. But, to give him facility in this, he must be often
and closely pressed with questions like the following :—What is the
meaning of vident Seeing, Has it a suffix ? If so, what suffix ?
* As these radicals, for the most part, both separable and inseparable, stand uni¬
ted with suffixes, care must be taken, in each instance, not to confound that part of
the definition which strictly belongs to the root, with that which is intended to ex¬
plain the eujßx. t See Exercise 464.
analytical manital.
123
Ent. What is the meaning of ent ? The same as ing, that is, con-
tinuing to. What then, is the sense of the root vid ? See. How then
may I define vident ! Seeing, or continuing to see. Is vid a separa¬
ble radical? It is not. Is Dideni separable. It is not. Why? Be¬
cause it always appears in union with a preßx. What prefixes are
here to be combined with it ? Pro and Impro. What is the meaning
of Provident ? Foreseeing. Jmprovident ? Not foreseeing. What
is the force of Im here ? Negative. What is a negative ? In this
way, the pupil will soon acquire a degree of accuracy, not otherwise
easy to be attained.
. The elements, both separately, and in combination, being well un-
derstood, the scholar then comes to an exercise, sometimes more than
one, in which the same radicals, or most of them, appear in connec¬
tion with the prefixes, the literal signification of the whole combination
stated, and the attempt made to exhibit the manner in which the figu¬
rative, or metaphorical, have arisen from the primary applications.
Those exercises in which the radicals stand apart from the prefixes,
as the first one below, are to be written according to the model [No. 4,*]
at the head of Section XXII. ; the others, according to that on page
85, No. 3.
Exercise 464.
Fro Impro vident, ) seeing, or looking.
Pro Super cm<w,f \ the act of seeing, or looking.
Con E vince,X ) to conquer ; to subdue.
Con E viction, ) the act of conquering.
ï)i Pre varicate, to go astride, or crookedly ; to deviate from a
direct course.
Di E vulgation,^ the act of spreading among the people.
Con Recon vey, > to bear, or carry.
Con De vex, S borne, or carried.
Sur Pur vey, to see, or look.
* This model [No. 4] will serve to show the mode of writing all the exercises of
the same kind in this, and the four Sections, next succeeding.
• t The design of the Brace after the radical forms vident and vision, is to
indicate their common origin. The pupil will not unhrequently find two or more kin¬
dred forms connected in this way, and may hence know that they are traceable to
the same original source.
t Note that most of these radical forms admit a number of suffixes not here set
down, thus forming numerous English words by a simple change of termination. A
good oral exercise, after the regular lesson, is to train the pupil in thus forming and
defining derivatives. The teacher will of conree guard his scholars against the error
of assuming the right to form and use words not already sanctioned by reputable cus¬
tom. From the roots above, legitimate words may thus be formed.—
Vis, visioe, visual, vistoZe, visibly, vision, visionary.
Vines, vracible, vinciblenes.
Vict, victor, vittress, victory, victorious, victoriously.
Vulg, vulgar, vulgarly, vulgarity, vulgarism, vulgaris:«, &c. &c.
Ij The root of this word is the Latin vulgos, the common people ; the populace.
124
Provide,
analytical manual.
Exercise 465.
Provision,
Convince,
Convict,
to foresee [tJiingsfor the future ;] hence,
to get ready beforehand ; to ñirnísh.
the act of providing ; anything provided,
to conquer fully [¿re argument y] hence,
to prove to one's satisfaction,
to overcome fully [one resisting a charge
of guilt,'] i. e. to prove him guilty.
Prevaricate, to go very crookedly ; hence, to shuffle •,
to quibble ; to evade.
Divaricate, to straddle apart, i. e. to separate into
two branches ; to fork,
to scatter among the people, i. e. to tell ;
to publish,
to cari^ with [one y] to bear away ; to
transfer.
carried with [ike concave, i. e. over it ;]
hence, gibbous j opposed to concave.
to look for ; ,i. e. to provide, or pro-
cure.
to look over ; to supervise ; to superin¬
tend.
Exercise 466.
Divulge,
Convey,*
Convex,
Purvey,
Survey,
ed ential
ence
al ally
ary
ed ingly ible
ed ive
ion
ed ing
or
ed ing
ion
ed ate
ing
ed ing •
anco
ity edly
ly '
ed ance
or
ed al
orship
In
Ambi
dexterity,f
quality of being dextrous.
Re
Subter
fuge,
a fleeing, or retreating.
Apo
Syn
cópate,
to cut.
In
Disin
carcerate,
to imprison.
En
De
camp,:¡:
a plain, or field.
En
Dis
courage,§
vigor of heart, i. e. valor-; bravery.
In
Ac
cend, i
to glow ; to fire, or inflame.
In
Ac
cension, ^
the act of firing, or inflaming.
Ex
Dis
cruciating,11
torturing.
* In each of the words, convey, pnrvey, and survey, the radical part vey, is, in
form, the same ; and it might thence be inferred, that the same radical sense belongs
to them all. But, as the Braces indicate, vey in convey, comes from a diíTerent root,
[vEBO, vehere, vexi, vectum,] from vey in purvey and survey, which latter [French,
voir,] like vident and vision, is from video, videre, vidi, visum, to see.
t Dexterity is from the Latin dexter, the right hand ; and, since we more readily
and skillfully use the right than the left hand, we have dextrous, dextrously, dex-
trousness and dexterity, which all imply skill or expertness.
t Camp, from the Latin campus, literally signifies a field, but is in English re¬
stricted to a field, or ground on which a body of soldiers pitch their tents.
(j Courage is from the Latin cor [unp,] the heart. The termination age indicates
spirit, action or vigor.
II Cruciating from crucio, a Iiatin verb derived from the noun erux, crucis, a
cross.
ANALTTICAI, MANUAlu
135
Exercise 467.
Ambidexter, one having, as it were, a double right
hand, i. e. one that uses both hands
equally well ; hence, also, a dou¬
ble-dealer.
Refuge, a fleeing back [from danger or dis¬
tress ;] hence, a shelter ; a retreat.
Subterfuge, a flying under [cmert to conceal
truth ;] hence, a shift ; an evasion.
Apocopate, to cut ofi" [one or more letters^ from
[ihe end of a word.]
Syncope, the cutting away [of letters from the
middle of a word.'\
Accend, to fire, or inflame.
Incend, to kindle fire in ; hence, to incense.
Incense, to inflame, or kindle [angry passionsi
in [the mind of another.
Incense, to set fire to, or bum [odorous sub¬
stances in religious nies.]
Excruci, to torture excessively.
Exercise 468.
ous ousness ity
s ee
s
ed ing ion
ated ize ist
ible ibility ed
ed iary ions
ed ment ive
ed ing ory
ated able ation
En
Ac
croach,*
En
Diaen
cumber.
Per
Trans
colate,
In
Con
culcate,
Dis
Con
color,
Sinf
Insin
cere,
Ex
Pre
cogitate,:^
Re
Pre
cognition.
Dis
Per
cutient,
Inter
Sub
cutaneous,
to hook, or draw with a hook.
to load ^ to check, or retard, as by a load.
to strain [a liquor.
to tread, or trample under foot.
to tinge ; to dye ; to paint.
wax.
to put in motion, or exercise [one's mind,]
hence, to think,
knowledge,
shaking.
pertaining to the skin.
Exercise 469.
ed
Encroach, to draw in [to one's selfl as with a hook ;
hence, to intrude ; to trespass.
Disencumber, to take out of the state of being loaded,
or embarrassed,
percolate, to strain through ; to filter. ed
er
ment
ed ing
mg ion
• From the French croc, a hook,
t See the expletnation of sincere in the next exercise.
t Cogitate, here talfen as a radical, is, in fact, a derivative of con and agito, (ab
ago,) to put in motion ; to drive. So, also, with cognition, which is from eognitus,
the perf. part, of cognosce, a verb formed from con and nosco, to know.
126
^nalyticai, manual.
Inculcate, to tread in, or upon ; and, thence, to ed ing ion
enforce by frequent repetition.
Discolor, to deprive of the natural or proper ed ing ation
color ; to alter the appearance.
Sincere, without wax, [cw honey ;] hence, clear ; ly ity est
pure ; real.
Excogitate, to think, or reason out ; to invent ; to ed ing ion
contrive.
Recogni, to know again, or to acknowledge. ize izing ition
Exercise 470.
In
De
En
Per
In
Ob
En
Epi
En
In
Ante
Post
Sur
Counter
Be
Un
Con
Dif
decorous,
dure, i
durale, S
demie,
dorse,
diluvian,
feit, }
fit, í
fide.
decent; becoming; orderly.
hard or firm.
hardened.
relating to, or affecting the people,
to back or put on the back,
pertaining to the flood,
to make or do.
to make (suitable.)
to trust or have faith.
Exercise 471.
Dedecorous, not decorous ; disgraceful.
Endure, to make hard, or unyielding [to time, ance ed ing
wear or decay ;] to last ; to suffer.
Obdurate, greatly hardened [in/»ear/;] stubborn, cy ness ion
Indorse, to put on the back [of a note, one's ment ee able
name as respomible.]
Epidemic, [a disease'] upon the people, i. e. prev¬
alent among the people.
Surfeit, to do above [measure ;] to overdo, and, ed ing er
hence, to overload [the stomach.]
Counterfeit, to make correspondent ; to imitate ed ly er
[specially, legal coin or bank notes.]
Confide, to trust with or in ; to rely upon. ent ence ential
Diffide, to be without, or destitute of trust in ; ent ently ence
to lack confidence in.
Af
Con
Con
Re
Con
Dis
Con
Dis
De
Af
Super
De
Re
Re
franchise,
flagration,
front,
fine,
fine,
sperse,
fute,
Exercise 472.
to make free.
the act of burning.
the forepart ; the face.
small ; thin ; delicate ; not coarse.
the end, bound or limit.
to scatter ; to spread.
to pour.
ilNALYTICAL MANUAL.
127
Ob In fuscate,
Con Discon gruüy.
■ to darken or obscure,
the quality of being suitable ; agreement.
Exercise 473.
ing
Disfranchise, to take out of the state of being free [as ment ed
a citizen.'^
Confront to front together, that is, to place face ed ing ation
to face.
Affront to face, or front towards [in a hostile or ed ive er
insolent manner ;] to insult.
Refine, to make very fine j to render delicate j ment ed ing •
to clarify.
Confine, to enclose within certain limits. less ment ed
Define, to limit exactly [chiefly the meaning of ition ite itive
words ;] to determine.
Confute, to pour together or mix, [as hot and
cold water j] hence, to weaken an
argument ; to disprove.
Refute, to pour back [wpon an antagonist in ar¬
gument ,■] hence, to show to be false,
or unsound.
Congru, agreeing together ; consistent.
able ed ant
able ation ed
ous ent ity
Exercise 474.
Dis Ag grace, favor.
Apo Peri gee, the earth.
II Preter, legal, lawful.
Sub* Supra* lapsarian, relating to the fall (of Adam.)
Col De liquate, to melt ; to fuse.
Pro E long, extended, or protracted.
E Pur . loin, far away.
E Inter lope, to run, or leap.
Exercise 473.
Disgrace, to deprive of favor ; to bring to shame, ed
Apogeef [that point in a planets orbit most dis¬
tant] from the earth.
Colliqu, ■ to melt together ; to dissolve.
Prolongate, to stretch forth, or lengthen out [in
space or time.]
Elongate, to lengthen out ; to remove to a dis- ed
tance.
Purloin, to take off, or away for [one's self,] i. e. ed
to steal.
ful fulness
able ated ative
ed ing ion
mg ion
ing er
• Sub here means after; supra before, t The opposite of apogee, is perigee
128
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Elope, to run off [jprivately and without leave."] ed ing ment
Interlope, to run between [parties engaged for ed ing er
mutual advantage y] to intrude to
intercept.
Bi
Ante
Meta
Dia
Unde
An ti
Ad
Im
Ad
Col
Post
Ana*
Hyper
De
Un
Per
Per
Com
lateral,
meridian,
morphosis,
meter,
moli^hed,
musical,
missible,
miscible,
mixture.
Exercise 476.
pertaining to the side,
midday ; noon,
formation,
measure.
formed into a mole, mass or pile,
containing, or pertaining to music,
capable of being, or fit to be sent,
capable of being, or fit to be mixed,
the act of mixing.
Exercise 477.
Collateral, being side with, or by side ; concur,
rent; indirect.
Metamorphose, to form differently ; to transform.
Diameter, the measure, or line through [the
centre of a figure, which divides
it into two equal parts.]
Demo?, to cast down a pile, orstructure ; to
destroy.
Permissible, that may, or can be sent or passed
through ; allowable.
Permiscible, capable of being mixed thoroughly.
Commix, to mix, or mingle together.
ly
ness
ed ing
ical ically
er
ish ishment ition
ness
ness '
ed ing ture
Exercise 478.
Be
Fore
token.
a sign.
Ex
Con
temporary, pertaining to the time.
In
De tonation,
Antepen ultimate.
the act .of sounding.
Pen
last; final.
Bene
Male
volent.
wishing, or desiring.
Con
Di
verge.
to tend, or incline.
Apo
Exf
stasy, i
a standing, or putting.
Hypo:]: Meta
stasis, V
polish, )
a standing, or putting.
Inter
Re
to make smooth and glossy ; to refine.
t Anamorphosis, literally, a formings again, or renewed formation. The word »
applied in Perspective Drawing, to any monstrous projection of a figure, by which,
at one point of view, it is made to present a form in gross deviation from nature, while
at another, it exhibits a representation exact and true,
t Also written ecstasy.
I Hypostasis, or kypostasy, literally a placing or laying under, or that which ia
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
129
Extempore,
Coaiempor,
Intone,
Detonate,
Detonize,
Converge,
Diverge,
Apostasy,*
Extasy,*
Metastasis,
Exercise 479.
\arising\ from the time, or occasion,
that is, unpremeditated,
at the time with, i. e. being or living
in the same age or period,
to make, or utter a deep, loud sound,
to sound aloud ; to explode,
to detonate; to burn with an explo-
sion.
to turn together [to the same point ;]
to bear or tend towards [the same
mark.'\
to tend, or turn apart from [a point,
as rays of light.]
a standing away, i. e. departure from
[one''s faith or profession.]
a standing, or putting [of the mind]
out of [the natural state ;] hence,
a trance ; rapture ; enthusiasm,
the putting over, i. e. removal [of a
disease from one part to another.]
aneous ally ize
aneous ary ariness
ed
ed
ed
ent
ation ated
ing ion
ing ation
ed ency
ing ent ingly
tize tical atef
tic tical
Exercise 480.
Aph Di (tresis, the act of taking.
A Di phyllous, having, or bparing leaves.
Em Disem broil, noisy strife.
Anrj: Syn archy, rule, or government.
Ad PLe-ad just, right ; proper.
Ap§ Peri helion, the Sun.
Di Subdi vide, ) to separate.
Di Subdi vision, J the act of separating.
Exercise 481.
Aphseresis, the taking [a letter or syllable] from [the be-
ginning of a word.]
Diaeresis, the taking apart or division [of a diphthong.]
Embroil, to put in noisy strife ; to perplex ; to disturb.
Anarch, one without rule, or who produces confusion.
ed
y
ing ment
ical ism
placed under, properly signifies substance or subsistence. It was, hence, used by
theological writers, to denote the distinct substance or personality of the persons in
the Godhead.
* Drop the last two letters of this word, upon adding the sufiSxes.
t Apostate is applied to a person who renounces his faith.
t An [ona] in the word anarchy, signifies, without or destitute of.
§ See apogee, in E^prcise 475, page 137.
II Vision, in the exercise above, though the same in form, is not to oe confounded
with vision, the act of seeing, [Ex. 464.] which is from a different root.
17
130
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Adjust,
Divide,
Divis,
Ab Di
to make just or exact to [ntfo or «letÄod;] ed er ment
to arrange, or order,
to separate into parts j to sever. ed ing er
to divide. ion ible ional
Exebcise 482.
lution,
the act of washing or watering.
Ad Mal-ad minister, to serve ; to supply ; one who ministers.
~ to make thin or slender.
pertaining or according to rule,
to breathe, or take breath. •
the ground ; the soil,
the act of going or passing,
a stream ; a river,
to make new.
Ex At
E Ah
In Ex
In Ex
Per Inter
Ar De
In Re
tenuate
normous,
hale,
hume,
meation
rive
novate.
Exercise 483.
AUu,
Dilute,
Extenuate,
Enorm,
Exhale,
Ferme*
Arrivef
Derive,j-
Innovate,
to wash off from ; to cleanse,
to wash apart, or thin by washing, or
watering ; to weaken by admixture,
to make very thin, or slight ; to dimin¬
ish.
beyond, or out of rule or measure ; ex-
cessive.
to breathe out, or emit ; \as vapor or
ywme,]and, generally, to draw forth,
to go or pass through ; to pervade,
to flow to, or reach [the shore or any
point'\ by water ; hence, to come to ;
to attain.
to flow from [its source,^ as a river ;
hence, to come from j also, to draw
from.
to bring in [something] new, i. e. to
change or alter.
ent tion
ion ed er
ed
ity
ed
ing ion
ously ousness
able ant
able ant
al ed
ate
ing
ed ative able
ed
ing
ion
Exercise 484.
Abs
Abs
Dis
Com
De
De
Re
Pre
Urge, i
iersive, ^
integrate,
pare.
to wipe ; to cleanse,
tending to cleanse,
to make whole ; to renew,
to make equal, flt or ready.
* The final e of this form is not to be omitted upon adding the suifixes.
t The explanations given above are founded upon the assumption, that the radi«
eal part both of arrive and derive, is the Latin n'eus, a stream.
(
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
131
Ât Con
En De
Circum Contra
Di Com
Im Inter
Im Pre
trectatim, the act of feeling or handling.
veUrp, a cover or wrapper.
vallation, the act of fortifying with a rampart.
minutim, the act of making fine or small,
mediate, middle being in the midst or between,
mature, ripe.
Exercise 485.
to wipe off ; to clear away,
to make equal with [for the purpose of
illustration ,■] to liken.
Prepare,* to make equal, or adequate beforehand atic« atory edness
[to the occasion^ hence, to make or
get ready,
to put under cover, or into a wrapper,
to uncover ; to lay open ; to unfold,
to make smaller ; to lessen,
not having [any obstacle] in the midst;
direct ; instant.
Premature, ripe before [the due season ;] happen¬
ing before the proper time.
Exercise 486.
Absterge,
Compare,*
Envelop,
Develop,
Dimin,
Immediate,
ed ing
ed ing able
ed ing ment
ed ing ment
ish ution utive
ly ness cy
ity ly
ness
E
Col
lide, }
to strike or dash.
E
Col
lision, >
the act of striking or clashing.
Di
Ext
still,
to fall in drops ; to drop.
Anti
Sub
acid.
sour ; sharp to the taste.
En
Syn
ergetic,
working or operating.
Con
Recon
dense.
close ; compact,
equal, or made equal.
Ad
Inad
equate.
Ad
Co-ad
jutor,
jugaJ,
an aid or assistant.
Con
Uncon
pertaining to a yoke.
ilXERCISE 487.
Elide, to strike off [letters] from [a word.] ed ing
Distill, to drop separately, or to fall drop by drop, ed able
Energ, to work, or operate in or on ; hence, to em- etic ize
power ; to invigor.
Condense, to msdie close together, that is, to compress, ed ation able
or thicken.
Adequate, equal to ; equivalent. ly negs cy
Adjute, to aid towards [any thing ;] to help. ant ancy ory
ation
y
* It is here assumed that pare in compare and prepare, [comparo, prceparo] isth«
Latin par, which means eqiräl.
4 Written extiff.
I
182
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Conjugal, pertaining to the [marriage] yoke.
Conjugate, to yoke, or join together [in order, the moods,
tenses, numbers and persons of a verb.]
ly
ed
ing
ion
Exercise 488.
Ob
In
noxious.
harmful ; hurtful ; guilty.
De
Sub*
nude.
naked.
Ob
E
nubilate.
to cloud.
Con
An
nex, )
to join.
Con
Inter
nect, ^
to join.
Di
A
oristic.
limiting; determinate.
Co
In
operative.
working.
Mis
Pre
opinion.
a thought, or sentiment} a judgment.
Re
Dis
organize,
to form or furnish with organs.
Im
Over
ponderous,
weighty ; heavy.
Exercise 489.
Denude, to make quite naked ; to strip. ed ing ation
Annex, to join to. ed ation ing
Connex, to join together. ive ion
Connect, to join together. ive ion edly
Aorist, without limit, that is [a tense] indefi- ic
nite or indeterminate.
Disorganize, to take out of the state of being organ- ed ation er
ized ; to disarrange.
Co-operate, to work together ; to aid mutually. ive ed
Imponder, without weight, or not weighing any ous able
thing.
Exercise 490.
to lay open ; to spread,
the act of laying open or spreading,
to put, or place the foot,
having power,
to strike, dash or drive,
to drive ; to press,
to prize, or value,
to pray.
ion
ability
Dis
Dis
Ex
fte
Im
Im
Ex
Ex
Im
Im
Re-im
Com
De
De
pand, )
pansion^ ^
pedite,
potent,
pinge, )
pact, J
precíate,
precate,
Exercise 491.
Expand, to spread out ; to dilate ; to extend.
Expanse, spread out ; extended ; a wide extent.
Expedite, to take out, or free one's foot [from a
snare or hindrance ;] and, hence, to
hasten.
ed ing s
ile ibility ive
ed ious ive
* Suhnude, almost naked ; where suh is intensive.
analyticai, manual.
133
Impede,. to put one's feet into [fetters and,
hence, generally, to fetter ; to hinder.
Compact, to strike together [hands, as parties in a
hargain^ i. e. to league with ; to
drive, or press closely together.
Appreciate, to valtie according to [merit ;] to esti-
l^ate.
Depreciate, to take from the true value ; to under¬
value ; to lessen.
Imprecate, to pray for, or invoke [evil] upon [any
one.]
Deprecate, to pray [to le delivered, or sMeldeS\
from I to regret deeply.
Exercise 492.
ed ing
ed ness
iment
ly
ed
ion
able
ed
ing
s
ed
ing
ory
ive or
ory
Dis
Ex
plode,* }
Dis
Ex
plosion, ^
At
Anti
pode,
Re
Ante
past.
Ap
Trans
parent.
Ap
Com
pellation,
At
Di
petalous.
At
Di
phthong,
to clap together.
the act of clapping, or striking together,
a foot.
food ; any thing that is eaten for nourish.
ment. ,
visible ; appearing,
the act of naming, or calling,
having petals, or flower-leaves,
a sound.
Exercise 493.
Explode,
ion
al
al
ive
to clap ofl", or reject, [as a lad actor ;] ed ing er
to expel with great noise ; to burst,
to burst with a loud report,
without feet.
[one having Ais] feet opposite [to ours^
hence, an inhabitant of the opposite
side of the globe.
Transparent, that may be seen through ; clear.
Apparent, seeming to [the eye y] visible.
to name, or call ; also to call, or remove
a cause from a lower to a higher
tribunal.
a double sound, or the union of two
sounds in one syllable.
Displos,
Apode,
Antipode,
Appell,
Diphthong,
ness cy ly
ly cy ness
ation ative ant
al
* Plode and phsion are from the Latin verb plaodo, supine, plausuh, a word
there applied to bodies struck together, or brought into violent contact, chiefly in to¬
ken of approbation, at the theatre or other places of public entertainment. It tlience
had the signification, to m|ke a sound, or noise by clapping or striking together, as
the hands, the wings of a bird. See. We bave, also, from this root, other English
words in which this primary sense will be readily recognized ; as, applaud, applause,
plaudit, plausive. t The particle {a] is here negative.
134
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Exnrcisc 494.
Per
Im
petrate,
to efièct.
Em
De
phy.
to fold.
Mis
Inter
point,
to dot.
Im
Counter
mure,
a wall.
Ex
Dis
punge, }
to prick, or puncture^
Com
Inter
punctum, 5
the act of puncturing*
Ab
Cor
rade, >
to shave, scrape, or scratch,
the act of scraping, or scratching.
Ab
Cor
rasión, ^
Ar
Cor
rode, í
to gnaw.
Ar
Cor
rosion, J
the act of gnawing.
Exercise 495.
Impetr, to efiect, or obtain [¿y entreaty, or other aticm able ativ«
like exertion ¡\
Perpetrate, to do thoroughly [some m7,] or to eflfect ed ion or
by, or through [evil mean«.]
Employ, to fold in, involve or engage in [any af- ment er able
fair ;] to hire.
Deploy, to unfold, open or extend [<Ae Zwie, or/roni ed ing es
of an amy.]
Immure, to wall in, or confine closely. ed ing es
Expunge, to prick out, or erase by punctures ; and, ed ing es
generally, to erase j to blot out.
Compunct, pricked within, or at heart, [on account ion ive ious
ofguilt.'\
Corrode, to gnaw, or eat away entirely ; to con- ible ent iate
sume ; to prey upon.
Corrosive, eating, or tending to eat away j having ness ly
power to wear away.
Exercise 496.
to laugh. ,
the act of laughing,
a loose gown, or garment,
drying, or draining.
the act of making thick, close, or dense,
to represent as pleasing, or in a pleasing man¬
ner ; hence, to urge, or advise,
the act of urging by pleasing repesentations.
rising.
the act of rising,
being.
Exercise 497.
Deride, to laugh at; to mock; to jeer. ed ing ingly
Deris, to deride ; to ridicule. ive ively ory
Ar De ride, >
De vision, >
En Dis robe.
Ex De siccanl.
In Con spissation.
Per Dis suade, 1
Per Dis suasion, J
As In surgent, }
Re In surreetion, J
Ab JPre sent.
ANALYTICAI. MANTAL.
13â
Exsiccate, to dry, or drain out ; to free from mois- ed ing Ion
ture.
Persuade, to urge thoroughly, or warmly j to en- ed ing s
treat.
PeríMOí, to persuade. ible ive ory
Dissuade, to represent [any thing tp a rmnner not ed ing er
f leasing /] hence, to advise against.
Absent, being away from ; as, a verb ; to with- ce ee ing
draw ; to keep away from.
Present, being before, in front of, or at hand ; as, ce ation ed
a verb ; to put before or in front of ;
to offer.
Ex*
Tran
sude,
Con
Per
tingent.
' Con
Anticon
tagious.
Con
Incon
tiguous.
Ana
Dicho
tomy.
At
De
tach.
Ex
In
trícate,
tuberant
Pro
Ex
Con
In
dolent,
Exercise 498.
to sweat
to issue like sweat,
touching,
touching,
touching,
a cutting.
to take ; to hold ; to make fast
to hinder, or impede ; to perplex,
swelling or rising,
grieving.
Exercise 499.
Contingent, touching, or occurring together, [as
events /] and, hence, happening in
connection with ; casual.
Contogi, touching together, [applied to diseas¬
es y] and, hence, infecting by con¬
tact.
Contra, touching together, [as places;] and,
hence, neighboring ; bordering up¬
on ; adjoining.
Anatom, a cutting apart ; dissection [of an an¬
imal body.]
Intricate, to put into perplexity ; to entangle.
Extricate, to free from perplexity or embarrass¬
ment ; to deliver frôm difficulty.
ProiaJer, to swell forth, or out ; to bulge out.
Condole, to grieve with, [another,] i. e. to sym¬
pathize.
Indolent, not grieving, or being anxious about ;
hencst at ease ; idle ; slothful.
cy ly
ness
ion ous ousness
ous ously ity
y
ize ical
ed
cy ness
ed
ion ing
ant
ous ate
ed
ing ment
ce
ly
* Commonly written exude.
136
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Ex
Im
De
Con
At
De
In
Ex
Dis
Re
Trans
Ef
Re
Trans
Ef
Con
As
Ah
Con
Re
De
SECTION XIX.
Exercise 500.
flore, to cry, or weep ; to call out ; to lament.
trition, the act of rubbing ; friction.
camote, to make of, or invest with, flesh,
fund, > to pour,
fuse, 5 to pour.
session, the act of sitting ; a sitting,
cession, the act of going [over y] a yielding.
Exercise 501.
Explore, to cry out, or call earnestly [for any
thing i] hence, the signification, to seek,
or search out.
Implore, to cry to, or call upon with tears ; hence,
to beseech ; to entreat.
Deplore, to cry after, or lament deeply ; to bewail.
Contrite, rubbed together, i. e. bruised, or crushed
[in spirit ;] broken-hearted ; penitent.
Incam, to put in flesh, or to put on a fleshly
body.
Refund, to pour back ; and hence, to restore ; to
pay back.
Refuse, to pour back [<w idle, or useless;^ hence,
to reject ; to deny.
Assess, to sit [for the purpose of imposing a tax, or
duty;] hence, to fix the / sum to be tax¬
ed, or levied.
ation ator atory
ed
ing er
able
ly
ably ed
ness ion
ate
ative atbn
ed
ing er
al
able ed
or
able ment
Ac Dis Re crimination.
Ex
De
Con
Ex
Ab
Con In
Dis In
Ex Re
Di Re
Re Di
cavation,
cide,
cisión,*
scind,
scission,*
Exercise 502.- ,
the act of separating, or marking [what
is wrong, or criminal /] hence, accu¬
sation ; a charge of guilt
the act of hollowing, or scooping out.
to cut.
the act of cutting,
to cut.
the act of cutting.
* Cisión and scission, though alike in sense and sound, are 'from different roots,
and hence their difference in form. They are both found united with prefixes ; thus
giving rise to derivative words which are very likely to be misspelled. Thus we have
Excision, Abscission : Recission, Rescission ; Decision, Discission, &c., in which,
without the explanation above, 'we might expect to find the radical the same iitfona
throughout.
ANALTTICAL HANITAI..
137
Ac Ex Re 'cuse,
De Dis In serve,*
Pre Con Re serve,*
a cause, or trial, [ehiefiy in law ;'\ a
charge of guilt,
to slave; to wait upon; to aid.
to keep ; to hold.
Exercise 503.
ory ive ed
ity ness ous
ant ancy ation
ed ahle ation
less ableatory
Discriminate, to separate nicely [between things ;] ive ately ing
to distinguish, or note diSerences.
Recriminate, to criminate in return; to return an
accusation, or charge.
Concave, hollow ; arched, the opposite of convex.
Decide, to cut off [a case or m dispute,-] ed ing edly
to settle ; to end.
Resciss, to cut off again, [a resolution, act, or ion ory
law ,•] to revoke ; to repeal. ,
Recuse, to return, or give a cause [/or not do¬
ing, or being unwilling to do,-] to re¬
fuse ; to reject.
Accuse, to hring to trial, or to bring a cause or
charge against.
Excuse, to free from \the charge of blame ,*] to
exculpate ; to acquit.
« Exercise 504.
Inserve, to serve, or aid in [any thing,-] to minis-
ter to ; to assist.
Deserve, to serve thoroughly; and, hence, to
earn by service ; to merit.
Disserve, to deprive of service ; hence, generally, ice iceable ed
to harm ; to injure.
Reserve, to keep back [till the proper time, or for
future use ,*] to withhold ; to lay up.
Preserve, to keep, or hold [a shield, or cover] be¬
fore; hence, to protect; to shelter;
to keep safe.
Conserve, to keep together ; hence, to keep, or pre- ahle ative atory
serve a thing whole, sound, or un¬
harmed.
Exercise 505.
Dis Ac Con credit, to believe, or trust.
Mis Re Under write, to trace, or form letters ; to ex¬
press by tracing letters, or char¬
acters [on any thing.]
ient ed
ed ing
edly ing
ed er
mg
edly
ation
ative
* Serve, to slave, is from servio ;—serve, to keep, from servo.
t See the explanation of this word in Exercise 465.
18
138
«ÏALTTICAI. MAiniAt.
Em Dísem Re-«m body
Be Self After love,
Com Im
Com Im
Sur Re
Em Im
Incom measurable,
Incom mensúrate,
Over pass,
Over power,
1)0 put into form J to give bodily
shape to.
to regard with strong aftecticm j
to prefer greatly,
capable of being measured,
to measure; also,,measured,
to step, or go.
strength; ability.
Exercise 506.
Accredit, to credit, or give credit to; to believe; ed ing ation
to admit as true.
Discredit, not to credit ; to disbelieve ; also, to ed ing able
bring into discredit, or disgrace.
Embody, to put into a body ; to form ; to unite, ing ed ment
Surpass, to pass over, or beyond ; to excel ; to ed ing ingly
exceed.
Trespass,* to pass over [dm limits ;'\ hence, to ed ing es
transgress.
Commensur, to measure with, or alifee ; to reduce able ately ability
to, or have the same measure or ex¬
tent. ,
Empower, to put in power, or authority ; to en- ed ing s
able.
Overpower, to overcome, or subdue by superior ed ing s
force ; to defeat.
Exercise 507.
mand,^ ) to give into the hands [of anoihet.]
Com Recom Discom mend, J
Com De
Com Rei
A Eu
Re
Dis(
Dys
to give into the hands [of another.']
pepsy, concoction [of food in the stom¬
ach ,•] digestion.
Com Inter Im mingle, to mix.
Inter Extra Supra foliaceous, 1 leafy ; consisting of leaves.
In De Per foliation, > the leafing of plants ; the act of
y beating into a foil.
Syn Meth Peri od,1ç. a road ; a way ; a journey ; a
course.
Sub Trâns Ultra marine, pertaining to the sea.
* That is, transpas*.
t Mand and m«nd are from the Latin mando, a verb compounded of mamtt, the
hand, and do, to give. See the explanation of the derivatives in the next exercise.
t From the Greek iSds, a road, way or journey. Besides the forms given above,
we have Exodus and exody, signifying a journey from or out of, and particularly
applied to the departure of the Israelites from Egypt.
analytical manual.
139
Exercise 508.
at)t ress menf
Command, to give fully into [one's] hands [a charge
or commission ;] to order.
Demand, to require from [one's] hands [any thing ed able er
committed to him ;] generally, to ask
or claim.
Remand, to give back into the hands [of an offi¬
cer ,*] to order back [to ■prison.']
Commend, to give into the hands [of an another,
any person or thing, as estimable or
trust-worthy ;] to praise,
a journeying together ; hence, a meet-
ed ing
able ation atory
Synod,
Period,
Method,
mg ; a council.
ical ically al
ical ically
ic
a way, or course around; a circuit;
an* orbit ; the time of making a cir¬
cuit ; an end.
according to [some particular'] way, that ical ically ism
is, a mode; a manner; an arrange¬
ment.
In
In
Sub
Ad
Super Dis
Sur
Un
Over Non
En In
Un
In
In
Dia
E
E
Ex^cise 509.
Ex undation, a waving, or flowing, [oa of the sea.]
Ob umbrate, to shade ; to cast a shadow.
Self praise, to laud ; to commend,
more.
a sepulchre ; a grave,
nicely discriminating ; accurate,
to go ; to pass,
the act of going.
praise,
plus,
tomb,
Hyper critical,
Per vade, í
Per vasion, J
Exercise 510.
Inundate, to wave, or flow on, or over ; to overflow ;
to overwhelm.
Obumbrate, to overshadow ; to darken.
Adumbrate, to shadow forth, that is, to resemble, or
sketch faintly,
overplus ; more than the required or speci-
fled amount.
[to place one so that he can do, or say] no
ed ing ion
ed
ed
mg ion
ing ios
Surplus,
Nonplus,
Invade,
Evasive,
Pervade,
more ; to confound.
age
ed ing
to go into [a place urith hostile intentions /] ed ing er
to attack, to assail,
going, or prone to go out of [the loay, to ly ness
avoid a direct answer, consequence, or
conclitsion.]
to go through, or throughout; to enter every ed ing
part.
140
ANALÏTICAt JUANUAI..
Dis Re
Re Ex
Con Precon
Co Sub
Co Ad
Co Ad
Co Super
Tran
In
Discon
In
In
In
Un
Ag De Con
Exercise £11.
silient, ) leaping.
suit, ^ to leap ; to sprllig.
cert, to vie ; to strive,
ordinate, according to, or being in [a cerlam\
order, rank or rule,
to stick ; to cling,
the act of adhering, or sticking to.
essential, necessary to being ; constituent; of
prime importance,
glutinate, to glue ; to cement.
here,
hesion.
on, I
Exercise 512.
ance ant ed
Result, to spring back, [aw a consequence from,
something hence, to proceed or
arise from.
Exult, to leap out, or forth \with joy or in
triumph ;] hence, to triumph.
Insult, to leap upon [contemptuously /] hence,
to treat offensively ; tcf abuse.
Consult, to leap, or go together readiljr [in de¬
liberation hence, to counsel togeth-
er ; to seek advice.
Concert,* to vie together [in contriving, or seUling ed ing ation
a plan ,*] hence, to contrive ; to ar¬
range ; to plan,
to stick, cling, or cleave to.
sticking, or clinging together.
ant ation ing
ingly ation ed
ation ative ing
Adhere,
Cohesive,
Agglutinate, to glue to, to cause to stick to.
ent
ly.
ive
ency ently
ness
ion ed
Ac
De
Pro
clivity.
Re
Un
Dis
cover.
Co
Ex
Pre
emption.
Af
Con .
In
flict.
Re
Intro
In
fract.
Col
Re
Ob
luctaiion.
Pre
Sub
Ad
monish.
Pre
Ad
Com
monition.
Exercise 513.
a slope, or bend, [as, of elevated grounds-l
to lay or spread over j and, hence, to
hide ; to conceal,
the act of taking, [chiefly for a price, or
considerationi\
Aa beat, strike or dash,
to break.
the act of struggling, or striving.
) to warn ; to advise.
) the act of advising ; advice.
• Concert is usually deduced, as above, from con and certo, [to vie.] On this,
however, there is little agreement among etymologists. Assuming this to he the
true derivation, a concert of music will he a vying together of musical performers.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
141
Exercise S14.
Recover, to cover again ; that is, to get under cover
again ; hence, to regain.
Discover, to take out of the state of being covered, or
concealed ; to find.
Uncover, to take off the cover ; to lay bear ; to strip.
Exempt, to take out, or except from [a general rule, or
requisition ;] to privilege.
Afflict, to break or strike down \with disease, sick¬
ness, distress, calamity.]
Infiict, to strike [a blow] upon ; hence, generally,
to impose a punishment or penalty.
Refract, to break [the line or natural course of a ray
of light ;] to turn from a direct course.
Reluct, to struggle, or strive against ; hence, gener¬
ally, to show a repugnance or unwilling¬
ness.
Exercise 515.
y ed
able
ed ing
able
ed ing
ion ed
s ,
ible
ive ion
ed
er ed
ion
ed ive
ion
ant antly
Meta
Para
Peri
phrase.
mode of expression ; diction.
Con
In
Ad
nate, ^
born.
Sub
Re
Ad
nascent, >
growing, or springing up ; begin¬
>
ning to be or exist.
De
Sur
Pre-de
cease.
to go ; generally, to go from,à. e.
to leave off.
Re
De
Pre
monstrate.
to show.
De
An
Con
notation.
the act of noting, or recording par.
ticularly.
Circum
Re
Retro
fex, }
a bending ; a turning.
Re
In
De
fleet, ^
to bend j to turn.
Exercise 516.
Metaphrase,* a translation, word for, i. e. accord¬
ing to, word ; phrase fiir phrase ;
a literal translation.
Paraphrase,* to phrase or express nearly like [the
expression of another /] to explain
by varying the expression,
to phrase or express in a round-about
way ; to employ circumlocution,
to go [from the world ;] that is, to
depart this life ; to die.
to cease ; to give over ; to refrain
from ; to forbear.
tic tically
Periphrase,*
Decease,
Surcease,
ed
tic
ed
tic
ed
ing
ed
ing
tically
tical
* The final e of this word is rejected, upon the addition of the suffix tic, and its
compounds.
142 ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Demonstrate, to show or point out specially; hence, ive ed ing
to prove beyond doubt.
Remonstrate, to show again ; to point out again ed ing or
\reas(ms or considerations against
a thing ;] to expostulate.
Reflect, to turn again and again [in mind /] ed ingly ive
to revolve ; to meditate.
Exercise 517.
Con As Dis similar, like ; resembling.
Pre Con In science, knowledge; a collection of prin.
ciples systematically arranged.
Un Super Under saturated, excessively full ; filled completely.
Com Under Counter plot, plan ; scheme ; intrigue.
Dis Im Un plume, ' a feather; the feather [ofasÄieM;
of a hat or cap y] hence, pride,
ambition, glory.
Ap Re Inter peal, to call ; to summon.
Ex Dis De cerption, the act of gathering, culling, or
plucking.
Cor E Ir radiation,* the act of emitting rays, [chi^y,
of light from a centre.']
Exercise 518.
Dissimilar, unlike ; not resembling.
Conscience, knowledge within [one's self] or self-
knowledge ; hence, the faculty by
which we judge our own thoughts,
or actions.
Repeal, to call back [a law, statute, sentence,
deed ;] to revoke.
Appeal, to call, or carry {a cause from one
judge or court to another;] to re¬
fer to.
Excerpt, to cull, or pick out [portions of a look;]
to extract ; to select.
Discerpt, to pluck, or pull apart ; to sever or
sunder.
Irradiate, to send into, or diffuse rays [of light]
upon ; to enlighten ; to illuminate.
Eradiate, to send out rays [of light ;] to beam.
Exercise 519.
E Un nerve, a tendon, or sinew ; hence, vigor.
Ab Pre ominate to give omen ; to forebode.
■ ■ ' é * '
* Radiation is from the Latin radius, a rod or staff ; it is applied to a measuring
tod, the spoke of a wheel, a line or ray [of light,] and other things similar.
ity
ions
iously
es
ed
ing
er
able er
ing
ed
ing
or
ed
ible
ibility
ed
ing
s
ed
ing
ion
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
143
Over
Pel*
Inter
Re
En
Dis
Under Mis
Trans Di
Tran^ Re
De En
Ig Disen
Re Pre
rate,
lucid,
lucent,
tail,
noble.
to value, or estimate,
bright ; shining,
shining,
to cut.
famous; illustrious; grand,
to have or hold ; to get hold of.
Exercise 520.
Enervate, to dèprive of nerve, i. e. to weaken, or en- ed ing a
feeble.
Abominate, to make, or take [iZ/] omen from, i. e. to ed ing ion
deprecate as ominous ; to detest.
Pellucid, shining through ; clear ; transparent. ity ness
Retail, to cut again and again ; that is, into ed ing er
pieces ; hence, to sell in small quanti¬
ties.
Detail, to cutoffpart by part[anarratócc;] hence, ed ing er
to relate particularly.
Entail, to cut intof ; to cut off [all hut special ed ing ment
heirs to an estate /] to fix unalterably.
Prepossess, to have, or take, {chiefly, an impression, or ed ing ion
opinion^ beforehand ; to pre-occupy ; to
bias.
Exercise 521.
to strike, {chiefly, in defence, or in re-
tum j] hence, to ward ; to parry,
striking, or parrying; tending to strike
or parry,
the act of purifying,
still ; calm ; peaceful,
a turn, or twist ; a twisting {out of the
right way f] hence, a wrong,
the act of turning, or twisting,
the act of turning, or twisting,
a deed ; the act of doing.
Exercise 522.
Defend, to strike, or ward oír[eia7;] to repel ; to ed ant ing
protect.
Offend, to strike against ; that is, to attack ; to ed er ress
hurt or wound {the feelings.']
Expurgate, to purge out ; to free from impurities. ed ion ory
De
For
Of
fend,
De
Of
Inof
fensive,
Ex
Dis
Re
Com
Un
In
Super
Over
Dis
purgation,
quiet,
tort, 1
Dis
In
Suf
Con
Con
Bene
Re
De
Male
tortion, 1
torsion, J
jice.
* Pel is but another form of per. See Rule II., page 115.
t In this, the literal sense, the word is now obsolete.
144
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
er
ion
Retort, to tum, or throw back ; to return or an- ed ing
swer forcibly [a charge or argument.]
Distort, to turn, or twist apart from, or out of ed ing
\the way or proper shape ;] to wrest /
to pervert.
Suffice, to act, or do under [the character of lent lency ed ^ >
another /] hence, to do what Is equal ;
to satisfy.
Benefice, a well doing ; that Is, a good deed ; a' ial ent cd
benefit.
Maléfico, an 111 doing ; that Is, an evil deed ; a do- late lent lenca
Ing 111 \by sorcery ;] hence, witchery.
Exercise 523.
Ah Re Dis
Ab Re
Con Dis
Con Dis
En Perl
A Pre
A Com
Co Under Re
Dis
As
Pre
Par
solve,
solution,
sent,
sension,
ergy.
Counter vail,
De partment,
agent,
to loose ; to separate ; to melt ; to
free \^from doubt ;] to explain,
the act of solving,
to feel ; to perceive,
the act of feeling, or perceiving by
the senses,
a work ; an operation,
to be well ; to be efficacious,
the act of parting or dividing,
one who acts \in place cf another ;]
a factor.
Exercise 524.
Absolve, to loose or free from [guilt ; an oath or ed ing er
promise ;] hence, to pardon ; to re¬
lease ; to acquit.
Resolve, to loosen again or separate [the parts of edly able ent
a compound ;] hence, to analyze j
also, to free from doubt, i. e. to decide.
J)lssolve, to loosen completely [the parts of any ent able* ed
thing ;] hence, to melt ; to seve^: ; to
disunite.
Consent, to think with or like [another ;] to agree aneous lent ed
with ; and hence, to grant or allow.
Assent, to think according to [what is propo- Ingly atlon ator
sed ;] that Is, to admit to be true ; to
permit ; to yield.
Peiiergy, a working round [needlessly,] 1. e. need¬
less caution, or diligence.
Parergy, a work beyond [what is required ;] a
superfiulty.
* Also, dissolvible.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL. 145
Âvail, to be eíRcacious, [chiefly, in the produc- able ment ed
fe'on of advantage ;] to b® of weight
or influence ; to profit.
Prevail, to be efllioacious before, or beyond ing ent ment
[others ;'\ to predominate.
Exercise 525.
In Ex Dis cúlpate, to fault ; to blame ; to censure.
Im Over Com patient, ^ feeling, or suffering [pain witÄ-
> out complaint.^
Im Dis Cora passionate, y affected by passion.
Mis Un Self taught, instructed.
Counter Over Out poise, to balance.
Sus Resus Exsus cUate, to call ; to summon.
Con Re Discon tinue, to hold.
Im Dis Re-im burse,* a hide or skin [converted into a
money hag ,*] a purse.
Exercise 526.
Compassion, to feel with, or share in [the suffer- ate ately able
ings of another ;] to sympathize ;
to pity.
Impassion, to throw passion into, or affect with ate ated ed
warmth of feeling.
Dispassion, freedom from passion ; coolness ; ate ately ed
apathy.
Counterpoise, to weigh against ; to counterbalance, ed ing es
Resuscitate, to call up again ; to revive ; to re- ed ive ion
new.
Continue, to hold or keep together [without in- anee ed ous
terruptions ,•] hence, to prolong, to
remain.
Retinue, [a body <f persons'] held back, or re- s
tained, as attendants ; a train of
persons.
Disburse, to take out of the purse, that is, to lay ed ing ment
out; to spend.
Exercise 527.
> to fold
Im Ex Sup plicate, 5 t® fold ; to lay together ; to bend
Im Com Re plyt, } to fold ; to lay together ; to bend.
■ ~ ~ Í to:
* Burse, in the simple form, is now applied to a public piece or building for money
or mercantile transactioi^
t The radical ply, ana the kindred forms grouped with it, are from puco, [irXc<ru,]
puc&tum, to fold or knit ; ply and the other forms in the second group, come from
fleo, [trXcu,] pletum, tO fiU.
19
146 ANALYTICAL MAHITAL.
Im Ap Re plication, "i the act of folding, or laying Uk
V gether.
Im Ex Unex plicit, ) folded.
Sup Re-sup ply, y to fill.
Com Sitp Im plement, I that which fills.
Com Incom Re pleie, [ filled.
Com De Im pletion, J . the act of filling.
Dis Per Re-dis iuri, to put in disorder j to confuse.
Exercise 528.
Imply,
Comply,
Reply,
Implicate,
Explicate,
Supplicate,
Implicit,
Explicit,
Supply,
ant able ^ment
to fold in, or contain, [as a conse- ed edly ing
queme, what is not expressed in
words to involve,
to fold, or bend [one's self in conform¬
ity'] with [another ;] hence, to yield
to ; to agree with,
to fold back, or lay out [something iy ed ing cation
way of answer ;] hence, to an¬
swer ; to respond,
to fold in, or involve [one, chiefly in ion ed ing
criminal or improper transactions ;]
to prove one to be concerned in.
to unfold, or explain [the sense or ive ion ed
meaning of an author.]
to fold, -or bend [the knees] under [in ed ory ion
prayer or worship ;] hence, to pray ;
to implore ; to beseech,
folded, or wrapped in, [as faith or con- ly ness*
fldence j] hence, entire; unlimited,
laid out, or unfolded ; hence, plain ;
clear ; free from doubt or uncer¬
tainty.
Exercise 529.
to fill under, or from the bottom;
hence, to fill up what is wanting ;
to furnish ; to provide with.
Supplement, that which fills, or makes up [a deji-
ciency ;] what is added to supply
defects.
Complement, that which fills up, or makes [even]
with ; hence, whatever completes ;
also, the full sum or quantity.
ed
mg
al
al ary
al
• Compliment, which is formed by adding this suffix to the word comply, is to b«
carefully distinguished from complement in the next exercise.'
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
147
Implement, that which fills or supplies [the hand s
of the workman in the exercise of
his calling hence, a tool or utensil.
Complete, to fill up or make [even] with [a given ed ive ment
standard ;'\ hence, to perfect j to
finish.
ileplete, entirely filled ; abounding with. ive ively ion
Depletion, the act of taking out of the state of be¬
ing full [of blood ;] blood-letting.
Disturb, to put in great disorder ; to discom- ed ance er
pose ; to disarrange ; to put out of '
place.
Perturb, to discompose [the mind] thoroughly ; ator ation ed
to disquiet greatly.
Exercise 530.
Mis
Dis
Un
allied.
bound to another [by covenant or
affinity.]
Em
Im
Disem
bitter.
biting, or sharp [to the taste ;] hence.
painful, distressing.
Dis
Over
Un
burden.
to load j to encumber.
In
Un
Over
cautious.
wary ; heedful j circumspect.
Con
Re
Sub
duplicate,*
two-fold ; doftble.
Re
Pre
Self
examination.
the act of weighing, or testing by a
balance.
Dis
Un
Self
interested.
being between, or in the midst [of
En Intêr Disen
affairs;] i. e. concernedj en¬
gaged in.
to tie, or twist together intricately.
tangle.
Exercise 531.
Disally, to take out of the state of being allied, ed
Misally, to bind, or associate improperly. ed
Incautious, not wary ; heedless. ly
Conduplicate, to double, or fold together. ed
Reduplicate, to redouble ; to augment. ive
Pre-examine, to weigh, test, or try beforehand. ed
Disinterested, not concerned, or not having an inter- ness ly
est in.
Intertangle, to tangle between ; to interlock, ed
Disentangle, to take out of the state of being tan- ed
glad, or twisted together.
, Exercise 532.
En Inter Un ^ twine, to twist ; to wind round.
es
anee
ness
ing
ion
ing
ion
ed
ation
ing
ing
es
e»
* Duplicate, here treated as a priinitive, is a compound of duo, two, and plicati
fplico} to fold.
148
AWALYnCAIi MAOTAL.
En
Mis
11
Over
Re
Un
lumine,
matched.
Sur
Mis
Fore
name.
Ir
Semi
Sub
Contra
Inter
Under
Extra
Ex
Mis
regular,
osseous,
tutor.
Counter
Over
Out
vote.
to light.
presented as equal ; made equal
[la any respect.]
the word by which any thing k
known, or called,
according to rule,
bonjr ; made, or partaking of bone,
one who looks after, or takes
charge of [the education of an¬
other ;] a teacher,
to express a wish or preference,
[cluefiy, in the election of men to
office, and in passing laws.]
Exercise 533.
Illumine,
to give, or throw light into or upcm ; to
make clear,
to light again ; to rekindle,
an over, or additional name [in respect,
chiefly, to the one given at baptism.]
to name wrong.
not accq^rding to rule, law or established
order,
without hemes.
to educate, or instruct improperly j to
teach amiss.
Countervote, to Vote against, or oppositely.
atioa ant ative
Relumine,
Surname,
Misname,
Irregular,
Exosseou^
Mistutor,
ed
ed
ed
ily
ed
ed
ing es
ing es
ing es
ly
ing
ing es
Exercise 534.
Ob Re
Ob Re
In Dis
Counter Un
Dis
En
De
Re
Coa
Con
Non
De
Mis Self
Disen Disin
Re Corre
Irre Unre
tund, >
tuse, ^
ability,
current,
esteem,
thrall,
spend, \
sponsible, \
to beat ; to bruise.
to beat ; to bruise.
the quality, or state of being aide.
running.
to set a value upon ; to estimate,
to enslave.
to pledge, or prinnise.
answerable, or liable to answer
Exercise 535.
ion
Obtuse, beaten against, [as tine point or edge of ness ly
a weapon;] hence, blunt; dull [in
mind.]
Retund, to beat back [the edge or peint,] i. e. to ed ing s
blunt ; to dull.
Contuse, beaten, or bruised together ; brayed. ion ed ing
Disesteem, not to esteem ; to dislike, or disregard, ed ing a
ahalttical madua]^.
149
Despond, to be deprived of the pledge or promise ency ently ingly
\of any thing y] hence, to lose hope}
to be disheartened.
Respond, to promise «gain, or in return ; and ent ed ing
hence, generally, to answer, or re¬
ply to.
Response, an answer back>; a reply- ^ es ive ory
CîorrespMid, to answer together, or one another, \as ence ing ent
hy letters y] also, to agree, or be con¬
gruous.
In Di Re vest.
Re En Re-en force.
Re En Re-en graft,
Ac Fore Inter knowledge,
Pur Re Inter view.
At Con Dis temper.
A De Conde scend,
A De Conde scension.
Exercise 536. '
to clothe, or attire,
to compel ; to drive-
to make a cut or incision, [mto a tree,
to inserí a scion, or ^koot.]
that which is known ; learning ; in¬
formation,
sight; prospect.
to time, or season [any thing ß to
adapt to the occasion ; hence, gen¬
erally, to moderate, or modify,
to go or come, [chiefly, upward ß to
rise ; to mount ; to climb,
the act of going, or coming-
; \
ion, y
Exercise 537.
Invest,* to clothe in or with [power y] hence, ed ment ituie
also, to surround, [oí a city under
siege.]
Divest, to unclothe ; to strip or deprive of ed ing iture
[power or prwilege.J
Purview, the view before, or a forward view : s
that is, the scope, limit, or design
[of a statute.]
Interview, view between, or among [persons ß s
i. e. a meeting; a conference.
Attemper, to temper to, or according to [some ment ate ed
rule or standardß to regulate;
to modify.
Contemper, to temper together ; to moderate ament ation ate
[hy intermixlure y] hence, to suit j '
to qualify.
Distemper, to take out ofthe state of being prop- ature anee ed
erly tempered ; to disorder ; to
derange [body or mind.]
150
ANALTTICAI. MANUAL.
Condescend, to come down with, or to a level ed ingly enca
.with [another y] to stoop or yield
to that which is inferior.
Acknowledge, to make, or permit to be known, ed ing ment
that is, to own ; to confess.
SECTION XXI.
Exercise
A Sym Anti Eu pathy.
Im Re Mis Re-im print,
Un Co In Sub equal,
A Dys Eu Anti nomy,
Pre Fore Mis Ad jud^ent.* >
Ad Di Pre Unad judicated, y
Be En Mis Dis trust.
538.
feeling} passion.
to press, mark, or stamp letters or
characters,
the same in any respect ; alike.
laW; statute; rule,
the act of judging ; a decision,
judged; determined; decided,
to put confidence in ; to credit.
Exercise 539.
Apathy,f state of being without feeling. etical
■ Antipathy,t feeling against ; dislike ; aversion. es etical ous
Sympathy, f feeling with another, i.e. fellow feeling; com- es etic ize
passion.
Antinomy, against law, i. e. against the obligation of the an anism es
moral law ; also, law opposed to law. ^
Prejudge, to judge beforehand. ed ing ment
Adjudicate, to judge to ; to addeem ; to sentence. ed ing ion
Prejudice, judgment before or without examination. ed ial ially
Mistrust, to believe wrong of any one ; to be without ful fulness ingly
confidence in a person.
Distrust, to discredit ; to be suspicious of. ' ed ing fully
Dis Un Mis Be like.
Mis After In Re-in state,
En Pre-en Re-en Disen gage,
E Re-e Pre-e Co-e stablish,
Ks Un Be Im mask.
Be En In Over cloud.
SE 540.
to be pleased with ; to approve; sim¬
ilar.
to set forth the condition of any thing ;
to describe ; to place,
to pledge ; to bind,
to make firm, or stable ; to settle,
a cover for the face ; a disguise,
to cover with clouds ; to obscure ; to
darken.
• More correctly, theugh leas frequently, wntten judgement. See Rule II.
4 Upon adding the suffixes, except es, drop the final y of this word.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
151
Exercise 541.
Dislike, to be displeased with ; not to approve. ed ing ness
Unlike, not similar ; different. ly ness lihood
Misstate, to set forth wrong ; to represent erroneously. ine)tf ing ed
Reinstate, to put in possession again ; to place in a for- ment ing ed
mer situation.
Disengage, to take out of the state of being'pledged, or ed edness ment
bound.
Establish, to make firm ; to found permanently. ment ed er
Dismask, to deprive of, or strip off, a mask. ed ing
Mis Out Re Over
Dis Em
Out Re
Ad Co
Re Over
Under Over
Ex De
Sub Circum In Ad
Ad Con Per Ab
Al Col Ob
Exercise 542.
measure, to ascertain the dimensions of any
thing.
people, to fill, or supply with inhabitants,
value, to estimate the worth of ; to ap¬
prize.
hortation, the act of entreating, or urging ;
persuasion,
jacent, l)^ng; situate.
jure, to swear.
Circum ligote, to bind ; to tie.
Exercise 543.
to urge out, i. e. to entreat warmly,
to urge [one] from, or against [a thing ;] to dis¬
suade.
to swear, or cause to swear to ; to charge with
an oath.
Exhort,
Dehort,
Adjure,
Abjure, to swear off, or from, i. e. to renounce upon
oath ; to disclaim.
Peijure, to swear through, i. e. in opposition to, [truth ;]
hence, to swear falsely.
Conjure,* to swear together ; to urge, or call upon with
the solemnity of an oath.
Obligate, to bind [by promise, service, or duty.]
Exercise 544.
ation ative
ed er
atory
atory
ation ed
er
ed ing
ation
y ed
er
ed er
ation
ion ory
ed
Sug
Con
Di
Pro
De
Ret
Re
Ante
Out
Re
Un
Em
Ef
De
Out
In gestion, the act of bearing, or carrying.
Con tection, the act of covering.
Mis number, to count ; to calculate.
Re-em brace, to draw closely together ; to bind ;
to clasp.
Anti face, the general form; the front; sur¬
face ; countenance.
• Con'jure, with the accent on the first syllable, Is used to signify, to practice
witchcraft, cht enchauMient
t Note here, that Re Is privative ; retection signifying the act of uncovering, or
disclosing.
152
ANALYTICAL UANVAL.
Ex Com Pro Decora pound, to put, place or lay.
Ad Unad Re-ad Sub omed, fitted out ; decked.
Exercise 543.
Suggest, to bear, or place under [view or consideration ,*] to ion ive ed
indicate, to hint.
Digest, to bear (NT set apart in order ; to arrange; to bear ed edly ibk
apart, or dissolve, as food in the stomach.
Congest, to bear, carry, or heap to gether ; to collect togeth- ed ion ibla
er in a mass.
Protect, to place a covering, or shield before ; to shelter ; to ive orship ed
guard.
Detect, to take out of the state of being covered or hid ; to ion ed ing
uncover ; to find out.
Unbrace, to take out of the state of being bound ; to loosen ; ed ing
to unclasp.
Embrace, to bind, or clasp in [the arms ;] also, to hold ; to ment ed ter
comprehend.
Exercise 546.
Deface, to deprive of face, form or figure ; to deform. . cd ing ment
Efface, to rub out, or destroy entirely ; to mar complete^ ed ing
ly-
Expound, to place, or lay out [to view ;] to explain. er ing ed
Compound, to put together; to combine ; to mix ; to adjust, able ing er
Propound, to lay before, i. e. to present. ed ing er
Adorn, to fit to [handsomely ,*] hence, to beanitify ; to ed ing menC
decorate.
Suborn, to fit, or prepare under [cover, i. e. secretly, per- ed ing ation
sons to become false witnesses;'] hence, to
bribe ; to induce one to peijure hinaself.
Retro
De
Re
Di
£
Pro
Con
Bo
Sur
De
Ar
Disar
Sur
Ar
E
De
Re
In
Bene
Male
Satis
Exercise 547.
Dis grade.
Trans gress.
Super vive,
Re-ar range,
Di reption,
Disin dine.
Dissatis faction,*
a step ; a rank or degree,
to step; to take steps; to go.
to live.
a row ; rank ; to set in order,
the act of seizing car snatching,
to bend or lean,
the act of doing, or making.
Exercise 548.
Degrade, to deprive of rank ; to cast down from a ment ing ingly
higher state ; to disgrace.
Progress, to step, or go forward ; to advance. ive ively ional
Digress, to step aside, or stray [from the subject ;] to ed ional ive
deviate.
• Faction is often applied to a body of partisans, L e. men doing, or acting in op»
pesitioB to ethers.
analïticai, manual.
153
Transgress, to step over [iÄe law or Umit ;] to violate. ed or ional
Survive, to live over, or beyond [a given time or al ed or ■
event ;] to outlive.
Revive, to live, or cause to live again ; to re-ani- al ify escent
mate.
Exercise 549.
Convive, to live together, i. e. to feast together.
Arrange, to range according to [some rule or stand¬
ard ;] to dispose in order.
Derange, to take out of the state of being arranged ;
to disorder [the intellect.']
Surrept, to seize, or snatch under [coiner or conceal¬
ment ;] i. e. to effect by stealth.
Incline, to bend, or lean in, or towards ; to tend to¬
wards.
Decline, to bend, or turn from, or downward ; to
sink, or fall ; to refuse.
Satisfact, to do [what is deemed;] sufficient; to
gratify ; to settle.
ial iality ed
ment ed ing
ment ed ing
ion itious itiously
ation ed ing
ation atoiy able
ory orily ive
Exercise 550.
Im
Com
Per
Im
Per
Re
E
Im
Pro
De
Im
E
De
E
Sub
An
Pro
Re
Pro
E
De
E
Con
Di
Trans
Imper
Supere
Sub
Im
De
Re
An
miíte, to alter, or change.
manenJt, abiding, staying, or enduring. _
minent, jutting, or hanging,
merge, 1 to dip ; to plunge ; to oven»
Í whelm.
mersion, ) the act of dipping;
nounee, Í to teU something new; to ra-
I port.
nunciation, f the act oí telling something
J new, or declaring,
numeration, the act of counting or calcula¬
ting.
Exercise 551.
Immutable, not possible to be changed.
Commute, to change with [one anomer,] i. e. to exchange ;
to substitute.
Transmute, to change across, i. e.from one substance into
another.
Permute, to change through and through, or complete¬
ly [one thing for another ;] to barter.
Permanent, abiding, or enduring through [a long time ;]
lasting ; durable.
Immanent, abiding in, i. e. inherent ; intrinsic.
Eminent,
ing-
rant; eminent.
'y.
ative
ity ness
atively able
er
ability ed
ed
ing ation
cy
ce ly
cy
ce
ce
ce
ly cy
ly cy
20
154
ANALYTICAL MANUAL
f
Exercise 552.
ed ing
ence ency ed
ed
ing ion
ment ed er
ed ing s
ed ion or
ed ivç ory
able ed ing
ed ing er
Se
Sine
Asse
Counterse
cure,
En
Re
Over
Dis
gorge.
En
De
Dis
Disen
throne.
In
As
En
Re-as
sure.
Re
A
Con
Ab
strings.
Con
Re
Dis
Super
strain.
Ob
Con
Re
A
striction.
Demerge, to plunge down ; to overwhelm.
Emerge, to take out of the state of being merged ; to
rise above the surface ; to issue.
Immerse, to dip into any fluid ; to plunge into [affairs,']
i. e. to involve.
Denounce, to declare openly against ; to menace.
Announce, to publish; to make known to.
Annunciate, to bring news; to announce.
Enunciate, to tell out ; to utter ; to pronounce.
Pronounce, to speak forth, or openly ; to utter.
Renounce, to declare against, i. c. reject [what has once
been held or believed.]
Enumerate, to count out or reckon things separately; to ive ed ing
tell or mention one by one.
Exercise 553.
care ; charge or trust,
to swallow greedily,
a royal seat ; a chair of statp.
certain ; not liable to fail,
to bind or press,
to bind ; to hold ; to stretch,
the act of binding.
Exercise 554.
[anofficeaffording emolument] without charge s
or care.
without, or free from care ; safe. ed ity ly
to swallow greedily ; to glut. ment ing ed
to deprive of the royal seat, i, e. of sove- ment ed ize
reignty.
to make sure ; to render confident. ed
to make sure [çigainst loss y] to secure for a ed
consideration.
' Exercise 555.
to bind to ; to press or force the parts to- ent
gether.
to bind together ; to compress. ent ency ing
to bind together ; to contract. ion ed or
to bind or hold back [to some point,] t. e. to ive ively ion
limit.
to bind or hold forcibly ; to urge strongly. able ed t
to bind, hold, or keep back ; to check. ed ing t
to take out of the state of being held [as ed ing able
erty y] to wring from.
Sinecure,
Secure,
Engorge,
Dethrone,
Assure,
Insure,
Astringe,
Constringe,
Constrict,
Jlestrict,
Constrain,
Restrain,
Distrain,
edly
er
ency
ance
ance
ed
Exercise 556.
Mis Ac
Con Ex
Se Dis
Re
Dis
Ex
Dis
Se
count,
cem,
crete,
;5
to number; to reckon; totelL
to separate,
to separate.
analytical bunual.
155
De
Con
Re
Un
Counter
De
Re
Bene
Pro
Ag
Con
Se
Ex coct.
Be chann,
Dispro fit.
Dis gregate,
to prepare by heat ; to cook,
to delight or enchant.
to make.
to flock, herd or assemble.
Exercise 557.
Account, to count to, i. e. to render account ; to calcu- ed able ant
late ; to give reasons.
Discount, to count off from [the principal sum,] i. e. to ed able ing
% deduct as interest.
Secrete, to separate [from sight,'] i. e. to conceal ; to ed cy ory
separate [fluid matter from the blood.]
Excrete, to separate [refuse matter from the aliments, iou ive ory
or tíie blood.]
Discreet,* having power to separate [between right and ly ionf ionaryf
wrong in conduct ;] wise ; judicious.
J)iscem, to sepai-ate [by sight or in mind,] i. e. to see ed ing ment
distinctly ; to discriminate. •
Excem, \o sc'pexa.Ve [from the body through the pores ;] ed in s
to strain out.
Concern, to separate specially, [asan o5;ec< o/*rígarcí;] edly ing ment
hence, to interest.
Exercise 558.
Concoct, to cook together, or prepare [food in the ion ive ed
stomach ;] to digest ; to prepare.
Decoct, to prepare by boiling, [chiefly, medicinal ible ed ion
herbs.]
Profit, to make forward, i. e. to advance ; to gain able less ed
or cause to gain.
Refit, to make again [suitable,] i. e. to repair. ed ing
Congregate, to flock, or gather together. ion ional ionalism
Aggregate, to flock, or gather to [one assemblage ;] to ive ly ion
collect into one sum, or mass.
Segregate, te take from the flock or assemblage ; to ed ing ion
separate from others.
Be Re Mis
Super De Re
At Con Dis
Re Con Dis
'Im Com Per
In Out Over
Sue Ihs Pro
Under
Ad .
Re
As
Incom
Exercise 559.
take, to lay hold of ; to receive.
vise, to see, or look.
tribute, to give; to yield ; to grant,
to feel, or think.
sent,
plex.
Counter work.
Pre cinct.
to plait ; fold ; also, folded,
to labor ; to be in motion,
girt; surrounded.
* We have, also, which is but another form of this word, and which, as
• verb, signifies, to separate ; as an adjective, distinct, diyunct.
t Upon adding this sufiüx, drop one * of the radical.
156
ANALTTICAL StANTTAL.
Exercise 560.
Supervise, to look over, or qversee ; to superintend. ion or al
Devise, to see, or perceive clearly [<&« mode of effecting ed ing er
a purpose,"] i. e. to invent ; to contrive.
Revise, to see, or look over again ; to review; to amend, el ed ion
Advise, to see, or cause to see to ; to deliberate ; to ad- ment able edly
monish ; to inform.
Attribute, to give, or yield to [one, as his due ;] to as- able ive ed
cribe ; to impute.
Contribute, to give with, or in common with \o(hers ;] to ory ive or
aid. ^
Exercise 561.
Distribute, to give, or assign separately ; to divide ively iveness able
among many.
Retribute, to give, or pay back [good or evil ;] to re- ive dry ion
quite.
Resent, to feel again, or in return [ckießy an in- ment ive ingly
suit or injury."]
Consent, to feel and thiA with, i. e. the same as aneous ient ed
[anotheri] to allow; to concur.
Dissent, to feel and think differently [from an- aneous ient ious
oûier,] i. e. to disagree.
Assent, to feel [favorably] to or towards ; to con- ingly ation er
cede; to yield.
Exercise 562.
Complex, folded, or knit together ; composite. ity ly ure
Implex, folded in, i. e. intricate. ion
Perplex, to fold, or wind through and through, L e. to ed ity edness
make intricate ; to embarrass.
Counterwork, to work against, i. c. to counteract. ed ing s
Succinct, girt, or bound under [dosely, as a garment ;] ly ness
hence, brief; concise.
Procinct, girt for [action ;] ready ; fully prepared. '
Precinct, girt round fully, or that which girds, i. e. a
limit, or boundary.
Exercise 563.
Demi Hemi Semi
Con Ex Para
Ap Com
Con Pro
Ap
Ap
Em
Over
Com
De
In* sphere, a round body ; a globe.
Sub centric, placed, or being at the centre.
Re Disap probation, the act of proving, or trying.
Mispro Dispro fess, to declare; to own; to acknowl.
edge.
Under Dis prize,} ) to take [at a certain value.]
Enter Re prise, ^ to take.
Disem Re-em bark, a barge, boat, or vessel.
* Insphere is to place in a sphere.
't Prize and prise both, it is here assumed, come to us, through pris, past parti¬
ciple of the French prendre, from the Latin prebendo, to take or seize. We have,
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
157
Concentre,
Eccentric,
Paracentric,
Approbate,
Comprobate,
Reprobate,
Confess,
Apprize,
Apprise*
Comprise,
Reprise,
Enterprise,
Surprise,
Embark,
Ex Dis
Ex Dis
Ana Dia
De Sub
Ad Com
A Re
al
ed ing
ory
ion
er .
ion
Exercise 564.
to draw to a common centre ; to come to a point, ate ation ic
out of the centre ; ont of, or deviating from reg- al aUy ity
ularity in conduct.
[not equally distant] from the centre, i. e. devi¬
ating from a circular i()rm.
to try, or test [with satisfaction ;] to approve ;
to commend.
to prove with, or to agree with [anather] in ed ing
proving ; to concur in testimony,
to prove against ; to reject ; to abandon. ed ing
to own, or avow with, or in presence of, [any I ed ing
one.]
Exercise 565.
to take, or assume [as of a certain value,] i. e. ed er ment
to value, or set a value upon,
to take, or bear [information or notice] to, i. e. ed ing
to inform ; to notify,
to take together, i. e. to embrace or compre- al ed ■ ing
hend.
to take back or retake. el ed ing
to take in [hand to do,] i. e. to undertake ; to ed ing er
attempt.
to take, or seize over or during [the very act,] al ingly ed
i. e. to take unawares ; to astonish,
put [onés self or others] on [hoard of] a ves- ed ing ation
sel ; hence, to enter into any thing involv¬
ing risk.
Exercise 566.
Contredis
Indis
Para
Col
Inter
Sur
Misdis
Counterdis
Cataf
Inter
Im
Dis
tinguish, '
tinction.
lineation,
nñx,
mount.
to puncture or mark
with punctures,
the act of puncturing or
marking with punc¬
tures.
separation, or dissolution,
the act of making lines,
to mingle,
to rise or ascend.
Exercise 567.
Extinguish, to erase, or strike out by puncturing ; and, ed able ment
thence, generally, to put out ; to queimh ;
to destroy.
accordingly, the two forms apprize and apprise, having each the same literal sense,
but in their applications widely different. If this assumption be correct, apprize and
appraise will not, as is usually thought, he different forms of the same word, but
words of different derivation with the same signification.
* Apprise, to inform, is often written, apprize.
t Cata, in Catalysis, is intensive.
I
158
ANALYTICAL MANÜAIi.
Extinct, erased by punctures; thence, put out; ion ure
quenched ; being at an end.
Distinguish, to separate from others by plain marks, i. e. able ing ed
to discern ; to signalize.
Distinct, set apart by special marks or signs, i. e. differ- ness ly ive
ent ; separate ; clearly unlike.
Analyze, to loosen, or take apart [a compound ;] to re- ed
solve a compound into its elements.
Paralyse, to loosen, or unbrace completely {the nerves ;] ed
hence, to unnerve ; to destroy the power
of action.
Dialysis, the loosening or dissolving [a diphthong ;]
also, the mark that indicates tms.
Interline, to line or place lines between {other iirees.] ed
er. atiou
ing tic*
arf ationf
Exercise 568.
Op
In
Re
Re
Re
IXs
As
Im
Re
In
In
Ef
In
Con
Ex
Ac
Ac
Ac
Inter
Inter
Dis
Re
Ex
Dis
Con
Pre
Con
Disas
pugn,
quire,
quiúlion,
quest,
iulgent,
seminate,
sociate.
re, Î
úlion, >
St, )
to fight ; to strive.
ta seek or search.
the act of seeking or searching.
to seek or search.
shining ; dazzling.
to sow ; to spread.
to company.
Exercise 669.
Oppugn,
Impugn,
Expugn,
Repugn,
Inquire,
Inquisit,
Require,
Requisite,
to fight or war against, {chießy opinions ancy ant ation
and doctrines ;] to oppose,
to fight or carry the fight into {one's mo- ed ing ation
tives or doctrines;] to attack,
to fight out, i. e. to conquer ; to take by able ed ation
assault.
to fight again, or against ; to oppose, or ant antly ance
resist.
to search into ; to ask about,
to search into ; to ask.
to seek, or ask again [/or anything claim¬
ed, as right, due, or needful.]
asked, or required [as necessary.]
y
ive
ed
ent able
ion or
able ment
ly ness oiy
Exercise 570.
Acquire, to seek {to get] to {one's se/,] i. e. to gain, ment ed ing
Acquisite, gained by search. ion ive ively
Disquisition, the act of searching thoroughly {a given
subject ;] a systematic inquiry or dis¬
cussion.
Refulge, to blaze or shine again and again ; to ent ently ence
shine with great brilliancy.
• Upon adding tic, drop the final letters se, of Paralyse,
t The final e of interline, is not to be omitted before the suffixes or and ation.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
159
Effulge,
Associ,
Consociate,
Dissod,
to blaze or shine out ; to emit or send ed
forth brightness or-splendor.
to be a companion to. ate
to become a mate or companion with. ion
not, [or not disposed to 6«,] a companion al
or mate ; being separate or alone.
Exercise 571
ing ence
able
ional ed
able ate
Con Sub Incon Ob sequent, ^ following.
Con Sub Incon Ex secutive, I following, or tending to follow,.
Per Pro Ex Unex secuted, ( followed.
En Pur sue, J to follow [in, law ;] to prosecute.
A Com Pro Re move, > to change, or cause to change place.
E Com Pro Re motion, ^ the act of moving.
Ap Com Counter Re petition, the act of seeldng, or asking; prayer.
Em Im A De base, that on which anything stands; a
foundation ; hence, also, mean ;
vile ; low.
Exercise 572.
Consequent, following with [as an effect or result-']
Consecute, to follow with, [in close order;] to come next.
Subsequent, following, or coming after.
Obsequy,* a following closely, i. e. servilely, or compli¬
antly.
Persecute, to follow thoroughly [withpains, or with hos¬
tile intent.]
Prosecute, to follow forth, or up, [chiefly, in laxo-suits.]
Execute, to follow out [to a completion ;] to finish ;
to perform.
Exercise 573.
Ensue, to follow in [due order ¡] to succeed, or result.
Pursue, to follow for, or after [an object ;] to follow up.
Remove, to move again ; to put into another place.
Remote, moved back, i. e. far away ; hence, distant.
Emotion, amoving [of the mind;] mental excitement.
Commotion, a moving together, i. e. agitation ; tumult.
Promote, to move forward ; to advance.
ce ly ial
ed ion ively
ly ce
ous ousness ously
ed
ed
ed
ed
ed
ed
ly
s
s
ed
mg
ing
ort
mg
ing
mg
ness
er
ing
ion
ivef
s
anee
able
ion
ive
Appet,
Compete,
Repeat,
Repetition,
Abase,
Debase,
Embase,
ed itor itress
Exercise 574.
to seek, or incline strongly towards ; to de- ite itive ence
sire warmly,
to seek [the same thing] with [another;]
hence, to carry on rivalry,
to seek again and again ; hence, to do often, ed edly
the act of repeating. al ary
to make low, or humble. ed ing
to make base, or vile ; to lower. ed ing
to make base ; to vitiate ; to debase. ed ing
er
ment
ment
8
* Also, but chiefly4nthe plural [obsequies, like exequies,] a following to burial;
hence, a funeral procession ; funeral rites,
t See the definition of this form in Exercise 5, page 17.
>s
i
1
V
i
«
S
I
Is
V
1
■d
2;
H
m
H-4
Ü
ai
w
X
p¿l
2
H
H
S
P«H
O
J
w
Q
O
■S
«
•I
1
.8
■8
s
I
ïi
<1
■I
'S
ï:
«
^
l:
^
■s
w8
^ 1
« S
^ ^1
4
«
•<§
S
•I
■S
.<?
S »
e
8
8
■§
«
•S
<»
8
-e
^
iT
•c
1 ^
ANALÏTICAL MANUAL.
161
SECTION XXII.
Exercise 575.
Re
Pro
Pro
Al
Al
Dis
Ex
Ex
Ob
E
Ex
Re
De
Anti*
Inter
Inter
Ob
Ob
Col
Col
Trans
In
In
Ambi
Circum
animate,
trade,
trusión.
loquy, '>
locution, ^
.1
to give life ; to quicken,
to pusb, or thrust,
the act of pushing,
talk; discourse,
the act of speaking.
Exercise 576.
ed
ed
ous
ed
ed
ed
ion
ed
mg
mg
ate
ing
ing
ing
ive
ing
ion
ion
ation
ion
ion
er
nessly
Re-animate, to restore to life or vigor ; to revive.
Disanimate, to deprive of Hfe or spirit; to deject.
Exanim, out of, or without life ; without spirit.
Interanimate, to animate mutually.
Transanimate,f to make life, or the soul [pois"] over [into
another bodyJ^
Protrude, to push, or thrust forward.
Protrus, to push, or thrust forward.
Intrude, to push [one's self'\ into [a place or com¬
pany, without being invited or desired.'^
Intrusive, inclined, or apt to intrude.
Exercise 577.
Abstruse, pushed, or thrust away from [view;'] hence, ly ness ity
concealed ; obscure ; profound.
Obloquy, a speaking against [one,] that is, censorious
language; calumny; reproach.
Colloquy, a speaking together ; dialogue.
CoUocut, to speak together ; to converse.
Circwnlocut, to speak in a roundabout way; to express
in a number of words.
Eloquent, speaking out, i. e. freely and elegantly.
Prolocutor, , one who speaks for, or in place of [a convo¬
cation ;] the speaker, or chairman of an
assembly.
Interlocut, to talk, or speak among, or together ; to in¬
terchange speech.
Exercise 578.
Ante Post Mis Fore Over date,
Circnm ObJ De Per Pre ambulate.
ous
al
ion
ion
ist
or
oiy
ly ce
ship s
or ory ion
to give, or note [the time
of writing, or doing
any thing.]
to walk ; to go.
* Antüoquy, literally, a speaking against, or opposite. The word was formerly
applied to any sort of prefatory discourse, but is now no longer in use.
t Transanimate is^chiefly used in reference to the doctrine of the transmigratien
of souls, anciently taught by Pythagoras.
1 Ob, in obambulate, b merely intensive. The word, however, is nearly, if not
quite, obsolete.
21
162
AHALYTICAI. UANUAL.
Com
Com
Ac
Ana
Dis
Auti
Re
Re
Con
Syn
De Misap prehend.
De Incom prehensible.
Re Disac
Meta Para
cord,
chronüm,
I, }
ible, V
to take ; to hold ; to seize,
able, or fit to be taken, ot
seized,
the heart ; the mind,
a time, or period.
Exercise 579.
Perambulate, to walk through, or about.
Deambulate, to walk firom [place to place ;] to walk, or
go around, or abroad.
Preamble, to go, or cause to go before, [chiefly, in
vrriting or discourse ;] that is, to preface
or introduce.
Apprehend, to take, or seize [one, as by legal process ¡]
to take [mentally,'] i. e. to perceive ; to
anticipate.
Apprehens, to apprehend.
Comprehend, to take together, or within [a certain com¬
pass ;] i. e. to embrace, or comprise; to
take within [the mind;] hence, to under¬
stand.
Comprehens, to comprehend.
Reprehend, to take, or hold back [one going wrong ;]
hence, to check; to rebuke; to repri¬
mand,
to reprehend.
ed
ion
or
ory
ed
ion
cms
ed
ing
ed
ing
er
ive ively ion
ed ing er
ive ion ively
ed ing er
ive ory ibly
Reprehens,
Exercise 580.
Accord, [to be agreeable] to the heart or will [of able ingly ant
another hence, to agree with; to grant.
Concord, with, that is, agreement with, the heart, able ance ant
' or mind [of another ;] hence, harmony ;
agreement.
Discord, [the state of being] apart, or difierent [in] ant antly ful
heart, or mind; hence, disagreement;
variance.
Record, to mind, or call to mind again ; hence, to ed ing er
preserve, [chiefly, in writing,] the mem¬
ory of things.
Anachronism,* the placing [of an event] apart from the tic
[íñíe] time ; an error in computing time.
Antichronism, the placing against time, i. e. deviation
from true time.
Synchronous, being, or happening [at the same] time izef icalf
with [another event.]
Metachronism, the placing [an event] afier [die true time.]
Parachronism, the placing [of an event] away from [ito
true] time ; mistake in regard to time.
* Drop the final letter [m] of this word, upon adding the suffix,
t Upon adding this termination, the last three letters of synchronous must be
dropped.
ANALYTICAIi MANTAI..
16»
Co* Pro
Ad Pre
In Inter
Con Disf
A Anti
Con De
Ex
Re
A
Ex
En
Pro
In
Fore
Di
De
Dys
Ob
Exebcise 681.
Ad Mbit, to have ; to hold.
Mis judge, to deem ; to decide, or determine.
Re spersed, scattered; strewed; cast.
Ref iorf, to tum, or twist ; to wrench.
Sym phony, ' a sound.
At test, to witness ; to try.
Exercise 582.
Adhibit, to have, or hold to, or for [a certain me ;]
hence, to use ; to apply.
Prohibit, to hold forth [as a barrier y] hence, to debar ;
to forbid.
Exhibit, to hold out [to view ;] to show ; to display.
Inhibit, to hold in, that is, to check ; to hinder.
Adjudge, to judge, or sentence to ; award.
Prejudge, to judge, or decide before [examination.']
Asperse, to cast [blame, or censure'] at, or upcui, i. e. to
blame ; to censure ; to traduce.
Intersperse, to scatter between, or among ; to place, at in-
tei*vals, among other things.
Disperse, to scatter wide apart ; to spread ; to dissipate.
Detort, to twist, or turn from [the plain meaning.]
Extort, to twist, or wrench from ; to draw out forci¬
bly.
Exercise 583.
' Aphony, without sound, i. e. voice, or speech ; dumb¬
ness.
Antiphon, sound corresponding [(o sound,] i. e. alternate
singing in choirs.
Euphony, agreeable sound.
Dysphony, difficulty of sound, i. e. of voice, or speech.
Symphony, sound with [sound,] i. e. accompanying
sound ; harmony of sounds.
Contest, to witness together, i. e. to test by wdtnesses ;
hence, generally, to litigate ; to contend.
Detest, to witness, or bear witness [averse] from ;
hence, to hate ; to abhor ; to loathe.
Protest, to witness, or testify before, or openly ; to
declare publicly.
Attest, to witness, or testify to ; to certify.
Con
Im
De
Trans
Ex
Re
Ob
De
Exercise 584.
Re-con secrate.
Dis plant.
ed
ive
ing ion
ory ion
ion ioner ively
ed ing ion
ing ment
ing ment
er ion
ed
ed
ed
ed
ing er
ednession ive
al ert aryt
ous ic
OOS ize ized
able less ingly
able ation
atdon ant
ation or
ed
ed
ed
to make sacred, or holy,
to put, or set in the ground
for growth; hence, also,
to establish.
* Cohibit, (to hold firmly, i. e. to restrain,) is obsolete,
t For the explanatisn of Distort and Retort, see Exercise 522.
t Antiphoner is applied to a book of anthems : antiphonary, to a service book >.a
the Roman Catholic Church.
164
ANALTTICAL MANVAL.
Counter Dis Fore After At
Anti Hypo Para* Syn Pros* thesis,
A Ke Di Con F
Coa Dis Ab As Re
Exercise 585.
taste, to tonch \wiûh the.tmgu*
and niuaUA and hence,
to relish} also, to rehsb
mentally,
a putting, or placing ; that
which is put, laid down
for discussion.
vulsion, the act of plucking, pulling,
or rending,
sonant, sounding.
Consecrate,
Desecrate,
Execrate,
Implan^
Transplant,
Distaste,
Foretaste,
Antithe»8,f
Synthesis,!
Convulse,
Conson,
sacred uses,
to take out of the state of being sacred ;
to unhallow ; to profane,
to take or withdraw from [things] sacred,
or worthy of regard ; hence, to curse ;
to abhor ; to abominate,
to plant or fix, [chiefly, prmciples or doe-
trines] in [the mind ;] to inculcate,
to plant across [from one place to an¬
other ;] hence, generally, to remove
from one place to another,
disrehsh; dislike; disgust.
Exercise 586.
he act of placing opposite [each other,
vxrrd» and sentiments of opposite na¬
ture ;] contrast.
lie act of placing under [view or cormd-
eratioa, as very probable supposition.
J place under [pledge;] hence, to
pledge as security.
he act of placing together [the parts of
a Compound ;] composition.
hence, to shake or agitate violently,
sounding with or together ; hence, gen- ance ous
erally, harmonious ; agreeing with.
ed
ion
or
ed
ing
ion
ed
ing
oiy
cd
mg
ation
ed
er
atíoD
M
cd
folly
ing
ed
ei
tie
tical
tic
tical
ed
ion
or
tie
tically tíze
ed
ive
ively
antness
Ab Ifisab Dis Per
Al De In Mis
Con De Dis Pre
Exercise 587.
Mis use, to employ.
Re lay, to put or place.
Trans figure, to form ; to shape.
* Parathesie is the placing ef nouns denoting the stone thing near, or side by
side of each other, that is, in the same case ; apposition) :—Prosthesis is the putting
af an artificial limb, or part in union with the body, to supply a loss or defeet.
t Upon adding the suffixes to this word, drop its final syllable, [sis.]
ANALTTICAli HANTTAIn
165
Im EiÉ Mis Inter lie plead, to put in or nrge a plea ; to disctiss
or argue a case in law.
Con Pr6 Re ^ In* Mis create, to bring into existence ; to form.
Exercise 588.
Abuse, to use [in a way ¿¿^creni] from [<ä« just or ed ing^ ive
right OM ,*] hence, to use fll ; to maltreat.
Disabuse, to free from the abuse {of deception or imposi- ed ing
tion ;] hence, to undeceive.
Peruse, to use thoroughly {by way of examination or ed ing al
inspection ;] hence, to read through.
AUay, to put to [rest or ease ;] hence, to calm ; to ed ing ment
assuage ; to ease.
Delay, to put off [tfee finte faction ;] to defer; tore- ed ing ment
tard.
Configure, to form with, or according to, [a given model ;] ed ation ated
to shape or pattern after. '
Disfigure, to deprive of [iÄejproper_/bn» or Zooi,*] to de- ed ing ment
form ; to deface.
Exercise 589.
Transfigure, to transform ; to shape differently. ed ing ation
Prefigure, to figure forth, or beforehand {by types or ed ation ativu
signs /J to portray previously.
Implead, to bring in to a pleading, or legal process ; that ed ing er
is, to sue or prosecute ; hence, also, to accuse.
Intei^lead, to plead or argue [a point coming'] between ; ed ing B
that is, an incidental issue.
Misplead, to plead erroneously ; to err in pleading. ing s
Coucreate, to form with, i. e. at the same time with. ed ing s
Procreate, to bring forth into being ; to generate. ed ing ivé
Recreate, to create agedn, or anew ; that is, to revive the ed ion ive
spirits ; to cheer or enliven.
Exercise 590.
Com De
Com De
Inter
Inter
Op
Op
Post
Ap
Juxta Super Circum Ante Prédis
Ap Pro Dispro Mispro Superpro Re-ap portion.
Ante Extra Infra Inter Super
Ante pone, to put or place.
Dis pose.f to put or place.
Post position, the act of putting ;
a location,
a part; a shaie;
also, to share, or
allot.
Supra mundane, pertaining to the
world.
Exercise 591.
Component, putting,, or placing together ; composing ; con¬
stituent.
* Increate, or increated, that is, uncreated.
t Pose in the simple form, signifies, to put [to one's wits, or to a standi] to pus-
tie; to nonplus.
166 ANALTTICAL MANTTAL.
Compose, to put, or set together [in due order ;] to arrange ; ed ing et
to adjust ; to settle.
Composite, placed, or set together [in due order ;] com- or ive
pounded. '
Deponent, putting, or laying down; one who deposes, or a
lays down \ testimony.
Depose; to put down [from office or station ;'\ to degrade ; ed al able
to lay down [one's testimony ;] i. e. to testify.
Deposit, to put, or lay down, [chiefiy, for safe Tceeping or ed ary ory
pTeservation.l
Interpose, to put between ; to put [one's self] between [par- ed ing er
ties at variance ;] to intercede.
I
Exercise 592.
Opponent, one who puts [obstacles or objections'^ before, or s
in front of [another ;] an opposer.
Oppose, to put [hindrances or obstados] before, or in front ed ing ition
of ; hence, to resist, or act against.
Opposite, put, or placed before, or in front of ; facing ; ad- ly ness ive
verse; contrary.
Postpone, to put, or place alter [die due time ;] to defer ; to ed er ment
put oßl
Appose, to put, [ehießy, questions] to; hence, to examine ed ing •
by interrogation.
Apposite, put, or placed [switabfy] to ; hence, fit ; statable-, ly ness ioa*
Dispose, to put, or set apart [tn due order for any pur- ed ing able
pose ,-l to arrange ; to set apart, or part with,
by sale.
Apportion, to portion to; that is, to allot to each his due eding ment
share ; to share.
Proportion, to [give] portion for [porticm ;1 i. e. rightly to ed ate able
a<upt parts or portions ; to render symmetrical.
Exercise 593.
Pro In Con Re A E vo'ke,[ 1 to call ; to-summon.
Pro In Con Re A E vocation, V the act of calling ; also, a
) calling, or occupation.
Dis Int Inter £i Subt Ex section, the act cutting ; a di¬
vision.
De Re Pre Cog Ag In nominate, to name ; to designate.
Af Con In Ob Re-af Disaf firm, strong; fixed.
* Apposition, in Grammar, is the placing of two or more nouns, signifying the
same thing, in the same case.
t Voke is from the Latin voca The e of the root [voco] is changed into Jc, be¬
fore the letters e and i, to preserve its sound hard. Upon adding suffixes beginning
with other vowels, the pupil will, therefore, change the h into e .• thus, evoifce-ate
evócate.
t We have, also, the form insect, a word chiefly applied to certain small animals,
as wasps, ants, spiders and the like, fnnn the appearance of their bodies, which seem,
in some places, to be cut into two parts or divisions :—subsection, is a smaller sec¬
tion, or a part of a section ; a subdivision.
AKALTTICAI- MANUAL. , 167
ExercisIe 594.
Provoke, to call forth [the passions to excite ; to call ingly ed ative
forth [a person to a tnal of strength, or''
sMU,'] to challenge.
Invoke, to call upon.[my7rayer or swjjpZication;] hence, ed ate ated
to implore ; to entreat.
Convoke, to call, or summon together ; to convene or as- ing ed ate
semble by a call or summons.
Revoke, to call back, [as a grant, statute, sentence, or ed er able
edicts'] to recall; to repeal.
Dissect, to cut apart, or in pieces, [as an animal hody, ed ible ion
for the purpose of examination ,-J to anato¬
mize ; hence, also, to lay open for inspection.
Intersect, to cut between, or mutually, that is, to meet ed ing ion
and cross one another, as lines.
Bisect, to cut, or divide into two [^arts.] ed ing ion
Exercise 595.
Denomin, to name specially, or to give a particular ated able ative
name to.
Prenominate, to name, call, or designate before ; to nomi- ion ed ing
nate previously.
Renominate, to name, or designate again. ed ing ion
Cognomen,* the name [Joined] with [the Christian ate ation al
name ,*^ the surname ; an additional name. '
Affirm, to make hrm, or strong [hy positive asser- ed ative able
tion ;] hence, to assert, or declare posi¬
tively.
Confirm, to make strong, or strengthen, with [addi- ation atory ing
tional evidence or testimony ;] to corrob¬
orate ; to support.
Infirm, not strong ; weak ; feeble ; unsound, ity ative aryf
Obfirm, to make firni [in purpose ;] to harden. ed ing ation
Exercise 596.
Ex Inter Counter Re Un Re-ex changing, moving from one place
or state to another;
altering ; vaiying.
Intert Col Se E Recol Pre-e lect, to take or pick out ; to
choose ; to gather.
Circum Sub Di Ex Con In stance, 1 the state or condition of
I 8tanding;thatwhich
^ stands.
Con In De Sub Precon Re-in slitute, to cause to stand ; to
J staticKi, put or place.
Oc Ac In Inter De Pro cident, falling.
* The t in this word is exchanged for t, in the derivative forms,
t Infirmary, # place or residence for the infirm, or sick.
t The final letter [r] of this prefix, is changed (by Rule II., page 115) into I; so
that we have intellect, not interlect.
168
ANALTTICAL IUANITIL.
Exercise 597.
er
ed able
ableness ment ing
loneer
or
ress
edly
ive
ing
ual
ive
ion
Exchange, to change entirely [one Úiing for an-
other ;] to barter ; to reciprocate.
Interchange, to change between, or mutually ; to
give and take mutually.
Collect, to gather together ; to assemble ; to ed aneous ively
gather into a mass.
Recollect, to collect again [idea* or impression» ed ing ion
premously had;'] to bring back to re- ,
membrance ; to recall.
Elect, to pick out, or choose [one for ^¡ßce ,•]
to choose ; to prefer.
Select, to take apart [from a number;] to
adopt from preference ; to cuU out.
Intellect, [the faculty thai] chooses, or distin¬
guishes between [things ;] the un¬
derstanding.
Exercise 698.
Circumstance, that which stands around, i. e. any thing ed iate* ial*
immediately connected with, or attend¬
ant upon.
Substance, that which stands under, [oí a support ;] es iate* ial*
any thing that subsists; the main or
essential part.
iDistant, standing, or being [far] apart ; remote. ce ly ced
Extant, standing out [above the surface hence, cy ce
being, or remaining in a state of preser¬
vation.
Constant, standing together [without flinching or cy ce ly
changing y] that is, firm, steady, unva¬
rying, continuous.
Instant, standing, or being [close] upon ; hence, ly aneous aneity
pressing; immediate; momentaiy.
Instance, that which stands, or bears [closely] upon es ed ing
[a case or subject ,*] an example ; also,
to instance, i. e. to exemplify.
Exercise 599.
Constitute, to put together [firmly ;] to form ; to com- ion ionality ed
pose ; hence, generally, to set, fix or estab¬
lish.
Institute, to put, or cause to stand, on [a firm basis /] ion or ional
hence, generally, to establish, appoint, or¬
dain.
Substitute, to put under [duty for another;] that is, to ion ed ing
put in place of another.
Destitute, put, or placed [caeay] from, that is, deprived ion ly
of [means or aid;] hence, needy; friend¬
less; lonely; abject.
• Upon adding this sufilx, the c before e final of the radical, (which latter is to be
dropped,) is to be changed into t : thus, circumstantiate.
ANALtriCAL MANUAX.
169
Ç>ccident, the falhng, or going down [point or place of al
the sun ;] that is, the West.
Incident, falling, or happening in, or upon ; also, some- al ally
thing happening or occurring.
Accident, [an eoerU\ falling, or happening to.
Di Para Epi Peri
Dia Ana Para Epi
Exercise 600.
Apo Cata graph, '
Pro* gram.
Ap De
Pro Pre
Ex Dis
Ex Dis
Digraph,
Im Pro
Sus
Per Re-ex
Cora Recom
Sus Re-sus pend, t
. S
pense,
pend,
pense,
iS
al ally
[any thing\ marked, traced,
or written.
[ÛMt which Û] marked, de¬
lineated, or written; a
mark ; a figure,
to hang,
a hanging,
to weigh.
to weigh ; a weighing.
Exercise 601.
two [vowels'] written [together ,*] that is, the s
umon of two vowels, of which one only is to
be pronounced.
Paragraph, a written [mark, or character] near [a word, or ical ically ic
in the margin, to denote a division of a dis¬
course ;] hence, a distinct part or section of a
writing.
Epigraph, [any thing] written or inscribed upon [o monw- a
ment or building;'] an inscription; a title.
Perigraph, [any thing carelessl^ marked around ; i. e. de- a
hneated ; a rude sketch or outline.
Apograph, [any thing] traced, or written from [an originol,]
that is, a copy ; a transcript.
Catagraph, [any thing] traced, or drawn according to [a
model or original,] the first draught of a pic¬
ture ; a profile. ,
al
Diagram,
Anagram,
Exercise 602t
[a figure] marked out, or thoroughly define-' s
ated, [as a geometrical figure.]
[the letters of a word] written apart [from atic atism atizo
their due order, i. e. transposed so as to
form a different word.]
Paragram, [something] beyond [that] 'written ; that is, s atist
an expression having the nature of a pun
or quibble.
Epigram, [verses or lines'] ■written upon [a statue or atic atist s
monument /] thence, any short poem end¬
ing with a point, or witty turn.
Programme, [any thing] written, or set forth [by way of s
advertisement, preface, or general outline.]
* For the usual form of the derivative, when this particle [pro] is prefixed, see
the next exercise but one.
22
170
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Impend, to hang upon; to overhang; to be over or ing ed enea
close upon.
Depend, to hang down fimu, [as a sujmort j] hence, ence er ent
to rely upon ; to rest upon for support.
Exercise 603.
Expend, to weigh out ; that is, to cotmt, lay or give ed iture ing
out ; to spend ; to consume.
Expense, a weighing or laying out ; an expending. ful ive less
Compense, to weigh together, i. e. one with another; ate ation ated
hence, to give value for value.
Dispense, to weigh apart, or in parts ; hence, to give able ary ation
out in portions ; to distribute ; to allow.
Propense, hanging, or leaning forward ; hence, inclined ity ion ities
or disposed to; tending towards.
Suspend, to hang up [in balance ;] hence, to hold in a ed ing br
state undecided ; to intermit.
Suspense, the state of hanging [in doubt y] hence, tm- ive ible ory
certainty ; a pause ; a cessation.
Ee Pre Sub
Exercise 604.
Co Fore Insub
ordination, the act of placing in a
certain order, or rank.
Re Con Per De TJnde Precon ceive, ^ to take.
Re* Con Self-con De Miscon Precon ceii, I taken ; the act of taking
Re Con Per De Ac Inter ception, j the act of taking.
Re Pre Per In Ac Inter cipient, J taking.
Ap Im Ex Dis Misap Disap propriate, proper ; peculiar ; be*
longing; suitable.
Exercise 605.
Subordinate, to rank, or station under ; to put into a cd acy ly
grade inferior.
Co-ordinate, ranked with, or being of the same rank ly
with.
Pre-ordain, to rank, or order beforehand ; to pre-ap- ed ing
point ; to decree previously,
to take back, or in return, [as a reward ;3 ed able er
thence, generally, to take ; to obtain,
to receive ; to take. ive ibility ivity
to take or receive [¿¿cos or impressions'] able ably ed
through [the medium of the senses ;] to
understand ; to discern,
to take or receive through [the senses ;] to iWe ive ibility
perceive.
ness ion
ance
Receive,
Recept,
■ Perceive,
Percept,
Conceive,
Exercise 606.
to take or hold, [chiefly, the idea or image able ing ed
) take or Hold, [chiefly, the idea or image
of a thing] within [üä« mind ;] to com¬
prehend ; to imagine ; to think.
• Commonly written receipt
ANALYTICAL BIANUAL.
171
Conceit,
Concept,
Deceive,
Deceit,
Decept,
[that tthich is} conceived [in (he minci;} ed edly lew
hence, a fancy, notion, or opinion ; also,
to fancy.
to take within ; to conceive. ion ive ible
to take, or lead from [what is right ;} to able er ing^
mislead ; to- de&aod ; to delude,
that which deceives or misleads ; a cheat ful fully fulness
fraud; stratagem,
to take from [what is right,-] to deceive.
Exercise 607.
Accept,. to take to [one's self;] to receive favor-
ably.
Intercept, to take or seize [a thing] between [fhe
' ]^rU from which, and that to vMai ii
IS proceeding ;] to stop on the way.
Appropriate, proper or peculiar to [« particular per"
son, place, or Ûiing;] set apart or ■
suitable to [a special nse.}
Impropriate, to make [a ckwch possession] proper
to, i. e. the private property of, [a
layman ;] to assign. ,
Expropriate, to take out of the state of being proper
to, or possessed by; to deprive of,
[as one's will or reason.]
Disappropriate, to deprive of [a possession] appropri¬
ated ; to take from the proper use.
ive ious ible
ation able ance
ed ing ion
ness ly ion
ed ing ion
ed ing ion
I
ed ing ion.
Exercise 608.
Ab Re Ex Di* Pre Inter sñnd.
In Ex Con De • Pre Inter cisión,f
E Super Con Inter Contra Ad vene, '
In Con Super Inter Pre Circum vention,
A.d Con Det Pro Per Tra dition.
to cut.
the act of cutting,
to come or go.
the act of coming or
going.
the act of giving or de¬
livering.
Exercise 609.
Abscind,
Rescind,
Prescind,
Precise.
to cut off from, [as a member from the body, or ed ing.
a letter from a word.]
to cut off again, [as a rule, law, resolution, or ed ing s
decree ;] hence, to repeal ; to revoke,
to cut, or sever completely [things closely uni¬
ted ;] to abstract,
cut [offfrom] before; heneCi generally, pared, ly ness ion
or trimmed to a nicety ; exact.
* Discind, to cot apart ; to divida into two parts,
t See Exercises 502 and 503, and especially the note, page 136.
t Dedition is a giving, or yielding up completdy ; a surrender.
172 ANALTTICAli MANUAL. *
Concise, cut [down\ within {narrow limits/] hence, ly nesa ion*
bñef; short; succinct.
Excise, [a certain amamt'] cut out {from one's prop- able es ed
erty, as a tax/] hence, an inland dnly, or
impost.
Decis, to cut off [a case in dispute /] to decide ; to ive ively ion
end.
Incise, to cut into; to penetrate and part with an edge or nre cry
tool.
Exercise 610.
Invent, to come into {knotdedge of something new ed ing er
hence, to devise ; to contrive.
Supervene, to come over, or upon, [as extraneous or addi- ed ing ient
tkmal.]
Intervene, to come between {pariictdar events or times.] ed ine ient
Convene, to come together; to meet, or assemble; to ed able ing
'cause to meet ; to convoke.
Convention, the act of coming or going together; hence, al ary ist
also, agreement.
Convent, [a body of persons] come together, or assent- nal a
bled [/or religious purposes ;] a monastery ;
a nunnery.
Advent, a coming to [a place ;] a coming to [a tMng, ive itioun nal
as accidental or accessory.]
Exercise 611.
Prevent, to come, or go before [in order to hinder or ingly able ive
stop ;] hence, to hinder ; to stop.
Circumvent, to come around {with fraud, or deception ;] ed ing ive
hence, to delude ; to deceive ; to take un¬
fair advantage of.
Addition, the act of giving, or putting {one thing] to al ally aiy
{another ;] an increase.
Condition, the act of putting {things] together [in a cer- ality ed ary
tain state ,*] hence, a particular state ; also,
to stipulate.
Edition,! giving out, i. e. publication. or ed ing
Prodition,! the act of giving, or putting forth {something or orious cry
intrusted ;] treachery ; treason.
Perdition, the act of giving thoroughly {to destruction;]
hence, entire ruin, loss, or destruction.
Tradition, the act of delivering, or handing over, {as ally ist ary
facts, doctrines, or opinions, from father to
son.]
Exercise 612.
In Ab De Pre Sub-in Contra-in ckcation, the act of giving, setting
apart, or vowing.
• The form concision was often used to dedgnate the Jews, i. e. those who adhered
to the doctrine or ^uacttce of circumcision. ,
t Drop the last títrse letten of this word, upon adding the sufSxes.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL» 173
Re Oc In Con Inter Trans cur, 1 to mn.
Re Ex IHs In De Trans eursion, V the act of running.
Dis Inter Re Con Non-inter course, ) a running ; a career.
Ar De Ab Inter Sur Pro rogation, the act of asking or seek
ing; the act of asking [in
prayer ;] supplication.
, Exercise 613.
Indicate, to give in [a sign or intimation, ; j to signify ; to ed ive ing
^ow ; to point out.
Abdicate, to give away [one's right, or power ;] hence, to ed ing ion
renounce ; to relinquish ; to resign.
Dedicate, to give or set [away] from [common to special or ing atory ator
sacred uses ;] to consecrate ; to devote.
Predic, to give or put before [one, an affirmation;'] to af- ate able ant
ñrm ; to aver.
Recur, to run back, or return quickly ; to run back [in ed ence ent
thought.]
! Occur, to run towards, or against ; hence, to take place ; ed ing ence
to come to mind.
Incur, to run into [risA, danger, debt, or any evil ;] ed ing
hence, to become liable or exposed to.
Concur, to run together [in uràson ;] hence, to agree ; to ed ent ence
meet ; to conjoin.
Exercise 614.
Concourse, a running together, 1. e. a meeting ; an as¬
semblage.
Discourse, a running apart [from thought to thought, or ive* er ed
from topic to topic;] hence, a dissertation;
also, to treat of, or reason upon.
Intercourse, a running between [parties;] hence, com¬
munication ; reciprocal deahng.
Recourse, a running back [for aid /] a return.
.4rrog, to ask, or claim to [one's self, undue power, ated ant ative
rank, or estimation /] to assume ; to make
false claims to.
Derogate, to ask, or seek [to take] from ; hence, to de- ory ed ing
tract ; to disparage.
Interrogate, to ask between, or mutually ; hence, gener- ory ed ing
ally, to inquire ; to question.
Ahrog, to ask or demand back [a law, statute, decree, ated ating able
ordinance ;] to revoke ; to repeal.
Surrogate, to ask or call under, i. e. in place of, [an- ed ing S
other;] hence, to deputize; also, a depu¬
ty ; a substitute.
Prorogue, to ask, or call forward [to a future time,] that ed ing . ationf
is, to put off ; to protract ; to prolong.
» This form [discoursive,] which means, having the nature of a discourse, L e.
reasoning, is to bo di^nguished from the kindred form discursive, which signifies^
tending to run apart, or rove, i. e. roving; desultory.
t Upon adding ation, drop the last two letters of prorogues
SECTION XXIIL
Exercise 615.
Ad
Con
Dis
Re
Mis
Inter
Se
Dis
Con
Sub
Ad
In
Af
In
Suf
Dif
Per
Con
Ob
De
Pre
Per
In
Bi
Con
In
Ob
Ex
Super
Miscon
In
Re-con
Exsuf
Imper
Re-con
join,
junction,
fialion,
viotis,
struct.
to unite ; to add.
the act of joining.
the act of blowing.
having a way or passage ; going.
to build ; to frame.
Adjoin,
Disjunct,
Conjunct,
Subjunct,
Injunction,
Inflate,
Conflation,
Obvious,
Obviate,
Devious,
Deviate,
Pervious,
Previous,
Invious,
Exercise 616.
to join to ; to put in contact or union.
disjoined ; separate.
joined together ; united or combined.
joined beneath, or after, that is, put in dependence upon.
the act of injoining, [a« a warning, or command ;] a precept ; an order.
to blow into ; to ñll or swell with air ; to puff or swell [with pride ;] to elate.
the act of blowing [several instruments'^ together.
going in front of, or before ; hence, evident ; clear ; manifest.
to make way for, i. e. to free from difficulty.
Exercise 617.
going from or out of the [ordinary or accustomed'] way j wandering j erring.
to go, or depart from the way ; to digress ; to wander.
having, or admitting a passage through ; permeable.
going before; anterior; antecedent; prior.
not having, or admitting a passage ; impassable.
ed
ion
ion
ion
8
ed
ly
ed
«
ing ant ^
ive iveness ^
ively iveness ^
ive ively ^
ing
'ness
ing
ly ness
ed ing
ness
ly ness
ness
ion
ion
ion
1»
Construct, to build, or frame together ; to put together in order.
Destruct, take out of the state of being built up, i. e. to ruin ; to destroy.
Instruct, to build up in [knowledge /] hence, to teach ; to edify.
Obstruct, to build, or heap up against, i. e. to block up ; to hinder.
Superstruct, to build over, or upon.
Exercise 618.
ed
ive
ed
ed
ion
jve ion
iveness ion
ive ively
ion ive
ure
Trans
Ex
Ad
Amb
Prêter
Ob
Circu
it, >
to go.
Trails
Se*
Ad
Amb
Prêter
In
Circu
ition, ^
the act of going.
Ac
Re
In
De
Pro
Dis
Superin
cumhent,
lying; resting.
Con
De
Ex
Fer
Dis
Suc
Reper
cussion,
the act of shaking
Re
Dis
Mis
Over
Sur
Un
En
charge.
to load.
Exercise 619.
Transit, a going across, or over ; the passage of [one thingl over [another.']
Exit, a going out, or off, [chiefly,from the stage or the world ;] departure ; decease.
Ambit,f [the line] going around [a thing i. e. the perimeter or circumference ; a going
about [to seek popular favor ;] hence, desire of honor.
Circuit, a going around ; a passage about.
Initiate, to go, or cause to go into ; hence, to introduce ; to instruct in first principles-
Preterit, gone beyond j past.
Obit, a going in front of, that is, to meet [death ,•] hence, decease ; death.
Sedition,^ a going apart, or aside [from duty or alkgixince to established government or
authority ;] insurrection.
ive
ory
ional
ial
ious
ious
iously
iousness
ous
y
eer
ed
ory
ion
ion
ness
ual
uary
ious
lousness
* Between Se and the radical [ition] must be inserted the letter d, for the sake of euphony,
t The second signification, or application of ambit given above, is that which prevails in the derivatives.
t Drop the last three letters of tliis word, upon adding the suffixes.
Exercise 620.
Accumb, to lie, or lean at [meals, as did the ancients ,*] to recline.
Recumb, to lie back ; to lean ; to recline.
Incumbent, lying or resting upon, [as a duty or alligation ;] also, [a person"] resting upon, i. e.
enjoying [an ojice.]
Incubate, to lye, or sit on, [as eggs for hatching to hatch.
Succumb, to lie under, or lay [one's self\ under [the will of another :] hence, to yield tamely.
Concuss, to shake together j hence, to agitate violently.
Discuss, to shake apart, i. e. thoroughly to canvass [a subject y] i. e. to debate ; to investigate.
Percuss, to strike thoroughly, or violently, as one body against another.
Repercuss, to strike, or drive back thoroughly j to reverberate.
Surcharge, to overload ;'to overburden.
Exercise 621.
ent
ing
cy
ency ation*
ent ency
ed
ed
ation
ed
ed
ed
ed
s
ing
ing
ion
ing
ing
ion
ing
ion
ive
ive
ion
ive
er
Ap
Apo
Apo
Re
Al
Dis
Eu
Cata
Pro
Col
Approve,
Improve,
Im Re Counter Disap Misim prove, to try ; to test ; to establish by trial.
Ana A Anti Ambi Para logy, i a word ; speech or discourse •, reason.
Ec Col Dia Pro Epi logue, ^ a word ; speech or discourse ; reason.
E Col Inter De II lapse, a gliding or sliding ; to slide; to fall.
Dis Ab. Inter Trans E location, the act of placing ; position.
Exercise 622.
to prove [according'] to [some standard ;] hence, to admit the propriety of ; to like, ed ingly al
to prove, or make experiment in, or upon ; hence, to better ; to advance. ed ing ment
• Upon adding this suffix, the m of tho radical is to be dropped ; thus, oceubatioiu The Eatin form of the root is cuho i whence the En¬
glish, cub, cuhattrry, cubation, aecubation, decubation, dec.
Reprove, to prove or try again [by admonition or censure ;] hence, to chide ; to blame j to rep- ed ing er
rimandé
Counterprove, to make, or take a correspondent proof. ed ing s
Apology, a discourse, or speech [excusing or defending'] from [the imputation of guilt or error /] ize etic ist
a defense ; an excuse.
Apologue, a discourse or story [designed to turn the mind] from [vice or error ;] a moral fable, s er
Eulogy,* a speaking well of, that is, a discourse in favor of [another ;] a panegyric. ize ical ist
« Exercise 623.
Analogy,* a speaking, or something spoken, again, i. e. repeated ; hence, similarity, or agreement ize ous ism
between things.
Paralogy,* reasoning against [reason or truth .•] false reasoning. ize izing ism
Dialogue,■)■ a discourse through or together ; a formal conversation ; a colloquy. ize ist ism
loPrologue, the discourse before, i. e. introductory or opening ; also, to make an opening speech. ed ing s
"Epilogue,f the additional [i. e. closing] discourse, or part of the discourse ; a concluding discourse, ize izing ism
Antilogy, a speech, or something spoken, [in one part of an author] opposed to [something said in
another part.-] a contradiction.
Ambilogy, doubtful speech or talk.
Exercise 624.
Catalogue,:]: [a numher of particulars] gathered according to [some order ,•] a list ; also, to make a list, s ed ing
Eclogue, [a pastoral poem] chosen out, or selected from others j a select piece of composition. s
* Upon adding the suffixes drop the final letter [y] of this word.
t The last two lettere [ue] of this word, must be rejected before the suffixes are added.
t The radical logue in catalogue and ecologue, denotes choice or selection. To account for this, it is only necessary to know, that
the Greek verb [Xcyw,] whence logue [Xóyos] is derived, has, besides the meaning, ie say or speak, the signification, to choose ¡ to gather i
to collect.
Relapse,
Collapse,
Elapse,
Collocate,
Dislocate,
to glide, or fall back [into a former state or practiee."] ed ing
to glide, or fall together, [as the sides (f a vessel ;] to fall together [through disease ed ing
or decay.
to glide, [as time,'] out of [existence y] hence, to pass away. ed ing
to place or set together [in due order ;] to arrange ; to station. ed ing
to take out of the state of being [properly] placed or set, [as a lone f] to disjoint. ed ing
er
ion
ion
ion
Exercise 625.
Com
E
Im
Inter
Trans
Re
De
migrate.
Con
Counter
Contra
Demi
Super
P reter
Un
natural.
As
En
In
Re-in
Re-as
Un
Re-in
sure.
De
Indo
Ex
Con
In
Frede
Dis
terminate.
Ex
Con
De*
Super
Ac
In
Re-de
crescent.
to go, pass, or travel,
pertaining to nature,
certain ; positive
to end ; to bound ; to limit,
growing ; increasing.
Exercise 626.
Emigr^ to go, or travel out of [a country, state, or region.]
Immigr, to go, or travel into [a country, state, or region, with a view to settlement there.]
Commigrate, to go, or travel together, or in company.
Transmigrate, to go or travel across or over [from one place or body to another.]
Connatural, having a joint, or like nature ; connected by nature.
Supernatural, above, or beyond [what ¿«j natural.
Exercise 627.
Assure, to make sure or confident ; to promise faithfully.
Insure, to make sure or secure [against loss or disappointment.]
ant ated ation
ant ated ation
ed ing ion
ed ing ory
ize ized ity
ly ness
ed ing anee
ed ing anoe
* i>ecrescent, taking from the growth; decreasing.
Determine, to limit accurately ; to fix or settle ; to resolve.
Extermine, to put out of, or beyond limits, or bounds, i. e. to root out ; to destroy utterly.
Cmtermin, [having] a bound [in common] with [each other ;] i. e. the same bound or limit.
Excrescent, growing or swelling out, or above [the surface y] protuberant ; superfluous.
ed ately able
ation ator atory
ous ate able
ce
to put in motion ; to drive j to do.
to call ; to utter aloud,
the act of calling,
to call ; to summon,
to cast ; to throw.
Exercise 638.
Re En Co Ante Over Counter Trans Ex act,
Ac De Pro Ex Dis Re Mis Re-ex claim,
Ac Oe Ex Pro Re Dis Con Re-ex elamaiion,
Re Fore Ex In Mis Con* Fore-re Misre cite.
Ab Con De E Pro Re Inter Sub ject,
Exercise 629.
Re-act, to act again, or in return ; to act oppositely.
Enact, to make to act, or to put in action or force, [chiefly, laws y] to decree ; to establish.
Overact, to act or do atwve [measure y] to overdo.
Counteract, to act against ; hence, to defeat ; 4o frustrate.
Exact, to drive or force out, i. e. to extort ; [as an adj.] driven or carried out [to the utmost;]
i. e. strict ; accurate.
Transact, to do thoroughly ; to perform ; to finish.
Acclaim, to cry, or shout to or towards, i. e. to give noisy expressions of praise or approbation.
■ Exercise 630.
Declaim, to utter or pronounce forcibly [a speech, or discourse ;] to spgak vehemently.
Exclaim, to call out, or aloud ; to vociferate.
Proclaim, to call or utter forth ; that is, to declare openly or publicly ; to publish.
Disclaim, not to claim, or not to admit a claim ; to deny ; to disown.
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ed ly
ion
ed ing
ed ing 8
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ed ing
ion
er
er
er
er
* Concite is obsolete} but see concitation in Exercise 630.
Reclaim, to call back \from vice or error y] to restore ; to reform.
Recite, to call back or recall [aloud, somethivg committed to memory ;] to repeat ; to tell.
Concitation, the act of calling together [hastily,i. e. stirring up, or putting in motion.
Excite, to call out [the feelings, passions, or spirits ;] to provoke ; to^timulate.
Exercise 631.
Incite, to call, or urge into [action y] to spur on ; to animate or encourage.
Conjecture, to throw together, i .e. compare [facts, and thence deduce inferences y] hence, to in-
fer ; to guess ; to suppose.
Deject, ' to cast down, [chiefiy, the countenance or spirits y] hence, to dishearten.
Project, to cast forward ; to shoot out ; to cast forward [in mind y] hence, to plan or scheme.
Interjection, the act of throwing between ; als®, [a word'\ thrown between [the parts of a sentence,
to indicate strong emotion.^
Subject,* to cast, or bring under [dominion or inspection y] hence, to enslave ; to submit, or refer.
Object,* to throw [obstacles or hindrances'] in front of, or before ; hence, to oppose.
Abject, to cast away ; also, cast off or out ; that is, low ; mean j wretched.
Ac
Re
Ex
Se
Re
Re
Ac
Pre
Re
Ex
Inter
Con
Con
Ocij:
Im
Con
Inter
In
Dis
Com
Ante
Dis
Inter
In
Sup
Ext
Pro
Oc
Con
Trans
Prof Sucf
De Suc
Re Se
Pre Ex
Misre Re-ex
Exercise 632.
cede,
cession,
elude,
elusion,
port.
ed ing er
ed ing ation
ed able ative
ed ant
ed al
ed ion
ed ure
al s
ment
ally
ment
ment
ed ing ion
ed ing ion
ly ness edness
to go ; to go [from a position :] to submit ; to yield.
the act of going ; a yielding.
to shut, close or lock.
the act of shutting. ^
to bear or carry.
* A subject is a person placed under [rule or sway :'\ also any thing thrown under [view or considerativn;] that which is treated, or of
which something is affirmed ; a theme. An object is any thing thrown before [the senses or the mind, as desirable or worthy to bo
sought or regarded ;'\ an aim, end or purpose,
t Commonly written exceed, proceed, succeed.
t Oc. in occlusion, is merely euphonic.
Exercise 633.
Accede,
Access,
Concede,
Concess,
Exceed,
Excess,
Intercede,
to go or come to, i. e. to approach with [favor y] hence, to agfee or assent to.
a going or coming to •, an approach ; an admission,
to go with [in sentiment or opinion ;] hence, to allow ; to admit, as true,
to concede ; to allow or grant,
to go beyond ; to surpass.
that which goes beyond [wÄai is needful or proper ;] surplus ; extravagance,
to go between [parties at variance, in order to reconcile them :] to mediate.
Intercessor, one who intercedes, or mediates.
Exercise 634.'
ed
or
ed
ive
ed
ive
ed
y
Proceed, to go forward ; to advance.
Process, a going forth, or proceeding ; a course ; an operation.
Precede, to go before [in time, place, rank, or degree.']
Conclude, to shut or fasten together, [chiefy, a train of thought or reasoning .*] hence, to
infer ; to decide.
Conclusive, concludent, that is, decisive.
Exclude, to shut, or lock out ; to debar ; to preclude.
Exclusive, tending, or having power to shut out, or debar.
onness
ing
ory
ing
iveness ionary
ing
vely
ing
s
ingly
iveness
ent
ed
ing
er
ional
-ionally
ionary
ed
aneous
ent
ed
ent
ency
ly
ness
ed
ing
er
ly
ness
>
i
►
r<
Exercise 635.
Preclude, to shut, or close beforehand ; to prevent or hinder from entering.
Recluse, shut or thrown back [from the world ;] hence, retired ; solitary.
Seclude, to shut apart [from company or society.]
Comport, to bear or carry together, that is, to suit ; to accord ; to agree with.
Export, to carry [goods] out of, or from [one country to another.]
ed
ive
ed
ed
cd
mg
ins
ing
ing
s
ness
«
able
Ation
00
Import,
Support,
to bear or bring [goods from ajrood] into [one's own country ;] to bear [a mean- ed
ing,'] i. e. to mean.
to underbear ¡ to endure.
ed
er
ing
ation
Exercise 636.
De '
Ad
E
In
Con
Re
Pro .
Sub
duce, >
Con
E
In
Ob
De
Re
Pro
Sub
duct, )
Al
Col
De
E
II
Inter
Pre
Re-al
lude.
Col
Al
E
De
II
Pre
Pro
Re-al
lusion.
As
Con
Re
De
In
Ex
Sub
Per
sist.
Exercisi
: 637.
to lead or draw,
to lead or draw,
to play.
the act of playing,
to stand ; to stay.
to cite ; to offer.
Conduce, to lead or bring together, [to a given point or purpose .*] hence, to tend ; to be sub¬
servient.
Conduct, to lead along with, i. e. to guide ; to direct ; also, to guide, or govern [one's self\
i. e. to behave.
Deduce, to draw [inferences or conclusions'\ from [propositions proved or admitted:'] to
conclude ; to infer.
Deduct, to draw or take from ; to subtract.
Educate, to lead or draw out [the talents, or the powers of the mind .•] to exercise j to train
and instruct.
Induce, to lead [the mind] into ; hence, to prevail upon ; to influence j to incite",
Induct, to lead into [oßce, or a henefce, with due form ;] to invest.
Exercise 638.
Produce, to lead or bring forth, [chiefiy, into view or existence ;] "to draw forth as a line.
ible
ed
ent
ed
ibleness ent
ed
ing
or
ible
ment
ed
ive
ed
ively
ing
ion
ional
ed
or
ment
ed
ible
ion
ed
ing
ible
Product, \any thing] brought forth or produced [6y nature or art ;] also, a result or con¬
sequence.
Reduce, ,to lead or bring back [to a previous state :] hence, to bring to or into [any, chießy
a lower state or condition.]
Reduct, to bring back ; to reduce.
Subduce, to draw from under, or away, that is, to subtract ; to deduct.
Allude, to play to, or towards, that is, to hint at playfully; hence, generally, to hint at;
to refer to.
Alius, to allude to ; to refer to.
Exercise 639.
Collude, to play together, that is, to unite in playing [a trick upon a person .•] hence, to
conspire in imposture.
Colins, to conspire for fraudulent purposes ; to collude.
Delude, to play, that is, to beguile from [truth .*] hence, to deceive ; to mislead
Delus, to delude ; to mislead.
Elude, to play out of, that is, escape from ; to evade ; to avoid by artifice.
Elus, to elude ; to evade.
Exercise 640.
Assist, to stand to, or near, [for aid ;] hence, to aid ; to help.
Consist, to stand together [in harmony : also, in a mass or body ;] hence, to agree with ;
to cohere ; to be composed of.
Resist, to stand against; to withstand.
Desist, to stand ort" from [any undertaking .•] to quit ; to discontinue.
Insist, to stand upon [one's rights, privileges, wishes or opinions ;] to urge or press ear¬
nestly.
Exist, to stand out from [the surface .*1 hence, to be ; to live.
ive
iveness
lie
ed
ible
ment
ion
ed
ed
ive
ing
ing
ively
es
iveness
ively
ory
ed
ing
er
iveness
ed
ive
ed
ion
ively
er
ively
ing
ory
ory
able
ory
ible
oriness
ed
ant
less
ed
ing
ency
an ce
ible
less
ed
ed
ance
ing
ing
ence
ent
ed
i
o
&
2
ao
CO
Subsist, to stand under or by [extraneous means :] hence, generally, to be ; to live ; to tag ' ence ed
abide.
Persist, to stand through [whatever opposes .*] hence, to persevere. ed ive ence
jí.xercise t>41.
Trans
Con •
A
Pre
At
Ab
Ab
In
Pro
Con
Con
Trans
Sub
De
Abs
Assume,
Consume,
Consumptive,
Presume,
Resume,
Transume,
Ascribe,
Circumscribe,
Describe,
Inscribe, *
Proscribe,
Pre
Re
De
Super
Ex
Re
Pre
Pro
Circum
Pro
De
As
Pre
Sub
Sub
As
Re-as
Circum
In
De
Sub
Pre-con
Super
Con
Dis
sume,
sumption,
scribe,
scription,
tract,
to take.
the act of taking,
to mark ; to trace ; to write,
the act of marking or writing,
to draw.
Exercise 642.
to take to or upon [one's se^;] to take as granted or proved. ed
to take [away] altogether ; hence, to waste away ; to destroy. ed
destructive ; wasting ; having a tendency to consumption. ly
to take [as true] before [trial or examination;] hence, also, to be confident or ed
arrogant.
to take back, or again ; to recommence. • ed
to take across, i. e. from one place or thing to another. ed
to write or mark down to ; hence, to impute ; to attribute. ed
to mark round [the limits or horders of a thing ;] hence, to limit ; to confine, ed
Exercise 643.
to write or mark down [events, characters, or places;] to delineate ; to relate, ed
to write or trace on. ed
to mark or set forth in writing [the names of persons to he punished;] hence, ed
to doom ; to interdict.
mg
er
ness
ing
ing
ing
ing
ing
mg
ing
ing
er
able
able
able
able
able
er
Prescribe, to mark or write down previously [rules or directions to he followed;] hence,
to direct.
Prescript, prescribed ; directed.
Rescript, [that which is] written back or in return ; i. e. a written answer, or reply.
Conscript, written together, [as the names of soldiers for the service ;] i. a. enrolled.
Subscribe, to write [one's name] under ; i. e. to consent to, or attest by writing one's name
beneath.
* Exercise 644.
Attract, to draw to or near ; to induce ; to tempt.
Contract, to draw together; that is, to shrink or compress [any thing;] to draw together
[èy articles of agreement ;] i. e. to bargain.
Abstract, to draw from or away ; to separate [any thing from its connection,]
Extract, to draw out ; to take or bring out.
í2.Protract, to draw forth, or forward [i» duration;] to prolong ; to delay.
Detract, to draw from [the merit of any thing y] hence, to lessen ; depreciate.
Subtract, to draw from beneath ; that is, to deduct ; to take from.
Distract, to draw apart, or in different ways [chiefiy the thoughts y] hence, generally, to
confuse ; to perplex.
Exercise 645.
ive
ively
ion
ed
ing
ible
ion
ing
Ive
edly
edness
ed
ed
ory
ion
edly
ed
ile
ly
ion .
or
ress
ing
edness
er
ion
er
ion
ibility
ive
ive
ive
ive
ed
ion
Con
Re
De
En
In
Dis
Per
Mis
form,
to frame ; to fashion ;
Trans
In
Con
Re
Per
Sus
A
Ex
spire,
to breathe.
Di
E
Cor
Ar
Indi
Misdi
Incor
Re-e
red,
to make straight.
De
Dis
Im
After
Com
A
Fore
Counter
part,
sign.
to divide ; to separate.
As
Re
Con
De
Under
Counter
Misas
Prede
to mark ; to trace.
Exercise 646
Conform, to form with or like, that is, to make [one's sentiments] like [another's; ] to comply, able
ity
ation
Deform, to deprive of [dm or proper] form, shape or make ; to disfigure. edness ity
Perform, to form or make thoroughly ; to perfect ; to accomplish. ance able
Reform, to form, or shape again, or anew ; to restore ; to amend ; to correct. ation atory
Inform, to form in [one's mind the idea of any thing ;] hence, to tell ; to instruct ; also, ed ation
to accuse.
Misform, to form, or shape wrong. ed
Expire, to breathe out [the last breath ,■] hence, to die ; to terminate ; to close. ed
Perspire, to breathe through ; hence, to pass through [the pores of the skin as sweat.] able
Exercise 647.
ing
ing
ation
edly
er
ed
ant
ation
atory
00
0»
Aspire,
to breathe or pant towards [an object desired ;] hence, to aim at ] to desire
ed
ation
ant
1
eagerly. .
S
Respire,
Conspire,
to breathe, or take breath again and again.
ation
atory
able
i
to breathe together [in criminal design ;] that is, to league, by oath or other-
wise, to commit crime.
ator
acy
•
ing
o
í
Inspire,
to breathe, or draw in breath ; also, to breathe into, or infuse [divine influence.
ation
ed
ing
1
spirit, life.^
a
Transpire,
to breathe over, or through ; to exhale j to perspire ; hence, also, to pass, or
escape secretly.
able
ation
ed
Suspire,
to breathe up, or draw up the breath, that is, to fetch a deep breath ; to sigh,
to make straight [according to rule or line ;] hence, to order or regulate ; to
point or guide to.
ed
ation
ing
rix
Direct,
ive
ory
Erect,
to make, or set up straight ; hence, generally, to raise up ; to build.
ive
ed
ly
Correct,
to make straight with, or in conformity with [some rule ;] hence, to make right.
Exercise 648.
ional
ive
ness
Indirect,
not straight ; oblique ; hence, not fair or ingenuous.
ion
ly
nesa
Denart,
to part, or separate from ; to quit or leave.
ure
ed
ing
to part, or share among [others ;] to communicate ; to give.
to make, or divide in parts ; to separate into apartments.
to sign, or give back [any thing which has been conferred ;] hence, to give up ;
to yield ; to submit,
to mark down [i/ie jplan or outline of any thing y] hence, to plan ; to project ;
to purpose.
to sign, or mark out to [one, a portion or duty y] i. e. to allot ; to appoint,
to sign [over in trust] with [another y] hence, generally, to transfer ; to deliver.
ed
ance
ation
ment
ition
ed
ation
ed
edly
ate
ing
lessly
ee
ment
able
ed
ment
ee
ed
ing
ature
Impart,
Compart,
Resign,
Design,
Assign,
Consign,
Countersign, to sign [on] the opposite [side of an instrument in writing.]
Exercise 649.
Re Con In Dif Ef Pro Trans Suf fuse, to pour j to melt.
Ag Con Di E In Pro Re Trans gress, to step ; to pass j to go.
E Re Con In De Circum Re-in Inter volve, to roll ; to turn.
E In Re Con Circum Counter-re Anti-re Ad volution, the act of rolling or turning.
Com Im Ex De Re Sup Over Op press, to urge, or bear upon forcibly ; to squeeze.
Exercise 650.
Refuse, to pour, or throw back [as useless y] hence, to reject ; to deny, al able ed
Diffuse, to pour apart, i. e. to spread ; to disseminate. edly iveness ibility
Profuse, to pour forth [lavishly y] to squander. ed ly ion
Confuse, to pour, or mix together ; hence, to disorder ; to make indistinct ; to discon- edly ion edness
cert.
Infuse, to pour into ; and, hence, to instill j to sleep j to inspire. . ed ion ive
Transfuse, to pour over [from one vessel into another y] and, generally, to pour over ; to ed ion ible
spread.
Suffuse, to pour, or spread under [a surface y] thence, generally, to spread j to over- ed ing ion
spread.
Exercise 651.
Aggress, to step to, or towards [wt<Ä hostile inient or action ,*] hence, to commence a
quarrel ; to make the first attack.
Congress, a stepping or going together ; hence, a council or assembly j a meeting.
Digress, to step, or go apart, [or aside from the road;] hence, to wander or stray [from
the sulyect under notice.]
Transgress, to step, or pass over [a given hound or limit ,*] to overstep.
Progress, to step forward ; to advance.
Devolve, to roll, or pass down [from one to another ;] to descend.
Revolve, to roll, or turn [over] again j hence, to turn over [thoughts in mind ;] i. e. to
consider.
Revolution, the act of rolling, or turning back again [to a former state ;] hence, generally,
an entire change.
Exercise 652.
Express, to press out ; 1. e. to present, portray or describe [the form, nature, or charac¬
ter of any thing ;] to utter.
Depress, to press, or bear down ; to lower ; to deject [the spirits.]
Impress, to press, or force into [any service;] to press or fix, [a form or mark] upon [any
thing ;] i. e. to stamp.
Suppress, to press, or force beneath ; hence, to conceal ; to keep under ; to subdue ; to
stop.
Repress, to press, or force back, i. e. to restrtin ; to quell ; to stifle.
Oppress, to press before, or against [grievousiy j] hence, to overburden ; to treat with
undue severity.
Compress, to press, or squeeze together, i. e. to bring into smaller compass or space.
or
ive
ion
ive
ively
ion
ional
ional
ive
or
ive
ed
ed
ing
ion
ing
ing
ion
ed
ency
ary
ize
ist
ed
ive
ion
or
ed
ive
ive
ing
ion
or
ing
ion
ed
ively
ive
or
ion
ion
ibility
ion
ure
Exercise 653.
Af
Pre
Suf
Con
In
Post
Trans
Un
fix.
to establish^ to set ; to place.
Con
Af
Re
In
De
Ef
Retro
Super
flux.
a flowing.
Con
Circum
Ef
Re
In
Af
Dif
Subter
fluent.
flowing.
Im
Com
Dis
Re
De
Am
Sup
Miscom
putation,*
the act of throwing, or putting.
In
Re
Intro
Ex
Pro
Re-in
Retro
Disre
sped.
to look ; to view.
Exercise 654.
Affix, to fix, or annex to [the end ;] to subjoin. ,
Prefix, to fix, or place before ; to fix or set at the beginning.
Suffix, to fix, or place [letters or syllables'] after, or at the end of [a word ;] to affix.
Confix, to fix together [firmly ;] hence, to fasten.
Influent, flowing in, or upon ; hence, moving or operating upon ; actuating.
Confluent, flowing together.
Circumfiu, a flowing around.
Exercise 655.
Superfiu, a flowing above, or overflow ; superabundance.
AJIu, a flowing [of riches or wealth] to [oney] hence, wealth ; abundance.
Compute, to throw, or put together [in mind y] hence, to reckon, or calculate.
Impute, to throw, or put upon; hence, to ascribe to; to charge upon.
Repute, to put, or place again [in mind y] hence, to think ; to account.
Dispute, to throw, or put apart [in argument or debate y] to controvert ; to contend.
ed
ture
ion
ed
ion
ing
ed
ing
es
ed
ing
ure
ce
- ial
ially
ce
ous
ent
ence
ity
ous
ously
ence
ent
ently
ed
ation
able
ation
able
ative
ed
able
less
ation
able
er
* The primary sense of the Latin verb puto, whence the form putation above, is not certainly known. The simple verb in that lan¬
guage has the significations, to clean ; to prune ; to think ; to reckon. As, therefore, the meaning assigned to putation in the text, best
explains, in my judgment, the applications of the derivatives, I have, without hesitation, adopted it.'
Depute, to put, or set off [on a special mission ;] hence, to delegate ; to appoint.
Amputate, to throw, or cast [off by cutting] round ; hence, to cut off, as a limb.
Suppute, to put under [calculation,] i. e. to reckon j to compute.
Exercise 656.
Aspect, [any thing] looked at, or viewed ; hence, the appearance ; the countenance.
Circumspect, looking around [with care ;] watchful ; cautious.
Expect, to look out [for something to come ;] to wait for ; to apprehend ; to anticipate.
Inspect, to look into, and hence, to examine ; to supervise.
Introspect, to look within ; to view the inside.
Prospect, a view forward or ahead ; a view of, or reference to the future.
Retrospect, a view backwards ; a view of, or reference to the past.
Respect, to look [to] again, [as worthy of special esteem or consideration ;] to regard ;
to honor.
ation
ed
ed
ion
ion
ed
ed
ed
ion
ion
ed
ing
ing
ively
ation
or
ing
ive
ive
y
ion
ation
ness
ancy
orship
ion
ively
ively
Exercise 657.
Of
Pre
De
Re
Con
In
Dif
Trans
Re
Pre
E
Col
Pro
Ob
De '
Trans
Ad
Com
Per
De
Im
Sub
Re
Inter
Re
Im
Inter
E
De
Per
Com
Ad
Sur
Pre
De
Pro
Re
Compro
Re-de
Presur
Exercise 658.
ission, > -
ise, )
fer,
late,
mit.
mission
mise
to bear or carry,
to bear, bring or carry,
to send j to let, or cause to go.
the act of sending,
to send.
Offer, to bear, or bring before [one,] i. e. to present ; to tender. able tory ed
Infer, to bear, or bring in [deductions or conclusions ;] to deduce. ible ence ed
Prefer, to bear, or hold [one] before or above [another ;] to advance ; to choose ; to. able ence ment
esteem more.
Prelate, [one] preferred, or advanced above [oiliers, in the church,1 i. e. a bishop ; an
archbishop; a patriarch.
Defer, to bear, or put off [any thing, to another time ;] to delay ; also, to put oSj or
aside [one's opinion or judgment ;] to yield.
Delate, to bear away [an accusation ,•] hence, to accuse ; to inform against.
Refer, to bear back [any matter for decision, settlement, or explanation y] hence, to
leave to ; to resort to,
Relafe, to bear back [an account or report /] hence, to rehearse ; also, to bear closely
upon ; to be akin to.
Exercise 659.
Confer, to bring together [counselsjI hence, to consult together; to bring [benefits
upon ,•] hence, to bestow.
Collate, to bring, or lay together [things for the purposes of comparison ;] also, to con¬
fer or bestow.
Differ, to bear apart, or be separate or distinct [in any way ;] hence, to dissent ; to
dispute ; to be unlike.
Elate, to carry out, or away [with pride ;] to make proud ; to flush ; to elevate the
spirits.
Transfer, to bear, or carry over [from one person or place to another ;] to convey.
Translate, to transfer ; to transfer, [chiefiy, the thoughts of an author from his own, into
another language^
Admit, to let, or allow to go to, or into [a place ;] hence, generally, to allow to en¬
ter ; to concede ; to grant.
Admiss, to let, or allow to enter ; to grant.
Exercise 660.
Commit, to send, or cause to go with [another :] hence, to deliver in charge ; to en¬
trust : also, to do.
cy
ical
lun
ence
ed
■ ential
ion
ed
or
ible
able
ee
ed
ively
ionship
ence
ed
er
ed
ion
or
ed
ing
ent
ed
ing
edly
able
er
ee
able
ress
ion
ance
ed
able
ion
ibility
ible
ed
ment
ee
I
>•
i
0
>
1
Commission,
Permit,
Permiss,
Submit,
Submiss,
Remit,
Remiss,
Transmit,
Transmiss,
Intermit,
Iniermiss,
Surmise,
Promise,
Premise,
Demise,
At Con
At Con
Por Pre
the act of committing; that which is committed or entrusted,
to send through ; to enable or allow to pass through ; to allow,
to permit ; to allow.
to send, or cause to go under [the authority or supervision of another ;]
hence, to yield ; to refer to.
to submit ; to yield.
to send, or allow to go back ; hence, also, to slacken ; to abate ; to forgive,
remitted ; slack. ,
Exercise 661.
to send over, or across ; to send over [from one to another.
to transmit.
to let, or cause [a space of time\ to go between; hence, to ceage for a time;
to suspend,
to intermit ; to suspend.
to send, or put [mere fancy or conjecture'\ in place of [certain knowledge .*]
hence, to suspect ; to imagine.
Exercise 662.
to send, or give beforehand [a pledge ;] hence, to assure ; to pledge ; to give
one's word.
to send, or put [some proposition or explanation\ before [what is to follow in
due course ;] hence, to lay down previously,
to send, or put away from [one's self, by willhence, to convey; to transfer.
al
ed
ion
Dis
Dis
Dis
Ex
In
Ex
In
Exercise 663.
Por Pre
ary
ing
ive
er
anee
ible
ed
ing
ion
ed
ion
ive
ly®
ively
ance
ness
ed
ion
ed
al
ibility
ingly
ible
ive
ent
ion
ed
ive
ing
al
ed
ory
ee
ed
ing
es
ed
ing
Sub
tend,
tention.
tension
\
ion, >
iion, J
to stretch ; to strive,
the act of stretching,
the act of stretching.
At Con
Abs Con
Con Discon
De
Incon
Malcon
Enter
Per
De
Abs
Imper
Ob
Per
Sus
tain, ^
tinent, >
tent, J
Intend,
'"'Intent,
to bold ; to keep,
holding or keeping,
held or kept.
Exercise 664.
Attend, to stretch [one's course or mindl to, or towards ; hence, to follow or go
♦ with ; to mind ; to heed.
Attent, stretched to, or towards j hence, mindful, observant.
Contend, to stretch, or strive together [in words /] hence, to dispute ; to quarrel.
Contentious, stretching, or striving together ; partaking of strife ; quarrelsome.
Distend, to stretch apart ; that is, to spread or swell out ; to spread out.
to stretch, or direct [one's mind or thoughts] into or towards j hence, to pur¬
pose ; to mean.
stretched towards, i. e. bent upon ;—(as a noun,) an aim or purpose.
Exercise 665
Portend, to stretch, or hold forth [thhigs future ;] hence, to foreshow ; to foretoken.
Portent, [that which'] portends [evil ;] i. e. an ill omen.
Pretend, to stretch, or hold before [one, something deceptive y] hence, to feign ¡ also,
put forth a claim.
Pretense, [something] pretended ; a false or feigned motive ; a pretext.
Subtend, to stretch, or run along under, as the chord of an arc.
Contain, to hold together within [certain limits j] hence, to hold, as a vessel ; to com¬
prise.
Continent, holding, or keeping [the passions] within [due hounds ;] hence, restrained ;
chaste.
ed
ing
anca
ive
ively
iveness
ed
ing
er
ly
ness
ed
ing
er
ed
edly
ment
ively
ly
ness
ed
ing
8
ous
s
ed
ing
er
ion
es
ed
ing
s
ed
able
er
cy
ce
ly
Content, held, or kept within [due hounds in respect to desire y] hence, satisfied with
one's lot or condition.
Mal-content, ill satisfied, or discontented [with the laws or government.^
Exercise 666.
Obtain, to hold, or lay hold upon ; to get ; to acquire j also, to hold or gain [ground ;]
hence, to be in common use ; to prevail.
Pertain, to hold [to] thoroughly or firmly ; hence, to belong, or closely relate to ; to
concern.
Pertinent, pertaining to ; belonging or relating to.
Entertain, to keep or have among [one's household, as a guest ;] to. treat hospitably ; to
cherish ; to amuse.
Sustain, to hold up ; i. e. to support ; to bear or endure.
Attain, to hold, or reach to ; hence, to get or gain by exertion.
Abstain, to hold, or keep [one's se^] from ; to refrain; to forbear.
ed
ed
ment
edly
Ad
As
Af
Con
Ex
Exercise 667.
Contra In Inter Pre Bene Male Vale* diction.
De Ex Inter Dis Re-as Re-in sert,
Con De In Per Disaf Misaf feet, >
De Suf Pro Inef Co-ef Insuf ßcient, \
Im Trans Pre Pro Sup Se pose,"}"
Exercise 668.
less
edness
ed
able
ment
ed
ing
s
cy
ly
ce
ed
ing
ment
ed
ing
able
ed
able
ment
ed
ing
s
In
Ef
Ef
Re"
the act of speaking or saying,
to thrust or throw ; also, to join or knit,
to do ; to. make,
doing or making,
to put, lay or place.
Addict,
to speak, or declare to or for ; hence, to devote [one's self, chiefly, to some-
thing evil.\
ed
ing
edness
* Vale means, fareaeW.
t For other derivatives from this root, see Ex. 590. 591 and 593
Contradict, to speak, or say against, or the contrary j i. e. to deny what has been said or
affirmed.
Indict,* to say, or express [im wrihng ;] i. e. to compose ; hence, also, to accuse in
writing, before a judge.
ïWerdkït, 1./Í0 utter a [frokibition\ between, or during [the progress of affairs.\
Predict, to say, or tell beforehand ; to foretell : to
Benediction, a speaking good ; that is, a blessing ; also, a giving thanks or praise to God.
Malediction, a speaking ill ; that is, a curse ; a denunciation of evil.
Valediat, to eáWtsíhitlfel'i'éií'éH; . ^ ^ ,
fo bni^ ou bjrro,? nuqoi. .J pouoc fo
fo hieseiif \ fo oy¡?i." Exercise 669.
iobaf' 01. Ijjirco ptIoi,o [owe' ?.ômç;\V'vVv \ov. «xuivsMtcnu»«' ov. «ccí.bí«v,cs
3 W Sf a8iiPH.vtö^d?clare.
o dissever; hence, to quit; to forsake.
öftTTeaÄpg; ;] i fío 4iswSíS€l,upoR. ; fo
gnbboBS
kLoboBO'
ssert.,
ed
ed
ed
ed
s
s
Èièyt;'
íhtó
mäf
'^ViiÇqifô filjílaíPhri#^'•■] hence,' to strain; 'to bring into exer-
SA [« Söj:_o\ c\t^sv,au] (ilvni: sjao' p biif [a cyuaç ov \vicy-.] nbou Î
ß^OTect,
Confect,
oimrcicnr
jAqjr.ioui'
qoitiK' OU biinoiiuin'ê in bjsce o; ï '»snHpr.foi.X'
w^ji»^doBei(fÄ (^iiiiajs>d^«wntJifrdiri>i{tÄ0T^Äi OMè;] hence, a fault; an
o^mpettoOtioq^.cfiAo ! cjisTf !»' cwnsniS 01 buoqncuih eqccra-
rn mT|fe ont am; ont 1 tfiaf ivi' m ov gooonibiiair
1>
cX
_ç3_
ory
er
ing
ing
10©
lUi.
mon
V^u
ing.
ing
ing
mon
ing
ation
mou
ing
ioner
cX
lAG
lous
able
ive
er
inou
.»Í
IW.O
ion
©lion
ion
m 8
ÎRBva
édly
niG
edly
ionary
iveness
ce
ngi
ll^ycienf or commit to writing, Is often written, (as it is pronourlsed,)
. ,PX
indite.
Deficient,
Effect,
Efficient,
Proficient,
Sufficient,
Expose,
defective; faulty; wanting.
to make out and out ; that is, to perform or accomplish,
effecting, or effective ; that is, causing or producing effects,
making forward ; that is, advancing ; progressing,
doing, or performing in place of; hence, adequate; satisfactory,
Exebcise 671.
to lay out fío view ,•] i. e. to make plain or public ; also, to put out of
[shelter y] i. e. to endanger,
to put back [either body or mind at rest ;] hence, to rest ; to put confidence in.
to put, or lay [a tax or charge'] upon : also, to put [a cheat or trick] upon ;
i. e. to take undue advantage.
Transpose, to place across, or over ; that is, to cause things to change places ; to
change the order or position,
to put or place before [as one word before another in constrtiction.]
to put, or plaçe before [one, something for examination, trial or acceptance y]
to present ; to offer,
to put, or place under [belief, or view, as a thing true or existent y] hence, to
believe ; to imagine.
Repose,
Impose,
Préposé,
Propose,
Suppose,
ly
ed
cy
cy
ly
cy
ive
ly
ce
cy
ual
ce
ed
ition
ure
ed
ed
ing
ition
itory
ing
ed
ing
ition
ed
ed
ition
ition
itive
al
ed
ing
ition
S
Ad
Ad
Cor
Ex
Ex
A
A
E
Im
Im
Di
Di
Dis
Com
Com
E
Con
Di
Re
Re
in
Ob
Ab
Pro
Pro
Intro
Intro
Inter
Dis
De
Re
Re
Ir
Re-com
A?
Exercise 673.
Sub vert, ï
Sub verse, J
Pro ruption,
Re-ex pel, )
Re-ex pulsion, \
to turn,
to turn.
the act of breaking or bursting,
to drive ; to force ; to urge,
the act of driving.
Exercise 673.
Advert, to turn \aitenlion\ to ; to attend to ; to notice.
Adverse, turned to, or towards, i. e. fronting ; hence, opposite j contrary ; unfortunate.
Avert, to turn from, or away ; to ward or keep off ; to prevent.
Averse, turned from [era mind y] hence, disliking ; reluctant.
Convert, to turn with, or like, [someihing else y} hence, to change entirely ; to transform.
Converse,* to turn, [i. e. to he familiar\ with ; to have intercourse with ; to talk with.
Controvert, to turn ágainst [in argument,i. e. to dispute or debate.
Controversy, the act of controverting ; dispute ; debate.
Divert, to turn \the mind] apart, or away [from sober, severe, or pairful themes y] hence,
to amuse, to cheer.
Diverse, turned apart, or aside [from a straight course y] hence, different ; dissimilar ;
various.
Exercise 674.
Evert, to turn out of [place, or from the foundation y] hence, to overturn, or overthrow.
Invert, to turn into [an opposite or contrary direction or position;] to turn upside down ;
to reverse.
Inverse, turned in [the contrary way y] inverted.
Introvert, to turn inwards.
Revert, to turn back ; to return.
Reverse, to turn back, i. e. the other, or opposite way ; to cause to change places.
Obverse, turned towards, that is, presenting the face, as a coin ; opposed to reverse.
ed
ing
ency
ity
ly
ative
ed
ing
er
ness
ly
ion
ed
ing
er
ed
ant
ation
ed
ing
s
al
alist
es
ed
ing
er
ity
ly
ify
ed
ing
s
ed
ing
5
ly
ion
ed
ing
s
ed
ing
ed
ible
ionf
* CorCverse, as a noun, besides meaning familiar discourse or talk, is used to signify a change, or opposition of order j as the convene of
a proposition, j. e. its opposite.
t The form reversion is chiefly used to signify a returning, or reverting of lands or other possessions to the grantor or his heirs, after the
grant is over.
Perver^^^^to turn thoroughly [from, right¡1 to distort; to corrupt, ed Ing er
» lefmnniS- 0i-ieA6L{mS o\ puqa oi etpei boapr.BPnija to tp« oijiyi peiw' fp«
a biob'oaifiou' r e- pe obboHifii- • a , ^ .
* ^ ' nonij* psatqsa meanmS isujqiai qiaconuieBxiaiBlaE "ÖTSi" eiSiniX a cpana» oi obbosifion oiqsi.. s» {jre cooasu«
Subvert, -to^umunderTTor from beneath ; heöce, to overthrow ;^crrum ; to ëvèrt^ ^êd íñg
Spbverse, tOieubyçjJt.'îTtQ-de^ilarQys'bieaGLifiuS f]T6 ^îfCG'9-3 sr coiu î obboseq fo s.er.e^.•i«• ed ive ion
^«•(»pt,' tf3hbi»'>^ptogether; ^^lencejetó «testVôy-ipoundweès/^plîy^ôal'ôFîiHôralJ'.'Si pûtrefy; M iblfness
> fnt(Oigpo^ft.¡t(l YÍtÍBteJi.u* eq jiJu.
Eruptive, breaking outjt[Bíyr<wt confinement.^ ^'1 ®
Disrupt, to break or burst aparboräeüjideir^' ftö]rend, die dië'd uring
Abrupt, broken off, or snapped asunder ; hence, disconnected ; rough ; rude. ly ness
Interrupt, to break [in] between, or upon [a/aiV« lit7>f0g«éfi¿'y]\he»óá,'ft) íHftidé'r'f! to dtO^," ■ effl éd^ èt
Irruptive, breaking, or prone to break in, or upon; rushing lïpoWP oAsi.tnuj' ol o a'.-m jilt, m • lyl iu'. «
Exercise 676.
Compel, to drive together ; and hence, generally, to force ; to oblige ; to urge fqr^jbfK.^ > eijl),^ ing
Compuls, to compel, or urge on forcibly. ' . F ■ orily ively
Impel, to drive, or force into [a measure or line of action ;] to urge forward ; to excite, ed
Impulse, [that which] impels ; a force or power ; a motive. ion ive- ively
Dispel, to drive or force apart or away, i. e. to disperse ; to scatter ; to clear away. ed ing s
Propel, to drive, or urge forward ; to force forward or onward. ed ing er
Repel, to drive back ; to resist ; to check advance. ed ent ency
Repulse, to repel ; to drive, or beat back. ed ive ory
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
199
¡SECTION XXIV.
COMPOUND WORDS.
As in analyzing derivatives, we set out with an explanation of the
suffixes, taken apart from the radicals with which they are found con¬
nected, so in resolving into their elements the class of words now un¬
der consideration, we shall begin by explaining separately those parts
that are postßced. These postßxed words must be well understood J>y
the pupil, before he enters upon the study of the next Section* ; since
it is there taken for granted, that the learner is perfectly familiar with
their significations. Most of them, it will be perceived, are inseparabk,
that is, incapable of being used as separate and independent words.
Exercise 677.
agogtie, a leader, or that which leads.
or algia, pain ; suffering.
ambulist, a walker, or one who walks.
angle, " a corner ; the space between two straight lines that
meet in a point,
angular, having, or relating to, an angle, or angles.
anihropy, mankind.
ander, a stamen ; an organ of flowers.
andrian, having a stamen, or stamens.
arch, a ruler ; a leader.
archy, government ; rule.
aulles, the science of pipes, or machines.
bite, one who lives, or has his living,
chord, the string of a musical instrument,
chromatic, having color,
capsular, having a capsule, or .seed vessel,
centric, pertaining to the centre,
culture, the act of tilling ; cultivation.
Exercise 678.
cide, a killing, or slaying.
cosm, the world ; the universe.
cracy, government ; rule.
demie, relating to, or affecting the people.
* It is not, however, necessary, neither indeed is it expedient, perhaps, that tha
tohole of this Section should be learned, before commencing the ^udy of the next.
Let the scholar learn thoroughly the meanings of all the words in one Exercise of
this Section ; then piroeed in the next Section, till his stock cf postfixed words is
exhausted. Then let him return again and learn the next Exercise in order and so
continue studying the two Sections connectedly throughout.
200
ANALTTICAI, UANTrAI..
demon, a spirit.
dentate, having, or provided with, teeth.
décimo, ten, or tenth.
dactyhus,* having fingers, or toes.
dox, an opinion ; a doctrine.
dromy, a course j a running.
dromics, the art of coursing, or taking a course.
drome, a course ; a race-course.
duct, a tube ; a channel.
ennial, yearly.
ep^, a word ; speech j pronunciation.
Exercise 679.
ethes, custom; habit.
eval, having or pertaining to, life or an age.
ferom, bearing; producing.
Jid, cleft; split; divided,
faction, the act of making or causing.
ficent, making.
£ce, to make ; the thing made,
ibrm, shape ; likeness,
foliate, having leaves.
folious,f having leaves ; also, thin, like a leaf.
fiuous, flowing.
fuge, that which makes to flee, or drives away.
fugal, fleeing ; departing from.
florous, having flowers.
I gamy, marriage.
gon, an angle ; a corner.
Exercise 680.
glot, the tongue.
grade, degree ; standing.
gen, that which produces, or constitutes.
genous, partaking, or being of a sort, kind, or nature.
geneous, partaking, or being of a sort, kind, or nature.
gony, origin ; generation.
gnomy, the art of discerning ; the ability to discern.
gnosy, science ; profound knowledge.
gyn, the pistil of a plant.
* Dactylous is from dactyl, a word of Greek origin, which, in English, is neve*
nsed in the litersd sense, but is applied to a poetic foot, which like 9. finger has three
joints or members, i. e. one long, and two short syllables.
t Foliout is from the Latin folium, a leaf. We thence have regularly, folioeeous,
age, aged, ate, ated, ation, ature, o, &c. The -last form [folio] is chiefly used ta
signify a hook, in which the leaf, or sheet is of the full size, that is, not folded in
quarto, octapo or any smaller dimensions.
ANALYnCAL UAKTTAZi. !361
gate, to send forth ; to direct, or manage.
gerous, bearings producing.
gram, a mark, letter, sketch, or delineation engraved or written.
graph, a writing ; drawing ; written account.
graphy, the act or art of marking, writing, or engraving; a
history, or description.
logy, a word ; discourse ; reason ; a treatise or science.
Exercise 681.
hedron, a side ; a plane,
librate, to balance ; to poise.
locular, having cells, or cavities. *
hquence, the act of talking.
loquy, talk ; discourse.
literal, having, or relating to, a letter..
lateral, having, or relating to, a side.
lobate, having lobes.
latry, worship; service.
later, a worshiper.
lite, a stone.
logue, discourse ; also, a precept or commandment
meter, an instrument to measure with. .
metry, the act, art, or science of measuring.
Exercise 682.
mancy, divination; fortune-telling.
morphous, having, or being of, a form.
math, instructed ; taught.
mathy, learning ; knowledge.
maton, having power to move, or act.
machy, a fíght ; battle ; contest.
manous, having hands.
mime, one that imitates, or represents by action.
naut, a sailor.
tiox, night.
nesia, islands.
nomial, a name ; a term.
nomy, law; government; management,
edy' ^ ' poem.
orama, a sight, or view.
Exercise 683.
opsy, view; observation,
ocular, pertaining to the eye ; having eyes.
phthong, a sound. '
plicate, fold.
pie, fold.
26
202 ANALTTICAL MANTAL.
fothgy feeling; disease; affection.
potent, having power, or being powerful
phyUms, having leaves.
phemy, a speaking.
phagous, eating ; accustomed to eat.
parous, producing, or bringing forth.
polist, one that sells, or deals in.
polite, an inhabitant of a city ; a citizen.
phony, sound.
pedia, instruction; knowledge.
Exercise 684.
partite,. divided; separated.
ped, a foot,
petal, a flower-leaf,
petalous, having flower-leaves.
phoUa, fear ; dread.
potamua, a river.
phyte, a plant ; a shoot.
phorous, producing ; bearing.
reme, an oar.
section, the act of cutting.
scope, a view ; an instrument for viewing or examining.
spernwus, containing seed.
sphere, a round irädy ; a globe.
scious, possessing knowledge ; knowing.
scian, having, or casting a shadow.
similitude, likeness ; resemblance.
stkh, a row ; a line.
statics, the science of balancing, or weighing.
static, balancing ; suspending.
Exercise 685.
sonous, sounding.
slice, a stopping, or standing still.
sophy, wisdom ; knowledge.
tone, modulation of voice ; a sound.
tonous, having tone.
theism, belief in the existence of a god.
trophy, a nursery, or hospital.
tench, a book, or a division of a book.
taph, a tomb.
technic, relating to art.
type, a mark ; figure ; emblem ; letter.
Umy, the act, art, or science of cutting.
vírate, the office, or government of men.
valvular, having valves.
voraus, eating, or accustomed to eat, or devour.
204
analtticai. manual.
SECTION XXV.
COMPOUND WORDS.
Having learned from the previous Section the meaning of those
parts of the compounds, which are to be "postfixed, the pupil is now
prepared to enter upon the present Section, wherein, the other parts
being duly defined, the two, in each case, are to be united, and then
explained in combination. No change of form will be necessary in
uniting them ; nothing more being required than merely to write them
together as one word. In defining the compounds thus produced, how¬
ever, care must be taken so to connect the meanings of the parts com¬
bined, as best to express their united signification. Nor will this be
attended with the slightest difficulty, if the pupil be made acquainted,
by his teacher, with the true application of the words in the lesson,
before he is required to commit it to memory. Few words and few
moments only will be required for this purpose. For the mode of pre¬
paring the written exercise, see Model 5, on the page preceding.
Exercise 686.
Dem,
Fed,
Myst,
Hydr,
Ptysm,
Cardi,
tiie people,
a child,
a mystery,
water.
salivai spitäe.
the heart.
a tooth. )
Odont,
Cephal, the head.
' agogue. Noct,* night, f
Somn,* sleep. S
Tri, three. ?
Quadr, four. J
ambulist.
angle.
Quinqu, five.
Sex,
Phil,
Mis,
CYn,t
Phy8i,t
SIX.
love,
hatred.
a dog.
nature.
^ angnlar.
• anthropy.
Exercise 687.
Kept,
Oct,
Mon.t
Chili,
Iren,
Polem,
Exercise 688.
seven,
eight,
one.
a thousand.
peace,
war.
ander,
andrian.
'arch.
Mysteri, mystery.
Myri, ten thousand.
arch.
Pent,
Hept,
five,
seven.
* In application, there is no difference between noctambulist and «omnamhnlist.
t Note, that most of the compounds to be formed in this Section, regularly admit
suffixes, after the manner of simple, or nncompounded radicals. Thus, monarch,
gives monarchy, monarchal, monarchical, monarchist, monarchize, &c. To form
and define such words as are derivable, in this way, from those in the regular lesson,
should be made a part of the oral exercise.
t Cynanthropy is a species of madness, in which men exhibit the qualities of dogs.
Physianthropy, the nature oí man, L e. the doctrine of the coiistitution and diseases
of mankind.
ANAI.TTICA1I MANXrAL.
205
Taxi, a division of an'.
army. ¡
Top, aplace; a district. '
Aut, sdf. i
Teöy four, y
arcb.
archy.
Arist,
Olig,
Gyn,
Hier,
Patri,
the best,
the few.
a vxnnan.
sacred, or holy,
a father.
archy.
Nav, a ship.
Mon, one ; sole.
Hydr, water.
Ceno, in common.
Mono, one. }
Poly, many. J
I archy.
aulics.
bite.
chord.
Exercise 689.
Mono,
Tri,
Helio,
Geo,
Agri,
Horti,
Exercise 690.
one.
three,
the sun.
the earth,
a field,
a garden.
Dei,
Sorori,
Parri,
Infanti,
Homi,
Matri,
Regi,
a god.
a sister,
a parent,
'an infant,
a man.
a mother,
a Icing.
• cide.
Fratri, a brother.
Sui, self.
Tyranni, a tyrant,
Vati, a prophet.
Parenti, a parent.
Micro,* little.
Mega, I
chromatic,
capsular.
centric,
culture.
cide.
, >cosm.
great. J
Exercise 691.
Demo, the people.
Aristo, the best.
Timo, worth; property.
Auto, self.
Ocblo, the multitude.
Gyaeno, a woman.
Demono, an [evil] spirit.
Strato, the military ; the
army.
cracy.
Pan,
Caco,
Tri,
Quadri, four.
Quinqué, jîue.
Octo, eight.
Decem, ten.
Duo,f two,
all ; the whole,
evil,
three.
demie,
demon.
dentate.
décimo.
Exercise 692.
Mono,
Tri, ,
Tetra,
Hexa,
Ortho,
Hetero,
Ortho,
dactylous.
one.
three,
four,
six.
straight; right,
another ; contrary,
straight; right. dromics.§
dox.
Ortho, •
Hippo,
Palin,t
Aque,
Venti,
Bile,
Cali,
straight; right,
a horse. \
back, s
water,
wind,
the bile,
heat.
dromy.
drome.
duct.
* Microcosm is ofleu applied to man, as embracing in himself a sort of little world.
t A book is said to be in duodecimo form, or size, when the sheet is folded into
twelve leaves.
t Palindrome^ a na me applied to a word or sentence^ which is the same, whether
lead backwards or forv/ ards.
§ Orthodromics, lito ally, the art of running straight, or direct, is the art of sail¬
ing in the arc of a gie' tcircle.
206
ANALTTICAI. MAMVAL.
Tri, three.
Quadr, four,
Quinqu, five.
Sex, six.
Sept, seven.
Oct, ei^ht..
Nov, nine.
ennial.
Exercise 693.
Dec,
ten. )
Cent,
a hundred. ^
Mill,
a thousand. )
Ortho,
right; correct
Caco,
evil.
Long,
long. \
Prim,
first. j
Exercise 694.
euniaL
epy.
etbes.
eval.
Carboïd, charcoal. i
Cheli, a claw.
Corymbi, top / head/ clrtster.
Cauli, a stem or stalk.
Cruci, a cross.
Cupri, copper.
■ ferous.
Calami, a hollow stalk. '
Cortici, hark.
Ensi, a sword.
Fnicti, fruit.
Fragi, fruit or com.
Ferri, iron.
ferons.
Flori, a flower.
Foli, a leaf.
Glanduli, glarid.
Glandi, acorns.
Hederi, ivy.
Lani, wool.
■ ferons.
. ferons.
Noclà,
Nectari,
Nucí,
Odori,
Palmi,
Bacci,
Salini,
Saluti,
Semini,
Sonori,
Somni,
Stelli,
night,
nectar,
a nut.
scent,
a palm,
a berry.
• ferous.
Exebcise 695.
Lanri, a laurel.
Lumini, light.
Luci, light.
Mammi, a breast.
Melli, honey.
Metalli, metal.
Exercise 696.
Pmni, a prune.
Pomi, an apple.
Pistilli, a pistil; a pointai.
Resini, , resin.
Racemi, a cluster.
Bnlbi, a round root.
ferons^
salt.
health.
seed.
sound; noise,
sleep,
a star.
Exercise 697.
Sopori,
Silici,
Spini,
Sncci,
Argenti,
Auri,
Exercise 698.
ferons.
sleep; lethargy.
a flint.
a thorn.
sap.
silver.
gold.
ferons.
Tri, three.
Qnadri, four.
Quinqué, five.
Sex, six.
Octo, eight.
Decern, ten.
^fid.
Stupe, stupid; dull.
Torre, to parch.
Putre, rotten ; carious.
Sparge, to sprinkle.
Tabe, to waste away.
Cale, tobe warm, or hot. ^
• facticm.*
* See note on this word, page 153.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
207
Duodecim, twelve.
Multi,
Magni,
Multi, many.
'fid.
great, ficent.
Sacri,
Vene,
Muni,
Exercise 699.
Cancri,
Cribri,
Cubi,
Cylindri,
AU,
Dei,
Capri,
Cauli,
Cordi,
Cruci,
Equi,
Lenti,
a crab,
a sieve,
a cube,
a long circular body,
a wing,
a god.
Fungi,
Ligni,
Styli,
Calci,
a goat.
a stem, or stalk,
a heart,
a cross,
equal,
a lens.
Exercise 700.
Luci,
Ensi,
Glandi,
Lingua,
Ovi,
Cymbi,
form.
Exercise 701.
Denti,
a tooth.
'
Falci,
Coralli,
coral.
Capilli,
CuUci,
a fiea.
■ form.
Cortici,
Cuni,
a wedg
e.
Fistuli,
Scuti,
a shield.
OcuU,
Stelli,
a star.
s
Myrti,
Exercise 702.
Campani,
a hell. "
Centi,
Basal ti.
basalt.
Asperi,
Scori,
Uni,
dross,
one.
■ fonn.
Plani,
Rotundi,
Tri,
three.
MelU,
Omni,
all.
FeUi,
Tri.
three.
. foUate.
Igni,
Asperi,
rough.
Kori,
Febri, fever.
vermi, a worm, y ®
Centri, the centre, fugal.
Tri, three.
Multi, many.
Mono, one.
Tri, three. ^ gamy.
Poly, many.
florous.
Exercise 703.
Hex a,
Octa,
Poly,
Ortho,
Oxy,
ChiUa,
sacred ; set apart, i
a poison. '
a gift, ficent.
fice.
a mushroon.
wood,
apea,
a net.
a style ; a pen.
lime or chalk.
■ form.
light,
a sword,
an acorn,
the tongue,
an egg.
a boat.
sickle,
hair,
bark,
a pipe ;
the eye.
myrtle.
■ form.
a tube.
■ form.
a hundred. "
rough,
plain,
round,
honey,
gall,
fire,
dew.
seven,
eight,
many,
right,
acute.
a thousand.
■ foUous.
flnous.
Anthropo,* man; mankind.
Poly, many.
gon.
|glot.
* Anthropoglot IS a name given to an animal having a tongue like a man's ;
Polyglot, having or containing many tongues or languages.
308
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Al ti,
Centi,
Hydro,
Oxy,
Nitro,
Uni,
Poly,
Omni,
Geo,
Orycto,
Poïy,
Tri,
Fumi,
Nävi,
Astri,
Comi,
Plnmi,
Parallelo,
Poly,t
Mono,t
Hiero,
high,
a hundred.
■\
Exercise 704.
Homo.
Hetero,
water,
sharp; add.
nitre,
one.
many,
all.
grade.
genous.
Cosmo,
Geo,
Theo,
Physio,
Patho,
the earth,
a fossil,
many. ?
three. J
smoke. (
a ship. {
a star.
gnosy.
gyn-
Exercise 705.
Ali,
Crini,
Belli,
Squami,
Cnici,
Lani,
Mori,*
a horn. )
■ a feather. J
a parallel,
many,
one.
holy; sacred.
gate,
gerous.
Exercise 706.
gerous,
Anemo, wind, or vase.
Anoio,§ a vessel.
Anthropo, man ; man¬
kind.
Astro, a star.
Auto, self.
Aero, the air.
^gram.
Exercise 707.
Anemo,
geneoTU,
the same,
another; dif¬
ferent,
the world,
the earth. Í gony.
a god; deity. ^
nature. S
feeling; pas- >gnomy.
sion. )
a wing,
hair.
war.
a scale,
a cross,
wool,
manner.
gerous.
PoIy,t
many.
Pseudo,
false.
Mono,
one.
Panto, f •
all.
Auto,t.
self.
Tele,f
afar.
graph.
gtaphy.n
wind, or vase.
Angio,§ a vessel.
Anthropo, man; mankind.
Astro, IT
Astheno,
Aero,
a star,
debility,
the air.
logy-ll
• Morigerous, literally, bearing, or exhibiting (an obliging) manner, i. e. obedient ;
obsequious. *
t Polygraph, an instrument for multiplying copies of a writing ;—Pantograph,
an instrument for copying all sorts of designs ;—Autograph, the writing of one's self,
i. e. a person's own hand writing ;—Telegraph, an instrument, or contrivance for
transmitting news to a distance, by means of signals.
Î Polygram is a figure consisting of many marks, or lines ;—Monogram, a char,
acter consisting oí one, or more letters, interwoven.
§ Angio, not only applies to a vessel of the body, as a vein or artery, but, also, to
a seed-vessel in a plant.
11 This general distinction prevails in the application of graphy and logy ; the for¬
mer signifies a description, or history of a thing, the latter, a logical treatise or sei.
ence. Thus anemography, is a description or history of winds ; anemology, the sci¬
ence of the winds. Wherever these words, in the Exercises above, have either of
these significations, the prefixed word will be printed in small capitals.
IT Astrology, the science of the stars, i. e. the pretended science of judging of their
.influences, and of predicting future events by observing them.
ANAtYTICAt. MANUAL.
Exercise 708.
Adeno,
Biblio,
Bio,
Brachy,
Caco,
Chiro,
a gland,
a book,
life.
short; concise,
evil; bad.
the hand.
graphy.
Adeno,
Botako,
Brachy,
Cranio,
Chiro,
Angelo,
a gland,
a plant,
short; condse.
the shiU.
the hand,
an angel.
Exercise 709.
Chalco, brass.
Calco, chalk.
Cosmo,. the world.
Choro, a place.
Crypto, secret.
Crystalo, a chrystal.
graphy.
Concho,
Cyrio,
Cosmo,
Dactylo,
Crypto,
Etho,
Exercise 710.
Calli,
Chrono,
Enigmato,
Epistolo,
Ethno,
Gloss,
Gltpto,
Geo,
Hiero,
Historio,
Horo,
Hagio,
Hydro,*
Icono,
Licheno,
Litho,
Léxico,
LEXI,f
Logo,f
Myo,
Mytho,
Micro,
Métallo,
fair; beautiful,
time,
a riddle,
a letter,
a nation,
a comment.
graphy.
Exercise 711.
engraving,
the earth,
holy ; sacred.
■ history,
an hour,
holy.
graphy.
Exercise 712.
water,
an image,
lichen,
a stone.
a book of words,
a toord.
graphy.
Hydro,
Icono,
ichthyo,
Litho,
Léxico,
Neo,
a word,
muscle,
a fable.
smaU. '
metal.
Exercise 713.
Neuro,
Myo,
graphy. Mytho,
Metro,
osteo,
logy.
a shell. ''
a capital letter,
the world. '
a finger,
secret.
manners; morals. ^
logy
Etio,
Chrono,
Enigmato,
Etymo,
Ethno,
Gloss,
Gnomo,
Geo,
Hiero,
Historio,
Horo,
Hymno,
a cause,
time,
a riddle,
true origin,
a nation,
comment.
a maxim,
the earth,
holy; sacred,
history,
an hour,
a hymn.
logy
logy.
water,
an image,
fish,
a stone.
diction; words,
new.
logy.
a nerve,
a muscle,
a fable,
a measure,
a hone.
logy-
» Hydrography, ^ description of bodies of water, as bays, lakes, &c. :—also, the
art of making charts of the sea.
t Lexigraphy, tlft description, i. e. the art of defining of, words:—Logography,
the art of word writing, L e. a kind of printing, in which each type represents a word.'
27
210
anaxyticaii hanttai..
Ortho,
Urano,*
Obycto,
Organo,
Panto,
Pareo,
right; canecí,
the heaven,
fossü.
an organ,
all.
ancient.
Exercise 714.
Ortho,
Urano,
Ortcto,
graphy- Ophio,
Noso,
Pareo,
right; correct.'
the heaven,
fossü.
a serpent,
a disease,
ancient.
Psalmo,
Pseudo,
Phtsio,
Poly,
Sereno,
sceno,
a psalm,
false,
nature,
many,
the moon,
a scene; view. ^
Exercise 715.
Patho,
Poly,
Onto,
suffering ; dis- '
ease,
false,
nature,
many.
a being; existing
substance.
logy
Stereo,
Sidero,
Steno,
Scia,
Strato,
Testaceo,
sdid.
iron.
short; concise,
shadow; sketch,
an army,
shell.
Exercise 716.
Oro,
Sarco,
Necro,
grapny- Manto,
a mountain. '
flesh,
dead,
divination.
Mineraro, a mineral.
Testaceo, shell.
logy.
Toredmato, sculpture.
Topo, aplace.
Typo, a type.
Xylo, wood.
Zoo, an animal.
Tachy, quick ; concise.
Exercise 717.
Toxico,
Vermeo,
Zoo,
a poison,
a worm,
overmuch,
fire; a
fever,
an animal.
logy.
Exercise 718.
Phtto, a plant. 1
Aütobio, life of one's self.
Chromato, a color.
Christiano, Christian.
Stegano, a cipher or se¬
cret character.
graphy.
Phyto,
Demono,
Archaîo,
Antho,
Eucho,
a plant,
an evü spirit,
ancient,
a flower.
prayer ; supplica¬
tion.
logy
Fossiro,
Entomo,
Genea,
Exercise 719.
a fossil,
an insect,
lineage; descent
1 Hermintho, a worm.
> logy. Dendro, a tree.
:. ) Herpeto, a reptile.
logy.
* Also, ourano.
ANALTTICAIi MANT7AL.
2H
Arkto,
Ptro,
Trleo,
virtue,
fire ; heat,
the end ; ßnoL
logy-
Amphibio,
Theo,
Taute,
doubtful.
God ; divinity,
die same.
Exercise 7-30.
Photo, light.
Pharmaco, a drug; medicine.
Phono, sound.
Psycho, the soul.
Terato, something won¬
derful; homhast.
Phbnombno, an appearance.
logy.
Phreno,
Philo,
Phraseo,
Terming,
the mind. ^
love.
diction ; expres¬
sion,
a term; a name.
a
Pneumato, breath ; air
spirit.
Exercise 721.
Campano,
Carpo,
Ceto,
Crusta,
Entero,
Macro,
Meno,
Techno,
a bell,
fruit,
a whale,
a crust or shell,
the bowels,
long; tedious,
a month,
an art.
logy-
Poly,
Dodeca,
Chilla,
Multi,
Equi,
Uni,
Quinqué,
Decern,
many,
twelve,
a thousand,
many,
equally,
one. 1
five. V
ten. N
hedroB.
librate.
locular.
Magni,
Grandi,
Alti,
Stulti,
Soli,
Pauci,
Multi,
Exercise 722.
great; big. 1 Centi,
foolish. J Tri,
one ; alone. ) Quadri,
a few.
many.
loquy.
Multi,
Pluri,
« hundred,
the belly,
one.
three,
four,
many,
many.
loquy.
literal.
Quadri,
Equi,
Uni,
Multi, ■
Tri,
Quinqué,
Biblio,
Hydro,
Icntbyo,
four,
equal,
one.
many,
three,
five.
•lateraL
bbate.
a book, j
water,
a fish . '
lite.
Exercise 723.
Demono,
Pyro,
Ido,
Cosmo,
Helio,
Helio,
Exercise 724;.
Aero,
Chryso,
Dendro,
an evil spirit. ''
fire.
an image,
the world,
the sun.
the sun. later.
the air.
gold,
a tree.
lir. 1
. [ lite.
te. 3
Matty.
• "The pretendere%) the art of necromancy had a way of uttering sounds, as if
they were formed, not by the organs of speech, but deep In the chest, or in the belly,
and were thence called ventriloquists."—Lowtk, on Isaiah.
212
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
Nemo» a wood; a tree.
Myti, a muscle.
Anthropo, man.
I lite.
Entorno,
Argil,
Omitho,
an insect,
day.
a bird.
Exercise 725.
Mono,
Deca,
Photo,
one
ten.
light.
alone.
Harmono, concord.
Ni.ro, nitre.
Aero, air.
^ logue.
meter.
Anemo,
Thermo.
G aso.
Echo,
Tribo,
Baro,
wind.
heat.
gas.
an echo.
friction.
weight.
•}
S lite.
meter.
Calori,
Chrono,
Helio,
Panto,
Pedo,
Alti,
Báculo,
Cranio,
Geo,
Horo^
Hygro,'
Aero,
Aleuro,
Aiith,
Biblio,
Hydro,
Geo,
Coscino,
Chiro,
Ono,
Oplüo,
Omitho,
Poly.
Ophio,
Pseudo,
Exercise 726.
heat,
time,
the sun.
all.
a foot; apace.
high,
a staff,
the skull,
the earth,
an hour,
moisture.
air.
meal,
a number,
a book,
water.
Electro, electricity. '
Aceto, vinegar.
meter. Pluvia, rain.
Deca, ten.
Hexa, six.
meter.
Exercise 727.
Micro,
Plani,
Stereo,
Cyclo,
Hydro,
Ortho,
metry.
mancy.
the earth,
a sieve,
the hand,
à name,
a serpent,
a bird.
• mancy.
many,
a serpent,
equal ; the
same,
false.
Anthropo, man.
Auto, self.
Exercise 728.
Litho,
Necro,
Oneiro,
Hiero,
Gyro,
Exerci'se 729.
Psycho,
Pyro,
Austro,
Botano,
Capno,
Belo,
Exercise 730.
Poly,
Auto,
Logo,
Theo.
Mono,
Nau.
small; minute.
plain.
solid.
a cycle, or circle,
water.
right; correct.
a stone,
the dead,
a dream,
sacred; set apart,
ádrele; adrcuit.
the souL
fire.
' the south wind,
a plant,
smoke,
an arrow.
metry
.mancy
mmicy.
morphous.
math.
many,
self,
a word,
a god.
one ; single,
a ship.
mathy.
maton.
■ machy.
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
213
Psycho,
Scio,
Longi^
Panto,
Aero,
Argo,
Auto,
Demo,
Astro,
£co.
Zoo,
Iso,
Deutero,
Irnachy.
a shadow» ) ^
long. manous.
all. mime.
the air. t .
the Argo.* J
Exercise 731.
Equi,
Poly,
Tri,
Quadri,
Mon,
Poly,
self.
the people,
a star.
R house ; a family,
an animal,
equal,
the second.
Exercise 732.
Mono,
Mel,
Psalm,
Rhaps,t
Com,i
Trag,t
■ Pan,
equal, nox.
many, nesia.
three.
four,
one.
many. ^
nomial.
one; alone,
honey ; sweet,
a sacred song,
a sewing together,
a village. '
a goat.
ody
edy.
aU; entire. orama«
Exercise 733.
Cosm,
Aut,
Octon,
Mult,
Mono,
Tri,
the world, orama.
self. opsy.
eight. )
many. S
one.- }
three. J
ocular,
phthong.
Du, tioo ; double.
Tri, three.
Anthropo, manJcind.
Idio, peeuliar.
Mono, one.
Theo, God; the deity. ^
plicate,
pie.
pathy.
Armi,
Plen^
Omni,
Mono,
Poly,
Hetero,
Sarco,
Hippo,
arms. )
full. >
all. )
one.
many.
oppodte; tadike.
Exercise 734.
Penta, five. phyllous.
potent. Bias, impious. phemy.
Anthropo, ahumanbeing. 1
I Ichthyo, a fish. J
■ phyllous. Litho, a stone. f '
I "Ophio, a serpent. J
Exercise 733.
Jlesh.
a horse.
' , _ Biblio, a book. . } .
I P Pharmaco, drug; medicine. J P
* The name of a celebrated ship, in which Jason and his followers sailed in search
of the golden fleece.
t Rhapsody, (literally, a sewing or patching together of odes or songs,) is used to
signify a collection of verses making one piece, but without due or necessary depen¬
dence ;—Comedy, (literally, a village song,) which now signifies a play, or farce,
designed to correct, by representing in ludicrous style, the lighter errors of mankind,
was so called, because, in ancient Attica, where it arose, plays of this kind,—then
little more than loose and irregular songs,—were performed from village to village ia
the country;—Tragedy, (the goat song,) now a sober and dignified representation
of great events, terminating usually in a fatal issue, was so named, it is said, because,
the reward of those who were victorious in tragic composition, wtis a goat, which
was eacrificcd to Bacchus.
314
ANALTnCAL MAmrAt.
Ovi,
Vermi,
Multi,
Motio,
an egg.
a worm,
many>
one J only-
■m. >
)
parous,
polist.
Cosmo,
Metro, •
Caco,
Homo,
Exekcisk 736.
the world,
the mother; chief.
the tame ; like. |
I poGte.
Tanto, the same, phony.
Cyclo, the circle, pedia.
Tri, three. 1
Multi, many. V partite.
Quadri, fowr. )
Qi^adru, foier. ped.
Multi,
Centi,
Soli,
Ali,
Centri,
Penta,
Exekcise 737.
many,
a hundred,
one.
a tring.
the centre,
five.
ped.
petal,
petalous.
Mono,
Plani,
Hydro,
Hippo,
Neo,
PhyUo,
Baro,
Helio,
Hydro,
Micro,
Pyro,
Sidero,
Angio,
Plani,
Ómni,
Multi,
Hetero,
Veri,
Alti,
Armi,
Uni,
Sol,
Luni,
Armi,
one.
level; flat, j
water,
a horse,
new.
a leaf.
> petalous.
phobia,
potamus.
phyte.
phorous.
Tri,
three.
Tri,
three. )
Vene,
a vein. )
Anemo,
wind.
Astro,
a star.
Hygro,
moisture.
reme,
section.
► scope.
Exercise 738.
weight,
the sun.
water.
little; minute.
fire.
iron.
scope.
Tele,
Thermo,
Polemo,
Poly,
Oct»,
Mono,
the end; distcmt. '
heat,
war.
many,
eight,
one.
opet
spermous
Exercise 739.
a vase or vessel,
level ; plane. .
all. 7
many. \
opposite,
truth.
spermous.
sphere.
Ogdoa,
Hexa, ■
Mono,
0C1UU9. rr J
Hydro,
scian. Aero,
similitude. Multi,
I stich.
eight,
six.
one.
water, statics.
air. static.
many, sonous.
ms. >
e. >
high,
arms,
one.
the sun.
the moon,
arms.
sonousv
stice.
Mono, one. tonous.
Mono, one. 1
many. > theism.
Poly,
Tri.
three. J
Exercise 740.
Philo, love.
Anthropo, mankind.
Pan, all.
Theo, Crod.
Bary, grave ; deep.
Homo, the same ; like.
Exercise 741.
Orphano, an orphan.
Penta, five.
Hepta, seven.
Ceno, empty.
eophy
tone,
tonou»
trophy.
tench.
taph.
V
ANALYTICAL MANUAL.
215
^ fi'"- ^echmc.
Poly, many. J
Froto, firtt; original. 7
Arche, ßrst ; original, y
Exercise 742.
Stereo, solid. type.
Angio, a vessel [of the hu¬
man body.]
Arterio, an artery.
Neuro, a nerve.
Stereo, solid.
Zoo, an animal.
tomy.
Pharyngo, the gullet.
Phlebo, • a vein.
Broncho, themnd-pipe;äie
larynx.
Duum, two. Í
Trium, three. >
Uni, one.
tomy
vírate,
valvular.
Tri, three.
Cami, flesh.
Grani, grain ¡ com.
Gramini, grass.
Ossi, bone.
Phyti, aplani.
Exercise 743.
valvular. Pisci, afsh.
Vermi, a worm.
Herbi, an herb,
y vorous. Omni, all.
Equi, a horse.
Bacci, a berry.
vorous.
MANUAL,
ANALYTICAL AND SYNTHETICAL,
of
ORTHOGRAPHY AND DEFINITION.
Principal of the Mechanics' Society School, New-York.
RECOMMENDATIONS.
Of the numerous recommendations of the foregoing work, with which the author
has been favored, the following, (being all that out limits will allow,) are presented,
as showing the views of that class of men, who may be supposed to bebest qualified
to judge of a performance of this kind. '
From, thf Superintendent of Common Schools for the City and County of New York,
New York, 24<A February, 1845.
J. N. McEllioott, Esq.
Dear Sir,—I have examined with much attention and high satisfaction, your
" Manual of Orthography and Definition," and cordially comply with your request
in expressing my estimate of the work. Its plan has the merit of novelty, and by
its simplicity and natural adaptation to the purposes of both teacher and learner,
would seem to be such an one as would develops itself to the experience of a practi¬
cal man, intent on discovering the best means of imparting knowledge, on this intri¬
cate and most difiScult subject ; and yet I have never seen a work, the classification
of which appeared to me at once so intelligible and complete.
Within the compass of 200 pages you have condensed an amount of critical infor¬
mation upon the philosophy of the English language, which I apprehend is not to be
found in any other single volume ; and your extended analyses of compound words
with their prefixes, suffixes and radicals accurately discriminated ; and the syntheti¬
cal recomposition of this multitudinous variety of words out of their elements, with
all their synonymes, contrarieties, ambiguities and arbitrary variations, must have
imposed an amoimt of labour, which none but an amateur in the profession of teach¬
ing could have patiently endured. I cannot doubt that your reputation as a philolo¬
gist will be enhanced by the publication of this work, and I sincerely desire that the
just appreciation of your utilitarian labors among the teachers of our common schools
may obtain for this excellent Manual a share of patronage, which shall adequately
remunerate your toils, and at the same time contribute to the more thorough instruc¬
tion of the pupils upon subjects which I regard as lying at the foundation of all other
scholastic acquirements.
#With high respect, I am yours, &c.,
D. Meredith Reese,
Supt.of Common Schools for the City and County of New York
28
«
SECOMMSNDATIOKS.
Frm the Hon. Theo. Fretínghuyoen, Chancellor of the New-York Univereity.
I have examined with some care the " Mandai, or Orthooraphv and Definí»
TioN," prepared by Mr. J. N. McEIhgott, of this city, and take pleasure in com»
mending it to the favorable consideration of the friends of education.
There is a fund of good sense, practical wisdom and useful arrangement in this
work, not often combined within the same limita It will, I am persuaded, greatly
fecilitate the study of our language ; and teachers, as well as learners, will find cause
for thankfulness to the meritorious author.
THEO. FRELINGHÜYSEN.
New York, Mar. 10,1845.
From the Rev. Isaac Ferris, D.D., President of Rutgers Female Institute, N. Y.
I have examined the recent publication of Mr. McElligott, entitled Analytical
Manual, with as much care as my other duties have Allowed, and have risen from
the examination with the conviction that it is a highly useful book.
The worthy author has given to its preparation much time and labor, and if used
on his plan, it will furnish clearer and sounder views of our compound and derivative
words than almost any other book I am acquainted with.
L FERRIS.
New York, March 32,1845.
From the Commercial Advertiser.
Manual of Orthografhv and Definition. By James N. McElligott.—The
author of this book is well known as the able Principal of the Mechanics' Society
School in this city. In this Manual he has explained the system which he has em¬
ployed with such eminent success, rendered it familiar and easy, and made its great
advantages apparent, by a series of exercises of a peculiarly instructive character.
The late County Superintendent, our lamented colleague, at the examination of
the school in November, 1843, expressed, to our knowledge, a high opinion of the
discipline which prevailed, and said that iu his whole official experience he had found
no teacher of the English language whom he considered superior to Mr. McElligott.
From William Forrest, Esq., Principal of the Collegiate School, N. Y.
New York, March 11,1845.
To Jas. N. McElligott, Esq.
Dear Sir,—Highly appreciating the importance of a due knowledge of the mat¬
ters presented in your " Analytical Manual," and persuaded of the superior excel¬
lence of the plan of instruction, which it unfolds, I not only employ the work my¬
self in the Collegiate School, but, also, cheerfully recommend it to others as a most
valuable text-book.
WM. FORREST.
From the Baptist Advocate.
Manual, Analytical and Synthetical, of Orthography and Definition. By
James N. McElligott, Principal of the Mechanics' Society's School. New York';
Mark H. Newman, 199 Broadway, 1845.—Having been for many years per¬
sonally acquainted with the author of this book, we were prepared to expect the evi¬
dences of sedulous industry, sound judgment, and practical skill which its pages ex¬
hibit. In this volume will be found not only the completion of the design aimed at,
hut most imperfectly reached, in Oswald's Etymologioal Dictionary, Town's Analysis,
and several other works of the kind, but, also, such modifications, additions and im-
KECOMHENDATIOH»
imnremenU of the design itself, as cannot fail to render it a far better Substitute than
any of these, for a knowledge of Greek and Latin in the study of English orthogra»
phy and definition, and a much more serviceable manual for the teacher in the busi¬
ness of instruction. One of the most vsduable additions consists in tracmg, in a sys-
' tematic way, the connexion between the primary and metaphorical meanings of
words,—a design hitherto scarcely attempted in school books. The scholar who faith¬
fully studies it, will become critically versed in the formation and comparison of
words, and will seldom be in danger of misspelling a derivative, or misunderstanding
its proper meaning.
From the Newark Daily Advertiser.
The Analvticai. and Stntheticai. Manvai. <w ORTHoeaAPHT and Définition
By J. N. McEIIigott, Principal of the Mechanics' Society School, New York. Th»
is a book constructed on a true philosophic basis. The author, in one series of exer¬
cises, takes the roots of the English language, and attaches in systematic order the
affixes and suffixes, and again, in other series, takes the compound words and plucks
off all their borrowed garniture. Now he familiarizes the eve to the word, and then
he tutors the ear to it. By this chemical process of separation and combination, the
true meaning is elicited. Nor is this a mere accidental excellence ; on the contrary,
a large portion of the volume is devoted to Definitions. The student who takes it as
his guide through the great field of words, cannot fail to be thoroughly indoctrinated
in the rudimental principles of our common language.
From Rev. Joseph McKee, Resident Teacher of English and Classical Literature,
at Madame Chegarfs School^ New York.
I do most heartily add my testimonial to those already given in favor of " The
Manual of Orthography and Definition," a work which combines the rare excellen¬
cies of the strictest philosophical analysis with great practical utility as a Schoolbook.
It meets a want long felt in the business of the school-room, and in the hands of an
intelligent and judicious teacher, it will do more towards drilling a class in a thorough
understanding, and a nice discrimination of the use mid value of words as the instru¬
ments of thought, than any other book I have ever read or used for that purpose.
The importance of this branch of Academic study is too much overlooked : utterly
BO. And hence the failure in acquiring a thorough knowledge of the higher branch¬
es of science, results more frequently than is generally supposed, from an imperfect
early training of the young mind in the right use and powers of words. This book is
admirably adapted, in my opinion, to correct this evil. And it is my sincere wish, ^
that the toil, skill, and philosophic labor of the ingenious author^ may meet their
full reward.
JOSEPH McKEE.
From Messrs. Hubbs and Clarke, Principals of Collegiate and Commercial
School.
, New York, April 28, 1845.
After a somewhat careful examination of Mr. McElligott's " Analytical Manual,"
we are convinced of its surpassing excellence as a means of acquiring a thorough
knowledge of the English language. By its beautiful and perfect system of analyza-
tion and instruction, it teaches the derivation, orthography, and even signification
of words in a shorter time and more pleasing manner than the nsnal methods of ar¬
bitrary spelling and defining can admit of, by any possibility of application.
We have introduced the work into our own School, and we cordially commend it
to the notice yf Instructors generally, as a book eminently fitted to form the basis oi
a thorough English education.
ISAAC G. HUBBS.
GEORGE W. CLARKE.
BECOJIMENDATIONS.
From Dr. Patterson, Principal of Public School No. 3, and Associate Prineipat
of Ike Male Normal School.
The " Manual of Orthography and Definition" by Mr. McEUigott, Principal of
the Mechanics' Society School of this city, is a work of singular merit. It exhibit*
in tabular forms the radical words of the language, with their meanings and the
modifications they undergo in import and form, by the various prefixes and suffixes
with which they are usually compounded. The constant practice of thus analyzing
words and deducing their signification, is an excellent exercise for improving the in¬
tellectual powers, while at the same time the learner is acquiring an extensive and
accurate knowledge of the vocables of the language. It is earnestly hoped that the
use of this work will henceforth entirely supersede the irksome and stultifying plan
of acquiring orthography and definitions, by committing to memory columns of words
from a dictionary alphabetically arranged.
DAVID PATTERSON.
New York, May 9th, 1845.
/From Joseph McKeen, Esq., Principal of Publie School No. 5, and Associate
Principal of the Male Normal School.
I have examined with interest, a work entitled " Mannal, Analytical and Synthet-
ical,ofOrthographyandDefinitien, by James N. McElligott." It is, in my judgment,
an improvement in etymological exposition upon the best works on the subject—both as
to the tabular arrangement of analogous words, and as to the manner of teaching by writ¬
ten exercises, and cannot fail to be of great utility to such especially as have not studied
the Latin and Greek Classics. After the scholar is made familiar with the meaning
of those inseparable particles, usually denominated from their position prefixes and
suffixes, it is surprising how an accurate acquaintance with a comparatively
few radical words will furnish a key to the literal meaning| of a great number
of derivatives. This book has an extensive vocabulary of radical words, and
the necessary rules for combining them synthetically, with those particles and
other addenda, that enter into the language. Although, from the anomalies
of our language, it is difficult, and, perhaps, impossible to give many rules of general
application in orthography, yet, even in this particular, Mr. McE. has accomplished
so much that his hook ought to be used in all schools.
May, 1845. JOSEPH McKEEN.
I concur in the above opinion. LEONARD HAZELTINE,
Pub. Sch. No. 14.
New York, May 12, 1845.
The " Manual of Orthography and Definition," by James N. McElligott, for the
use of schools, is, in my opinion, a work of great merit It embraces a regular course
of instruction in orthography and definition, by which the minds of pupils may be
successfully disciplined, and a ready, free, and correct use of words acquired. The
value of the book will be readily appreciated by every enlightened teacher, who, in
the discharge of his duties, has felt the importance of such a work. Long since im¬
pressed with the necessity of a suitable work of this kind, I am glad it has fallen into
such competent hands. I shall recommend its adoption by the Trustees of this
school, and hope soon to see it in all our schools.
S. DURAND,
Principal of Ward School No. 5, 11 fA Ward
To James McEUigott, Esq.
I have examined with some care a work entitled « Analytical Manual," by Mr
McElligott, a manual evincing the learning and research of no ordinary mind. It*
KECOUMSNDATIONS.
radical character, in my estimation, makes it a disideratum that cannot be too high¬
ly appreciated, and which must secure to it that patronage and support of a discern¬
ing public which its talented and industrious author so well and justly merits.
EDWARD McILROY,
Prineipal 'of W. School No. 17
New York, June 23, 1845.
I willingly concur in the above recommendation.
JOHN WALSH,
1st Asst. W. S. No. 17
I have examined with some attention McElligott's " Analytical Manual," and do
not hesitate to pronounce it a work of rare merit. The introduction of this book into
our schools will render comparatively simple and easy a branch of sti'ly that has re¬
quired more time and labor than any other in the English language. The resolving
of words into their elements, and defining the parts separately—the modification of
words by means of prefixes and suffixes, are presented in this work in a more simple
and philosophicsd manner than in any other that has come under my observation—
and Lhave no doubt it will soon be introduced into all our best schools.
JOHN YOUNG,
Prin. of Eng. and Claesical Institute, No. 88 Ath St. N. Y.
Extract from a Report of the Book Committee of the Teachbxs' Ikstitutb of the
City and County of New York, and unanimously adopted by that body, October.
1845.
The Committee, appointed to examine books published for the use of schools, and
to give expression to the sentiments of this body respecting them, respectfully report :
That they have carefully examined a volume recently published, a work of great
labor and research, by James N. McElligott, Principal of the Mechanics' Society
School, New York, and as the book has received their unanimous approval, they
submit their judgment respecting it, with the following remarks.
The purpose which it aims to accomplish is to enable scholars, in the course of their
early education at school, to acquire a competent knowledge of the words composing
the English language ; an acquisition of the utmost importance in communicating
and receiving knowledge ; but one which, if sought in the tedious and repulsive way
of studying Dictionaries which is so often adopted in schools, could hardly be attained
within the limits of human life. The author of this Manual, with admirable ^ill, has
furnished the means, not only of rendering this acquisition attainable, easy, and at¬
tractive, but of bringing it within the compass of a very moderate space of time ; for we
think that, with this book in his hands, the pupil may acquire all the knowledge
which it communicates, without any hindrance to his other studies, within the usual
period of a common school education ; whereas, the same knowledge obtained by
other means would require the additional labor of years.
We would not speak in disparagement of the work of Town, and a few others which
have been composed for a similar purpose. We esteem them as useful treatises. But we
consider the <me before us as far more valuable than any which has heretofore ap¬
peared, both in the skilfulness of Hs arrangement, and in the fulness of its matter
We therefore most earnestly recommend it to the attention of all teachers and pa¬
rents, as a school-book of inestimable va'ue.
(Signed) WM. BELDEN, Chairman.
D. M. REESE.
WM. A. WALKER
' S. R PHELPS.
» JAMES H. PARTRIDGE.
JNO. W. KETCHAM.
SAML. S. ST. JOHN.
EECOHMENDATIONS.
, Mechanieif 8. School, New York, Nov. Vith, 1645.
Dear Sir:
Having attentively perused your " Manual of Orthography and Definition," it it
with much pleasure that I express my high opinion of its merits. No other work
that I am acquainted with, presents in so systematic and progressive a form, the sub¬
ject which you treat of ; and it seems to me, that the attentive study of yopr book
must supersede, in great measure, the necessity of devoting that large amount of
time and labor so generally bestowed on the elements of Greek and Latin, in ascho<
lastic course, as it certainly exhibits most luminously and impressively the classical
etymologies of our language.
A very slight examination of- your work must convince a teacher that the ar¬
rangement of the subject could not possibly be improved, and with regard to the prac¬
tical operation of the whole system of instruction, I do not hesitate to say, from tl)e
complete success with which it has been attended in this school, that nothing can 1^
more satisfactory.
Very truly yours,
C. J. CONWAY,
Vice Ptin. of Mechanic^ 8. School.
To James N. McElligott, Esq.
Manüai-, Analttical and Synthetical, of Orthoorapht and Definition, hy
James N. McElligott. Several woriis on this subject have been published before
this one—all good—all very useful—but none so good as this ; which, I think, is
about as comprehensive as any of its predecessors, and, at the same time, it has a
very great advantage over all of them, in its clearness and simplicity of arrangement,
(particularly in its exhibition of the prefixes and suffixes,) which every instructor, and
especially every learner, knows so well bow to appreciate ;—in short, after a delib¬
erate examination, I think it is the best work on the subject of which it treats, that
has yet appeared, and I heartily commend it to every instructor. I shall immediate¬
ly introduce it into my own school^ in place of the work which has hitherto been
used.
RICHARD CORNELL,
Prin. of the Philological Institute, N. Y
Ath Mo. 34tA, 1845.
New York, May 21, 1845.
The undeisigned having carefully examined McElligott's " Analytical Manual,"
have no hesitation in pronouncing it a work of rare merit. In simplicity and utility
of arrangement, in correctness of statement and definition, in accuracy and complete¬
ness of analysis, in congruity as a system, and strict adherence throughout, to the
plan of instruction proposed ; this work has few, if any superiors in the long list of
school-books already before the public. .
SOLOMON JENNER,
FANNING & CADY,
GEO. A. ROGERS,
Prin. St. Luke's School,
JOSEPH GREENE, A.M.,
Eng. and Classical Teach
THOS. D. CAMP,
18th St. Seminary, 169 18th St
EECOMMBNDATIONS.
^ We have room for the names only of the following gentlemen—all Instructon of
high standing,—who, with many others, have examined and. recommended this
work.
REV. JOHN J. OWEN,
REV. J. F. MESSENGER,
MILTON C. TRACY,
M. J. O'DONNELL,
THOMAS FOULKE,
WM. A. TAYLOR, (formerly)
R. I.OCKWOOD*
G. S. BROWNE,
OHAS. WM. NICHOLS,
È. H. JENNY,
AARON RAND,
JAMES G. RUSSELL,
HENRY SWORDS,
BENJ. FOWLER,
Principal of Cornelius Institute.
« « Classical School (Brooklyn).
" " Mech. Inst. SchooL
" " Public School No. 11.
" " Ward School No 1.
" " All Saints' School.
" " Classical School, Broadway.
" " New England Institute.
" " City Institute.
" " Classical School, East Broadway.
« << Classical School, Pearl St
" " Col. & Com. School (Brooklyn).
" " English Academy, 6th Avenue.
« " Se^t School, Bedford St
\ ■
421 M141m
3 5556 004 809 125
lÈ.-
Oak Grove Library Center
r. . - T. -r I 3 5556 004 809125
«- »1QOL buuK.^
PUBLISHED BY
WÎLLÎAM H. MOORE & C
110 MAIN ST., BETWEEX nilRD AlND FOUE-TKJ
CI NC I is .'Í A 7 1 .
.v'TAf.VT'CAT; AND SYNT'; "I'lCAL MAXTa A <
T.; ;';i?Ai7iY AXL) DXi'lMTiON. E.- X. .
i : • Priiii X.i' " I.inch iUioss SX "'-i, N. Y
TilX YOUXC A?>.\LYZXR; d- Yn-I . icr ■■■ X ; X
¿gA po;-;" of Spoilin;! Book ünd Dieiiorii;.;,, foe '•.'.,0cJ
•JSÍ 10., I. AT ir.-T?..
in S( hoo's. Bv Ja'mt.s N. MoET.Li.oorr.
GOtîDRICirS KATÎOYAL GEOCRAriiY
, O: ■Ai.'.nJ
VA ii.YY'S GEOO-; •\?TIY YOIl ÀECXsNEUS.
'fii ':k>. rXlST rOOX C.x 'iiSTOilY.
'íijlYTBD'X HUYX.ÍXX 'S
, î y ^ '
■] .IOAOMY. ISitK
^ r" kY S CLE"^.:F.N'rvS nr B':tkmtstp^:
/o>'
■ X'A NATLilAL i'i''XU jOF.'-iY. iOm.), sbcsn.
^ XXXTAL >1. ;r,)î?Y OF Tiiii"- UNÎ^'ED STAl
^ Xi -X' OK'S KLlYdENTAlO' GEOLOGY.
S.i , . ■ MOTí.aL 'PJiiLOSX'i'iîY. (Ba«îed oh iFe Ten
kc:
; ir.io.
*'11..:-' X" •
-•5?: ^
■; \CTiO;-.L SYSTEM OF RHETORIC.
PI YIO OvfAX'S E..EÁÍEXTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY.
íj-/íY)BTCAL READER; adapted to High